1 files changed, 7948 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/37047-8.txt b/37047-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ecc6305
--- /dev/null
+++ b/37047-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7948 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of The History of the Life and Adventures of
+Mr. Duncan Campell, by Daniel Defoe
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The History of the Life and Adventures of Mr. Duncan Campell
+       A Gentlen, who, tho' Deaf and Dumb, Writes down any
+       Stranger's name at first Sight;
+
+Author: Daniel Defoe
+
+Release Date: August 12, 2011 [EBook #37047]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK DUNCAN CAMPELL ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Steven Gibbs, Pat McCoy and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+  THE
+
+  HISTORY
+
+  OF THE
+
+  LIFE
+
+  AND
+
+  ADVENTURES
+
+  OF
+
+  MR. DUNCAN CAMPBELL,
+
+
+     A Gentleman, who, tho' Deaf and Dumb, writes down any Stranger's
+     name at first Sight; with their future Contingencies of Fortune.
+
+
+  Now Living
+
+    In _Exeter_ Court over-against the _Savoy_ in the
+    _Strand_.
+
+
+     _Gentem quidem nullam video neque tam humanam atque doctam;
+     nequtam immanem tamque barbaram, quæ non significari futura et a
+     quie busdam intelligi prædicique posse censeat._
+
+                                        Cicero de Divinatione, lib. x.
+
+
+  _LONDON_:
+
+
+     Printed for E. CURLL: And sold by W. MEARS and T. JAUNCY, without
+     _Temple Bar_, W. MEADOWS in _Cornhill_, A. BETTESWORTH in
+     _Pater-Noster-Row_. W. LEWIS in _Covent Garden and_ W. GRAVES in
+     St. _James's_ Street. M.DCC.XX. (Price 5_s._)
+
+
+
+
+  TO THE
+  LADIES AND GENTLEMEN
+  OF
+  GREAT BRITAIN.
+
+
+I am not unacquainted, that, ever since this book was first promised by
+way of advertisement to the world, it was greedily coveted by a great
+many persons of airy tempers, for the same reason that it has been
+condemned by those of a more formal class, who thought it was calculated
+partly to introduce a great many new and diverting curiosities in the
+way of superstition, and partly to divulge the secret intrigues and
+amours of one part of the sex, to give the other part room to make
+favourite scandal the subject of their discourse; and so to make one
+half of the fair species very merry, over the blushes and the
+mortifications of the other half. But when they come to read the
+following sheets, they will find their expectations disappointed, but I
+hope I may say too, very agreeably disappointed. They will find a much
+more elegant entertainment than they expected. Instead of making them a
+bill of fare out of patchwork romances of polluting scandal, the good
+old gentleman who wrote the Adventures of my Life, has made it his
+business to treat them with a great variety of entertaining passages,
+which always terminate in morals that tend to the edification of all
+readers, of whatsoever sex, age, or profession. Instead of seducing
+young, innocent, unwary minds into the vicious delight which is too
+often taken in reading the gay and bewitching chimeras of the cabalists,
+and in perusing the enticing fables of new-invented tricks of
+superstition, my ancient friend, the writer, strikes at the very root of
+these superstitions, and shows them how they may be satisfied in their
+several curiosities, by having recourse to me, who by the talent of the
+second-sight, which he so beautifully represents, how nature is so kind
+frequently to implant in the minds of men born in the same climate with
+myself, can tell you those things naturally, which when you try to learn
+yourselves, you either run the hazard of being imposed upon in your
+pockets by cheats, gipsies, and common fortune-tellers, or else of being
+imposed upon in a still worse way, in your most lasting welfare, by
+having recourse to conjurors or enchanters that deal in black arts, and
+involve all their consulters in one general partnership of their
+execrable guilt; or, lastly, of imposing worst of all upon your own
+selves, by getting into an itch of practising and trying the little
+tricks of female superstition, which are often more officiously handed
+down by the tradition of credulous nurses and old women, from one
+generation to another, than the first principles of Christian doctrine,
+which it is their duty to instil early into little children. But I hope
+when this book comes to be pretty generally read among you ladies, as by
+your generous and numerous subscriptions I have good reason to expect,
+that it will afford a perfect remedy and a thorough cure to that
+distemper, which first took its rise from too great a growth of
+curiosity, and too large a stock of credulity nursed prejudicially up
+with you in your more tender and infant years.
+
+Whatever young maid hereafter has an innocent but longing desire to know
+who shall be her husband, and what time she shall be married, will, I
+hope, when she has read the following sheets of a man that can set her
+right in the knowledge of those points, purely by possessing the gift of
+the second sight, sooner have recourse innocently to such a man than use
+unlawful means to acquire it, such as running to conjurors to have his
+figure shown in their enchanted glasses, or using any of those
+traditional superstitions, by which they may dream of their husbands, or
+cause visionary shapes of them to appear on such and such festival
+nights of the year; all which practices are not ordinarily wicked and
+impious, but downright diabolical. I hope that the next 29th of June,
+which is St. John Baptist's day, I shall not see the several pasture
+fields adjacent to this metropolis, especially that behind Montague
+House, thronged, as they were the last year, with well dressed young
+ladies crawling busily up and down upon their knees, as if they were a
+parcel of weeders, when all the business is to hunt superstitiously
+after a coal under the root of a plantain, to put under their heads that
+night, that they may dream who should be their husbands. In order to
+shame them out of this silly but guilty practice, I do intend to have
+some spies out on that day, that shall discover who they are, and what
+they have been about; and I here give notice to the public, that this
+ill-acted comedy, if it be acted at all this year, must begin according
+to the rule of their superstition, on that day precisely at the hour of
+twelve. And so much for the pretty weeders. But as you, ladies, have had
+several magical traditions delivered to you, which, if you put in
+exercise and practice, will be greatly prejudicial to your honour and
+your virtue, let me interpose my counsels, which will conduct you
+innocuously to the same end, which some ladies have laboured to arrive
+at by these impieties. Give me leave first to tell you, that though what
+you aim at may be arrived to by these means, yet these means make that a
+miserable fortune which would have been a good one; because, in order
+to know human things beforehand, you use preternatural mediums, which
+destroy the goodness of the courses, which nature herself was taking for
+you, and annexes to them diabolical influences, which commonly carry
+along with them fatalities in this world as well as the next. You will,
+therefore, give me your pardon likewise, ladies, if I relate some other
+of these practices, which bare relation of itself, after what I have
+said before, seems to me sufficient to explode them.
+
+Another of the nurse's prescriptions is this: upon a St. Agnes's night,
+the 21st day of January, take a row of pins and pull out every one, one
+after another, saying a _Pater Noster_, or Our Father, sticking a pin in
+your sleeve, and you will dream of her you shall marry. Ben Johnson, in
+one of his masks, makes some mention of this:
+
+    And on Sweet Agnes' night
+    Please you with the promis'd sight,
+    Some of husbands, some of lovers,
+    Which an empty dream discovers.
+
+Now what can be more infinitely profane than to use the prayer our Lord
+instituted in such a way?
+
+There is another prescription, which is as follows: You must lie in
+another county, and knit the left garter about the right-legged
+stocking, let the other garter and stocking alone, and as you rehearse
+these following verses, at every comma, knit a knot:--
+
+    This knot I knit,
+    To know the thing I know not yet,
+    That I may see
+    The man that shall my husband be;
+    How he goes, and what he wears,
+    And what he does all days and years.
+
+Accordingly in your dream you will see him: if a musician, with a lute
+or other instrument; if a scholar, with a book, &c. Now I appeal to you,
+ladies, what a ridiculous prescription is this? But yet as slight a
+thing as it is, it may be of great importance if it be brought about,
+because then it must be construed to be done by preternatural means, and
+then those words are nothing less than an application to the devil.
+
+Mr. Aubrey, of the Royal Society, says, a gentlewoman, that he knew,
+confessed in his hearing that she used this method, and dreamt of her
+husband whom she had never seen. About two or three years after, as she
+was one Sunday at church, up pops a young Oxonian in the pulpit; she
+cries out presently to her sister, this is the very face of the man I
+saw in my dream. Sir William Somes's lady did the like.
+
+Another way is to charm the moon thus, as the old nurses give out, at
+the first appearance of the moon, after New-year's-day, some say any
+other new moon is as good, go out in the evening, and stand over the
+spars of a gate or stile, looking on the moon (here remark that in
+Yorkshire they kneel on a ground-fast stone) and say,
+
+    All hail to the moon, all hail to thee,
+    I prithee, good moon, reveal to me
+    This night who my husband shall be.
+
+You must presently after go to bed. The aforesaid Mr. Aubrey knew two
+gentlewomen that did thus when they were young maids, and they had
+dreams of those that married them.
+
+But a great many of the wittiest part of your sex laugh at these common
+superstitions; but then they are apt to run into worse: they give
+themselves up to the reading of the cabalistical systems of sylphs, and
+gnomes, and mandrakes, which are very wicked and delusive imaginations.
+
+I would not have you imagine, ladies, that I impute these things as
+infirmities and frailties peculiar to your sex. No; men, and great men
+too, and scholars, and even statesmen, and princes themselves, have been
+tainted with superstitions, and where they infect the minds of such
+great personages, they make the deeper impression, according to the
+stronger and more manly ideas they have of them. Their greater degree of
+strength in the intellect only subjects them to greater weaknesses; such
+was even the great Paracelsus, the wonder and miracle of learning in the
+age wherein he lived, and such were all his followers, scholars,
+statesmen, divines, and princes, that are talismanists.
+
+These talismans that Paracelsus pretends to owe to the excogitation and
+invention of honest art, seem to me to be of a very diabolical nature,
+and to owe their rise to being dedicated by the author to the heathen
+gods. Thus the cabalists pretending to a vast penetration into arts and
+sciences, though all their thoughts are chimeras and extravagancies,
+unless they be helped by preternatural means, say they have found out
+the several methods appropriated to the several planets. They have
+appropriated gold to the sun on the Sunday, silver to the moon on the
+Monday, iron to Mars on the Tuesday, quicksilver to Mercury on the
+Wednesday, tin to Jupiter on the Thursday, copper or brass to Venus on
+the Friday, and lead to Saturn on the Saturday. The methods they take in
+forming these talismans are too long to dwell upon here. But the
+properties which they pretend belong to them are, that the first
+talisman or seal of the sun will make a man beloved by all princes and
+potentates, and cause him to abound with all the riches his heart can
+wish. The second preserves travellers from danger, and is favourable to
+merchants, tradesmen, and workmen. The third carries destruction to any
+place where it is put: and it is said that a certain great minister of
+state ordered one of these to be carried into England in the times of
+the revolution of government caused by Oliver Cromwell. The fourth they
+pretend cures fevers and other diseases; and if it be put under the
+bolster, it makes the proprietor have true dreams, in which he sees all
+he desires to know. The fifth, according to them, renders a man lucky
+and fortunate in all his businesses and undertakings. It dissipates
+melancholy, drives away all importunate cares, and banishes panic fears
+from the mind. The sixth, by being put into the liquor which any one
+drinks, reconciles mortal enemies, makes them intimate friends: it gains
+the love of all women, and renders the proprietor very dexterous in the
+art of music. The seventh makes women be easily brought to bed without
+pain; and if a horseman carries it in his left boot, himself and his
+horse become invulnerable.
+
+This, Paracelsus and his learned followers say, is owing to the
+influence of the stars; but I cannot help arguing these acts of
+diabolical impiety. But as these arts are rarely known among the
+middling part of mankind, I shall neither open their mysteries, nor
+inveigh against them any farther.
+
+The persons who are most to be avoided are your ordinary fortune-telling
+women and men about this town, whose houses ought to be avoided as a
+plague or a pestilence, either because they are cheats and impostors, or
+because they deal with black arts, none of them that I know having any
+pretensions to the gift of a second-sight. Among many, a few of the most
+notorious that I can call to mind now, are as follow. The first and
+chiefest of these mischievous fortune-tellers is a woman that does not
+live far from the Old Bailey. And truly the justice hall in that place
+is the properest place for her to appear at, where, if she was tried for
+pretending to give charms written upon paper with odd scrawls, which she
+calls figures, she would be probably convicted, and very justly
+condemned, and doomed to have her last journey from the Old Bailey to
+Newgate, and from Newgate to Tyburn. The other is a fellow that lives in
+Moorfields, in which place those who go to consult him ought to live all
+their lifetimes, at the famous palaces of the senseless men: he is the
+successor of the famous Dr. Trotter, whose widow he married; and from
+being a tailor and patching men's garments, he now cuts flourishes with
+his shears upon parchment, considers the heavens as a garment, and from
+the spangles thereupon he calculates nativities, and sets up for a very
+profound astrologer. The third is an ignorant fellow that caws out
+strange predictions in Crow-alley, of whose croaking noise I shall here
+take no notice, he having been sufficiently mauled in the most ingenious
+Spectators. These and such counterfeits as these, I would desire all
+gentlemen and ladies to avoid. The only two really learned men that I
+ever knew in the art of astrology, were my good friends Dr. Williams and
+Mr. Gadbury; and I thought it necessary to pay this esteem to their
+names, let the world judge of them what it will. I will here say no
+more, nor hinder you any longer, gentlemen and ladies, from the
+diversion which my good old friend, who is now departed this life, has
+prepared for you in his book, which a young gentleman of my acquaintance
+revised, and only subscribe myself,
+
+    Yours, &c.,
+
+    DUNCAN CAMPBELL.
+
+
+
+
+  THE
+  HISTORY OF THE LIFE
+  AND SURPRISING ADVENTURES
+  OF
+  MR. DUNCAN CAMPBELL.
+
+
+
+
+  THE INTRODUCTION.
+
+
+Of all the writings delivered in an historical manner to the world, none
+certainly were ever held in greater esteem than those which give us the
+lives of distinguished private men at full length; and, as I may say, to
+the life. Such curious fragments of biography are the rarities which
+great men seek after with eager industry, and when found, prize them as
+the chief jewels and ornaments that enrich their libraries, and
+deservedly; for they are the beauties of the greatest men's lives handed
+down by way of example or instruction to posterity, and commonly handed
+down likewise by the greatest men. Since, therefore, persons
+distinguished for merit in one kind or other are the constant subjects
+of such discourses, and the most elegant writers of each age have been
+usually the only authors who choose upon such subjects to employ their
+pens, and since persons of the highest rank and dignity, and genii of
+the most refined and delicate relish, are frequently curious enough to
+be the readers of them, and to esteem them the most valuable pieces in a
+whole collection of learned works; it is a wonder to me that when any
+man's life has something in it peculiarly great and remarkable in its
+kind, it should not move some more skilful writer than myself to give
+the public a taste of it, because it must be at least vastly
+entertaining, if it be not, which is next to impossible, immensely
+instructive and profitable withal.
+
+If ever the life of any man under the sun was remarkable, this Mr.
+Duncan Campbell's, which I am going to treat upon, is so to a very
+eminent degree.
+
+It affords such variety of incidents, and is accompanied with such
+diversity of circumstances, that it includes within it what must yield
+entire satisfaction to the most learned, and admiration to persons of a
+moderate understanding. The prince and the peasant will have their
+several ends of worthy delight in reading it; and Mr. Campbell's life is
+of that extent, that it concerns and collects, as I may say, within
+itself, every station of life in the universe. Besides, there is a
+demand in almost every page that relates any new act of his, for the
+finest and closest disquisitions that learning can make upon human
+nature, to account how those acts could be done by him. For he daily
+practised, and still practises, those things naturally, which puts art
+to the rack to find out how nature can so operate in him; and his
+fleshly body, by these operations, is a living practical system, or body
+of new philosophy, which exceeds even all those that have hitherto been
+compounded by the labour and art of many ages.
+
+If one that had speculated deep into abstruse matters, and made it his
+study not only to know how to assign natural reasons for some strange
+new acts that looked like miracles by being peculiar to the individual
+genius of some particular admired man, but carrying his inquiry to a
+much greater height, had speculated likewise what might possibly be
+achieved by human genius in the full perfection of nature, and had laid
+it down as a thesis by strong arguments, that such things might be
+compassed by a human genius, if in its true degree of perfection, as are
+the hourly operations of the person's life I am writing, he would have
+been counted a wild romantic enthusiast, instead of a natural
+philosopher. Some of the wisest would be infidels to so new and so
+refined a scheme of thinking, and demand experiment, or cry it was all
+against reason, and would not allow the least tittle to be true without
+it. Yet the man that had found out so great a mystery as to tell us what
+might be done by human genius, as it is here actually done, would have
+been a great man within himself; but wanting further experimental
+proof, could lay no claim to the belief of others, or consequently to
+their esteem. But how great, then, is the man who makes it constantly
+his practice actually to do what would not otherwise have been thought
+to be of such a nature as might ever be acquired by mortal capacity,
+though in its full complement of all possible perfection? He is not only
+great within himself, he is great to the world: his experiments force
+our belief, and the amazing singularity of those experiments provokes
+both our wonder and esteem.
+
+If any learned man should have advanced this proposition, that mere
+human art could give to the deaf man what should be equal to his
+hearing, and to the dumb man an equivalent for his want of speech, so
+that he could converse as freely almost as other hearing or talking
+persons; that he might, though born deaf, be by art taught how to read,
+write, and understand any language, as well as students that have their
+hearing, would not the world, and many even of the learned part of it,
+say that nothing could be more extravagantly wild, more mad and frantic?
+The learned Dr. Wallis, geometry professor of Oxford, did first of all
+lay down this proposition, and was counted by many to have overshot the
+point of learning, and to have been the author of a whimsical thesis.
+And I should not have wondered if, after a man's having asserted this
+might be done, before it was actually done, some blind devout people in
+those days, had accused him of heresy, and of attributing to men a power
+of working miracles. The notion of the antipodes was by the most learned
+men of the age in which St. Augustin lived, and by the great St. Austin
+himself, treated in no milder a manner: yet if the ability of teaching
+the deaf and the dumb a language proved a truth in experience
+afterwards, ought not those to turn their contempt into admiration,
+ought not those very people to vote him into the Royal Society for
+laying down the proposition, who, before it proved true, in fact, would
+have been very forward to have sent him to Bedlam? The first instance of
+this accomplishment in a dumb person was proved before King Charles II.
+by this same Dr. Wallis, who was a fellow of the Royal Society, and one
+of the most ingenious of that society.
+
+But, notwithstanding this, should I come afterwards and say, that there
+is now living a deaf and dumb man, and born so, who could by dint of his
+own genius teach all others deaf and dumb to read, write, and converse
+with the talking and hearing part of mankind, some would, I warrant,
+very religiously conclude, that I was about to introduce some strange
+new miracle-monger and impostor into the world, with a design of setting
+up some new sect of anti-christianism, as formidable as that of
+Brachmans. Should I proceed still further, and say, that this same
+person, so deaf and dumb, might be able also to show a presaging power,
+or kind of prophetical genius, (if I may be allowed to use the
+expression,) by telling any strange persons he never saw before in his
+life, their names in writing, and by telling them the past actions of
+their lives, and predicting to them determined truths of future
+contingencies, notwithstanding what divines say, that "in futuris
+contingeatibus non datur determinata veritas," would not they conclude
+that I was going to usher in a new Mahomet? Since, therefore, there does
+exist such a man in London, who actually is deaf and dumb, and was born
+so, who does write and read, and converse as well as anybody, who
+teaches others deaf and dumb to write, and read and converse with
+anybody, who likewise can, by a presaging gift, set down in writing the
+name of any stranger at first sight, tell him his past actions, and
+predict his future occurrences in fortune, and since he has practised
+this talent as a profession with great success for a long series of
+years upon innumerable persons in every state and vocation in life, from
+the peeress to the waiting-woman, and from the lady mayoress to the
+milliner and sempstress, will it not be wonderfully entertaining to give
+the world a perfect history of this so singular a man's life? And while
+we are relating the pleasant adventures with such prodigious variety,
+can anything be more agreeably instructive in a new way than to
+intersperse the reasons, and account for the manner how nature, having a
+mind to be remarkable, performs by him acts so mysterious.
+
+I have premised this introduction, compounded of the merry and the
+serious, with the hopes of engaging many curious people of all sorts to
+be my readers, even from the airy nice peruser of novels and romances,
+neatly bound and finely gilt, to the grave philosopher, that is daily
+thumbing over the musty and tattered pieces of more solid antiquity. I
+have all the wonders to tell that such a merry kind of a prophet has
+told, to entertain the fancies of the first gay tribe, by which means I
+may entice them into some solid knowledge and judgment of human nature;
+and I have several solid disquisitions of learning to make, accounting
+for the manner of these mysterious operations, never touched upon before
+in due form and order by the hands of the ancient or modern sages, that
+I may bribe the judgment of this last grave class, so far as to endure
+the intermixing entertainment with their severer studies.
+
+
+
+
+  CHAPTER I.
+
+    MR. CAMPBELL'S DESCENT, FAMILY, BIRTH, ETC.
+
+
+Of the goodness and antiquity of the name and family of this gentleman,
+nobody can ever make any question. He is a Campbell, lineally descended
+from the house of Argyll, and bears a distant relation to the present
+duke of that name in Scotland, and who is now constituted a duke of
+England, by the style and title of Duke of Greenwich.
+
+It happens frequently that the birth of extraordinary persons is so long
+disputed by different people, each claiming him for their own, that the
+real place where he first took breath grows at last dubious. And thus it
+fares with the person who is the subject of the following sheets; as,
+therefore, it is my proposal to have a strict regard to historical
+faith, so I am obliged to tell the reader that I can with no certainty
+give an account of him till after he was three years old; from which age
+I knew him, even to this day; I will answer for the truths which I
+impart to the public during that time, and as for his birth and the
+circumstances of it, and how the first three years of his life passed, I
+can only deliver them the same account I have received from others, and
+leave them to their own judgments whether it ought to be deemed real or
+fabulous.
+
+The father of our Mr. Duncan Campbell, as these relate the story, was
+from his infancy of a very curious, inquisitive nature, and of an
+enterprising genius, and if he heard of anything surprising to be seen,
+the difficulty in practice was enough to recommend to him the attempting
+to get a sight of it at any rate or any hazard. It is certain, that
+during some civil broils and troubles in Scotland, the grandfather of
+our Mr. Campbell was driven with his wife and family, by the fate of
+war, into the isle of Shetland, where he lived many years; and during
+his residence there, Mr. Archibald Campbell, the father of our Duncan
+Campbell, was born.
+
+Shetland lies north-east from Orkney, between sixty and sixty-one
+degrees of latitude. The largest isle of Shetland, by the natives called
+the Mainland, is sixty miles in length from south-west to the
+north-east, and from sixteen, to one mile, in breadth.
+
+The people who live in the smaller isles have abundance of eggs and
+fowl, which contributes to maintain their families during the summer.
+
+The ordinary folks are mostly very nimble and active in climbing the
+rocks in quest of those eggs and fowl. This exercise is far more
+diverting than hunting and hawking among us, and would certainly for the
+pleasure of it, be followed by people of greater distinction, was it not
+attended with very great dangers, sufficient to turn sport into sorrow,
+and which have often proved fatal to those who too eagerly pursue their
+game. Mr. Archibald Campbell, however, delighted extremely in this way
+of fowling, and used to condescend to mix with the common people for
+company, because none of the youths of his rank and condition were
+venturesome enough to go along with him.
+
+The most remarkable experiment of this sort, is at the isle called the
+Noss of Brassah: the Noss standing at sixteen fathoms distance from the
+side of the opposite main: the higher and lower rocks have two stakes
+fastened in each of them, and to these there are ropes tied; upon the
+ropes there is an engine hung which they call a cradle, and in this a
+man makes his way over from the greater to the smaller rocks, where he
+makes a considerable purchase of eggs and fowl; but his return being by
+an ascent, makes it the more dangerous, though those on the great rock
+have a rope tied to the cradle, by which they draw it and the man safe
+over for the most part. Over this rock Mr. Archibald Campbell and five
+others were in that manner let down by cradles and ropes; but before
+they could be all drawn back again, it grew dark, and their associates
+not daring to be benighted, were forced to withdraw, and Mr. Campbell
+was the unfortunate person left behind, having wandered too far, and not
+minded how the day declined, being intent on his game. He passed that
+night, you may easily guess, without much sleep, and with great anxiety
+of heart. The night, too, as he lay in the open air, was, to add to his
+misfortunes, as boisterous and tempestuous as his own mind; but in the
+end the tempest proved very happy for him. The reader is to understand
+that the Hamburghers, Bremeners, and Hollanders, carry on a great fish
+trade there. Accordingly, a Holland vessel, that was just coming in the
+sound of Brassah, was by this tempest driven into a creek of the rock,
+which nature had made into a harbour, and they were providentially
+saved from the bottom of the sea by a rock, from which, humanly
+speaking, they could expect nothing but destruction, and being sent to
+the bottom of that sea. As never could a man be taken hold of with so
+sudden and surprising a disaster, so nobody could meet with a more
+sudden and surprising relief than Mr. Campbell found when he saw a ship
+so near. He made to the vessel, and begged the Hollanders to take him
+in; they asked him what he would give them, or, said the barbarous
+sailors, we will even leave you where you are; he told them his
+disaster, but they asked money, and nothing else would move them: as he
+knew them a self-interested people, he bethought himself, that if he
+should tell them of the plenty of fowls and eggs they would get there,
+he might not only be taken in a passenger, but made a partner in the
+money arising from the stock; it succeeded accordingly: when he proposed
+it, the whole crew were all at work, and, in four hours, pretty well
+stored the vessel, and then, returning on board, set sail for Holland.
+They offered Mr. Campbell to put him in at his own island; but having a
+mind to see Holland, and being a partner, to learn their way of
+merchandize, which he thought he might turn to his countrymen's
+advantage, he told them he would go the voyage out with them, and see
+the country of those who were his deliverers; a necessary way of speech,
+when one has a design to sooth barbarians, who, but for interest, would
+have left him unredeemed, and, for aught they knew, a perpetual sole
+inhabitant of a dreadful rock, encompassed round with precipices, some
+three hundred fathoms high. Not so the islanders, who are wrongly called
+a savage set of mortals; no, they came in quest of him after so bitter a
+night, not doubting to find him, but fearing to find him in a lamentable
+condition; they hunted and ransacked every little hole and corner in the
+rock, but all in vain. In one place they saw a great slaughter of fowls,
+enough to serve forty families for a week; and then they guessed, though
+they had not the ill fortune to meet the eagles frequently noted to
+hover about those isles, that they might have devoured part of him on
+some precipice of the rock, and dropped the remnant into the sea. Night
+came upon them, and they were afraid of falling into the same disaster
+they went to relieve Mr. Campbell from. They returned each to their
+proper basket, and were drawn up safe by their respective friends, who
+were amazed that one basket was drawn up empty which was let down for
+Mr. Campbell, and that there was not the least intelligence to be had
+concerning him, but the suppositious story of his having been devoured
+by eagles. The story was told at home; and with the lamentation of the
+whole family, and all his friends, he was looked upon to be murdered or
+dead.
+
+Return we now to Mr. Archibald Campbell, still alive, and on board the
+Holland vessel; secure, as he thought within himself that, from the
+delivery he lately had by the gift of Providence, he was not intended to
+be liable to any more misfortunes and dangers of life, in the compass of
+so small a voyage. But his lot was placed otherwise in the book of fate,
+than he too fondly imagined: his time of happiness was dated some pages
+lower down, and more rubs and difficulties were to be encountered with,
+before his stars intended to lead him to the port of felicity. Just as
+he arrived within sight of Amsterdam, a terrible storm arose, and, in
+danger of their lives, for many hours, they weathered out the tempest;
+and a calm promising fair afresh, they made to the coast of Zealand; but
+a new hurricane prevented the ship from coming there also; and after
+having lost their masts and rigging, they were driven into Lapland.
+There they went ashore in order to careen and repair their ship, and
+take in provisions; while the ship was repairing by the Dutch, our
+islander made merry with the inhabitants, being the most inclined to
+their superstitious customs; he there became acquainted with a very
+beautiful woman, who fell in love with him, and after a very short space
+of time he married her. About the time when the ship departed, his wife,
+who was very rich, was big with child of a son, namely, Mr. Duncan
+Campbell. He wrote a letter by the master of the vessel to his parents
+in Shetland, concerning the various adventures he had met with, which
+was delivered the June following, about the time of fishing, to his
+parents, and several persons had copies thereof, and, for aught I know,
+some retain them to this very day; sure I am that many remember the
+particulars of this, surprising affair, who are now living in that
+island.
+
+The letter being very remarkable and singular in all its circumstances,
+I shall present it to the reader word for word, as it was given into my
+hands, together with some others which he wrote afterwards, in all
+which I am assured by very credible persons, and undoubted authorities,
+there are not the least alterations, but what the version of it from the
+then Scotch manner of expression into a more modern English dress, made
+absolutely necessary.
+
+     MY DEAREST FATHER,
+
+     The same odd variety of accident, which put it out of my power to
+     be personally present with you for so long a time, put it
+     likewise out of my power to write to you. At last fortune has so
+     ordered it, that I can send a letter to you before I can come
+     myself, and it is written expressly to tell you the adventures I
+     have met with, which have detained me this tedious space of time
+     from my dear father, and because the same captain of a ship that
+     brings you this, might as easily have brought your son to speak
+     for himself. I shall in the next place lay before you the
+     necessity there is for my stay a little longer among the strange
+     natives of the country where I now inhabit, and where I am, in a
+     manner, become naturalized.
+
+     You have, no doubt of it, been informed by my companions, some of
+     whom I hope got safe back again, if not all, that I was lost,
+     where many a brave man has perished before me, by going over the
+     high precipices of the mountain Brassah, in a basket, sliding
+     down by a rope. I must suppose I have given you the anguish of a
+     father for a son, who you thought had lost his life by such a
+     foolhardy attempt, and I implore your pardon with all the power
+     of filial contrition, penitence, and duty. You have always showed
+     me such singular marks of paternal affection, that I know your
+     receipt of this letter will fill your heart with joy, and cause
+     you to sign me an absolution and free pardon for all the errors I
+     have committed, and think the sufferings I have undergone for my
+     rashness and indiscretion, a sufficient atonement for my crime of
+     making you by my undutifulness, a partner of my sorrows. To free
+     you the more from this uneasiness, I know I need only tell you,
+     that every grief of mine is gone excepting one, which is, that I
+     must still lose the pleasure of seeing you a little longer. There
+     was never surely a more bitter night than that which must by me
+     be for ever remembered, when I was lost in the mountain of
+     Brassah, where I must, for aught I know, have lived for ever a
+     wild single inhabitant, but that the storm which made the night
+     so uneasy to me, rendered the first approach of daylight, beyond
+     measure delightful. The first providential glimpse of the morning
+     gave me a view of a ship driven by the tempest into a creek of
+     the rock, that was by nature formed like a harbour; a miraculous
+     security of deliverance, as I thought, both for the ship's crew
+     and myself. I made all the haste I could, you may be sure, to
+     them, and I found them to be Dutchmen that were come for fish;
+     but in lieu of fish I instructed them to load it with eggs and
+     fowl, which we compassed very happily in a short space of time,
+     and I was to be a sharer with the captain in the lading, and
+     bargained to go for Holland, to see the sale, and nature of the
+     traffic; but when we were at sea, after much bad weather, we made
+     towards Zealand, but we were driven upon the coast of Finland by
+     a new storm, and thence into Lapland, where I now am, and from
+     whence I send you this letter.
+
+     I could not come into a place so properly named for my reception;
+     as I had been undutiful to you, and fortune seemed to make me an
+     exile, or a banished man, by way of punishment for the vices of
+     my youth; so Lapland (which is a word originally derived from the
+     Finland word _lappi_, that is, exiles, and from the Sweden word
+     _lap_, signifying banished, from which two kingdoms most of our
+     inhabitants were banished hither, for not embracing the Christian
+     religion), was certainly the properest country in the world to
+     receive me.
+
+     When first I entered this country, I thought I was got into quite
+     another world; the men are all of them pigmies to our tall,
+     brawny Highlanders; they are, generally speaking, not above three
+     cubits high, insomuch that though the whole country of Lapland is
+     immensely large, and I have heard it reckoned by the inhabitants
+     to be above a hundred German leagues in length, and fourscore and
+     ten in breadth, yet I was the tallest man there, and looked upon
+     as a giant. The district in which I live now, is called Uma
+     Lapmark. You must understand, sir, that when I landed at North
+     Cape, in Kimi Lapmark, another district of Lapland, there was at
+     that time a most beautiful lady come to see a sick relation of
+     her father's, who was prefect, or governor of Uma Lapmark, which
+     is a post of great distinction. This lady, by being frequently in
+     the company of French merchants, who traffic now and then in that
+     province of Uma Lapmark, understood French, and having heard of a
+     man six foot and a half high, desired to see me, and when I
+     came, she happened mightily to like my person; and she talked
+     French, which when I answered, she made great signs of joy, that
+     she could communicate her sentiments to me, and she told me who
+     she was, how rich, and that not one in the company besides could
+     understand a syllable we said, and so I might speak my mind
+     freely to her; she told me the customs of the country, that it
+     was divided into cantons, like our shires, and those cantons into
+     rekars, or certain grounds allotted to families, that are just
+     like our clans. As she was beyond measure beautiful, she was
+     extremely good humoured, a thing rarely to be met among Lapland
+     women, of a better stature than her country women, and very rich,
+     and of good birth: I thought it would be a prodigious turn of
+     fortune, for a man in my circumstances, if I could make any
+     progress in her heart, which she seemed a little to open to me,
+     in such a manner, for the beginning, as if such a successful
+     event, if managed with prudence, might not be despaired off.
+     Souls that are generous are apt to love, and compassion is the
+     best introducer of love into a generous bosom, and that was the
+     best stock I had to go upon in my courtship! I told her of all my
+     calamities, my dangers, and my escapes; the goodness of my birth,
+     as being allied to one of the greatest nobles in our island; and
+     still she would ask me to tell it her over again, though every
+     time I told it, just at such and such passages, she was forced to
+     drop the tears from her eyes. In fine, I grew more in love with
+     her, more out of a sense of gratitude now, than by the power of
+     her charms before; the matter in a few days went so far, that she
+     owned to me I had her heart. As to marriage, I did not then know
+     the custom of the nation; I thought that if it proved only
+     dangerous to me, I loved her so well that I intended to marry
+     her, though the law was to pronounce me dead for it; but I did
+     not know whether it might not be perilous for her too, to engage
+     in such a state with me, and I resolved in that case, rather to
+     be singly unhappy, than to involve her in distress, and make her
+     the fair companion of my woes. I would not tell her so, for fear
+     she should out of love hide from me those dangers, and therefore
+     using a kind sort of dissimulation, I conjured her to tell me the
+     laws and customs of marriages in that country to a tittle, and
+     that nothing should hinder us from happiness. She told me
+     exactly, as I find since. Our marriage, said she, will be very
+     hard to compass; provided we follow the strict rule of the
+     country. For our women here, are bound not to see the man who
+     makes their addresses to them, in some time. His way of courtship
+     is to come to the parents, and his nearest friends and relations
+     must make her father presents, and supplicate him like a king, to
+     grant him his daughter. The courtship often lasts two or three
+     years, and sometimes has not its effect at last; but if it has,
+     the woman is dragged by her father and brother to church, as
+     unwilling to go to be married, which is looked upon as a greater
+     part of modesty in her, according to the greater disinclination
+     she shows. My father and brother, said she, will both be against
+     it; you have no relations in this country to move your suit, I
+     cannot be so hypocritical as to be dragged unwillingly to him I
+     own I desire for my lawful husband, and therefore, as I have an
+     inclination to you, and I dare own I have, I will not follow
+     those methods which I disapprove. I have talked with several
+     Swedes, and several polite Frenchmen, about their manner of
+     espousals, and I am told, that when souls are naturally united by
+     affection, the couple so mutually and reciprocally loving, though
+     they had rather have their parents' leave if likely to be got,
+     yet, unwilling to be disappointed, only go to the next minister's
+     and marry for better for worse. This way I approve of, for where
+     two persons naturally love each other, the rest is nothing but a
+     modest restraint to their wishes, and since it is only custom, my
+     own reason teaches me there is no error committed, nor any harm
+     done in breaking through it upon so commendable an occasion. I
+     have, added she, a thousand rein-deer belonging to me, beyond my
+     father's power of taking away, and a third share in a rekar or
+     clan, that is ten leagues in compass, in the byar or canton of
+     Uma Lapmark. This is at my own disposal, and it is all your own,
+     if you please to accept of it with me. Our women are very coy,
+     when they are courted, though they have never so much an
+     inclination to their suitor; but good reason and the commerce I
+     have had with persons of politer nations than ours is, teach me
+     that this proceeds entirely from vanity and affectation, and the
+     greatest proof of a woman's modesty, chastity, and sincerity,
+     certainly consists, contrary to the general corrupted opinion, in
+     yielding up herself into the arms of the man she loves. For she
+     that can dally with a heart she prizes, can give away her heart,
+     when she is once balked, to any man, even though she dislikes
+     him. You must judge, my dear father, I must be touched with a
+     woman that was exceeding beautiful, beyond any of her nation, and
+     who had thoughts as beautiful as her person. I therefore was all
+     in rapture, and longed for the matrimony, but still loved her
+     enough to propose the question, I resolved, to her, viz., if it
+     would not be in her nation accounted a clandestine marriage, and
+     prove of great damage to her.
+
+     To this she answered with all the wisdom which could be expected
+     from a woman who had given such eminent tokens of her judgment on
+     other points, amidst a nation so barbarous in its manners, and so
+     corrupt in its principles, as Lapland is. I am, said she,
+     answerable to my father, for nothing by our laws, having no
+     portion of him, but only what was presented me by my relations at
+     my birth, according to custom, in lands and rein-deer. My father
+     is but deputy governor; it is a Swede who is the governor of Uma;
+     and if I pay to him at every mart and fair the due tribute, which
+     must either consist of fifty rein-deer or one hundred and fifty
+     rixdollars, he will have the priest that marries us present at
+     the court of justice, according to our custom, and keep us in
+     possession of our rights, that we may be enabled to pay tribute
+     to the crown of Sweden. Indeed, before the abolition of the
+     Birkarti, which were our native judges, we could not have married
+     thus without danger to us both; but now there is none at all.
+
+     My dear father, you must easily imagine that I could not help
+     embracing with all tenderness so dear and so lovely a woman. In
+     fine, I am married to her, I have lived very happy hitherto, and
+     am now grown more happy, for she is big with child; and likely,
+     before my letter comes to your hands, to make you a grandfather
+     of a pretty boy. You will perhaps wonder that I name the sex of
+     the child before it comes into the world, but we have a way in
+     Lapland of finding that out, which though some judicious people
+     call superstitious, I am really persuaded of by experience, and
+     therefore I indulged my dear wife's curiosity, when she signified
+     to me she had a mind to make the usual trial, whether the child
+     she was going to be delivered of would be a boy or a girl.
+
+     You must understand, my dear father, the people here judge of
+     the sex of the child by the moon, unto which they compare a
+     big-bellied woman. If they see a star appear just above the moon,
+     it is a sign it will be a boy, but, if the star be just below the
+     moon, they conjecture her to be big with a girl. This observation
+     and remark of Laplanders has, I know, been accounted by some, and
+     those wise and judicious men too, to be ridiculously
+     superstitious; but I have been led into an easy belief of this
+     mystery, by a mistress that is superior to wisdom itself,
+     constant, and therefore probably infallible, experience. I
+     therefore indulged my wife in this her request, and went with her
+     to the ceremony; the star appeared above the moon, which
+     prognosticates a boy, which I wish may, and I scarce doubt will,
+     prove true, and when she is brought to bed I will send you word
+     of it. It is remarkable, likewise, that a star was seen just
+     before the moon, which we also count a very good omen. For it is
+     a custom likewise here in Lapland, to consult the moon, as an
+     oracle about the health and vigour of the child. If a star be
+     seen just before the moon, we count it a sign of a lusty and well
+     grown child, without blemish; if a star comes just after, we
+     reckon it a token that the child will have some defect or
+     deformity, or die soon after it is born.
+
+     Having thus told you the manners of the country I live in at
+     present, as much at large as the nature of a letter will permit,
+     and related to you my own happy circumstances, and the kindly
+     promises of the heavens that are ushering in the birth of my
+     child, I would not have you think that I addict myself to the
+     superstitions of the country, which are very many and groundless,
+     and arising partly from the remainder of Pagan worship, which is
+     still cultivated among some of the more obstinate inhabitants. I
+     have, on the contrary, since I married her, endeavoured to repay
+     my wife's temporal blessings to me with those that are endless,
+     instructed her in all the points of religion, and made her
+     perfectly a Christian; and she, by her devotion and prayers for
+     me, makes me such amends for it that I hope in us two St. Paul's
+     saying will be verified, viz., "That the woman shall be
+     sanctified in her husband, and the husband shall be sanctified in
+     his wife."
+
+     However, I must take notice in this place, with all due deference
+     to Christianity, that though I am obliged to applaud the prudence
+     and piety of Charles the Ninth of Sweden, who, constituting
+     Swedish governors over this country, abrogated their practice of
+     superstitions and art magic upon pain of death, yet that king
+     carried the point too far, and intermingled with these arts the
+     pretensions to the gift of a second-sight, which you know how
+     frequent it is with us in Scotland, and which, I assure you, my
+     wife (though she durst not publicly own it for fear of incurring
+     the penalty of those Swedish laws) does, as it were, inherit (for
+     all her ancestors before her have had it from time immemorial) to
+     a greater degree than ever I knew any of our countrywomen or
+     countrymen.
+
+     One day last week she distracted me between the extremes of joy
+     and sorrow. She told me I should see you shortly, and that my
+     coming son would grow to be one of the most remarkable men in
+     England and Scotland, for his power of foresight; but that I
+     should speedily lose her, and meet with difficulties in my own
+     country, in the same manner as my father, meaning you, sir, had
+     done before me, and on the same account, viz., of civil broils,
+     and intestine wars in Scotland.
+
+     These unfortunate parts of her relation I would not conceal from
+     you, because the veracity of her notions should appear, if they
+     are true, though you may be sure I much wish they all may prove
+     false to the very last; excepting that wherein she tells me, my
+     son will be greatly remarkable, and that I shall shortly see my
+     dear father, which I daily long for, and will endeavour to do as
+     soon as possible. Pray remember me to all friends; being,
+
+                          Honoured sir,
+                 Your most dutiful and loving son,
+                                 ARCHIBALD CAMPBELL.
+
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+  THE SECOND LETTER.
+
+     I am now the happiest man alive; the prosperous part of my wife's
+     predictions, which I mentioned to you in my last, is come in some
+     measure to pass. The child she has brought me proves a boy, and
+     as fine a one as I ever beheld, (if fondness for my own makes me
+     not blind); and sure it cannot be fondness, because other plain
+     circumstances joined at his birth to prove it a more than
+     ordinary remarkable one. He was born with a caul upon his head,
+     which we count one of the luckiest signs that can be in nature;
+     he had likewise three teeth ready cut through the gums, and we
+     reckon that an undeniable testimony and promise given to the
+     world by nature, that she intends such a person for her
+     extraordinary favourite, and that he is born for great things,
+     which I daily beg of heaven may come to pass.
+
+     Since I have known for some months what it is to be a father, it
+     adds a considerable weight to those affections which I had for my
+     wife. I thought that my tenderness for her was at the height of
+     perfection before; which shows how little we know of those parts
+     of nature that we have yet never tried, and of which we have not
+     yet been allotted our share to act upon the stage of life. I find
+     that I did love her then as well as a husband could love a wife,
+     that is, a wife without a child; but the love to a wife that has
+     a child, is a feeling wonderful and inexpressibly different. A
+     child is the seal and the pledge of love. Meditating upon this,
+     has likewise doubled my affection to you. I loved you before, as
+     a son, and because as such, I felt your tenderness; but my love
+     is much increased now, because I know the tenderness which you
+     felt for me as a father. With these pleasing images of thought, I
+     often keep you nearer company at this vast distance, than when I
+     lived irregularly under your eye. These reflections render a
+     solitary life dear to me. And though I have no manner of
+     acquaintance with her relations, who hate me, as I am told, nor
+     indeed with almost any of the inhabitants, but my own domestics,
+     and those I am forced to deal with, yet I have as much, methinks,
+     as I wish for, unless I could come over to Shetland and live with
+     you, which I the more ardently desire, because I think I and my
+     wife could be true comforts to you, in your advanced years; now I
+     know what living truly is. I am daily persuading my wife to go
+     with me; but she denies me with kind expressions, and says, she
+     owes too much to the place, however less pleasant in itself than
+     other climates, where she had the happiness of first joining
+     hands with me in wedlock, ever to part from it. But I must
+     explain how I ask, and how she refuses. I resolved never directly
+     and downrightly to ask her, because I know she can refuse me
+     nothing; and that would be bearing hard upon the goodness of her
+     will. But my way of persuading her consists in endeavouring to
+     make her in love with the place, by agreeable descriptions of
+     it, and likewise of the humane temper of the people; so that I
+     shortly shall induce her to signify to me that it is her own will
+     to come with me, and then I shall seem rather to consent to her
+     will, than to have moved it over to my own. These hopes I have of
+     seeing my dear father very shortly, and I know such news would
+     make this letter, which I therefore send, more acceptable to him,
+     to whom I will be,
+
+                      A most dutiful and
+                          affectionate son, till death,
+                                  ARCHIBALD CAMPBELL.
+
+     P.S. If I cannot bring my wife to change this country for
+     another, I have brought her to that pitch of devotion, that
+     whenever Providence, which, notwithstanding her predictions, I
+     hope will be long yet, shall call her to change this world for
+     another, it will be happy with her there; she joins with me in
+     begging your blessing to me, herself, and our little Duncan, whom
+     we christened so, out of respect to the name you bear.
+
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+  THE THIRD LETTER.
+
+
+     MY DEAR FATHER,
+
+     I am lost in grief; I had just brought my wife (her that was my
+     wife, for I have none now, I have lost all joy), in the mind of
+     coming over to be a comfort to you. But now grief will let me say
+     no more than that I am coming to beg comfort from you, and by
+     this I prepare you to receive, when he comes, a son in tears and
+     mourning.
+
+                                                   ARCHIBALD CAMPBELL.
+
+     P.S. I have a babe, not much above two years old, must bear the
+     hardships of travelling over the ice, and all through Muscovy,
+     for no ships can stir here for many months; and I cannot bear to
+     live in this inhospitable place, where she died, that only could
+     make it easy to me, one moment beyond the first opportunity I
+     have of leaving it. She is in heaven; that should make me easy,
+     but I cannot; I am not so good a Christian as she was--I am lost
+     and ruined.
+
+
+
+
+  CHAPTER II.
+
+    AFTER THE DEATH OF MR. DUNCAN CAMPBELL'S MOTHER IN LAPLAND, HIS
+    FATHER, ARCHIBALD, RETURNED WITH HIS SON TO SCOTLAND. HIS SECOND
+    MARRIAGE, AND HOW HIS SON WAS TAUGHT TO WRITE AND READ.
+
+Mr. Archibald Campbell, having buried his Lapland lady, returned to
+Scotland, and brought over with him his son, Mr. Duncan Campbell. By
+that time he had been a year in his own country, he married a second
+wife; a lady whom I had known very well for some years, and then I first
+saw the boy; but, as they went into the western islands, I saw them not
+again in three years. She being, quite contrary to the cruel way much in
+use among stepmothers, very fond of the boy, was accustomed to say, she
+did, and would always think him her own son. The child came to be about
+four years of age, as she has related to me the story since, and not
+able to speak one word, nor to hear any noise; the father of him used to
+be mightily oppressed with grief, and complain heavily to his new wife,
+who was no less perplexed, that a boy so pretty, the son of so
+particular a woman, which he had made his wife, by strange accidents and
+adventures, and a child coming into the world with so many amazing
+circumstances attending his birth, should lose those precious senses by
+which alone the social commerce of mankind is upheld and maintained, and
+that he should be deprived of all advantages of education, which could
+raise him to the character of being the great man that so many
+concurring incidents at his nativity promised and betokened he would be.
+
+One day, a learned divine, who was of the university of Glasgow, but had
+visited Oxford, and been acquainted with the chief men of science there,
+happening to be in conversation with the mother-in-law of this child,
+she related to him her son's misfortunes, with so many marks of sorrow,
+that she moved the good old gentleman's compassion, and excited in him a
+desire to give her what relief and consolation he could in this unhappy
+case. His particular inclination to do her good offices, made him
+recollect, that, at the time he was at Oxford, he had been in company
+with one Doctor Wallis, a man famous for learning, who had told him that
+he had taught a born deaf and dumb man to write, and to read, and even
+to utter some sounds articulately with his mouth; and that he told him
+he was then going to commit to print the method he made use of in so
+instructing that person, that others, in the like unfortunate condition
+might receive the same benefits and advantages from other masters, which
+his deaf and dumb pupil had received from him. A dumb man recovering his
+speech, or a blind man gaining his sight, or a deaf one getting his
+hearing, could not be more overjoyed than Mrs. Campbell was at these
+unexpected tidings, and she wept for gladness when he told it. The good
+gentleman animated and encouraged her with the kindest promises, and to
+keep alive her hopes, assured her he would send to one of the chief
+booksellers in London to inquire after the book, who would certainly
+procure it him if it was to be got, and that afterwards he would peruse
+it diligently, make himself master of Doctor Wallis's method, and though
+he had many great works upon his hands at that time, he would steal from
+his other studies leisure enough to complete so charitable an office, as
+teaching the dumb and deaf to read and to write, and give her son, who
+was by nature deprived of them, the advantages of speech, as far as art
+would permit that natural defect to be supplied by her powerful
+interposition.
+
+When the mother came home, the child, who could hear no knocking, and
+therefore it must be by a strange and inexplicable instinct in nature,
+was the first that ran to the door, and falling in a great fit of
+laughter, a thing it was not much used to before, having on the contrary
+rather a melancholy cast of complexion, it clung round its mother's
+knees, incessantly embracing and kissing them, as if just at that time
+it had an insight into what the mother had been doing for it, and into
+its own approaching relief from its misery.
+
+When the mother came with the child in her hand to the father, to tell
+him the welcome news, the child burst afresh into a great fit of
+laughter, which continued for an unusual space of time; and the scene of
+such reciprocal affection and joy between a wife and her own husband, on
+so signal an occasion, is a thing easier to be felt by parents of a good
+disposition, imagining themselves under the same circumstances, with
+regard to a child they loved with fondness, than to be expressed or
+described by the pen of any writer. But it is certain, whenever they
+spoke of this affair, as anybody, who knows the impatience of parents
+for the welfare of an only child, may guess, they must be often
+discoursing it over, and wishing the time was come; the boy, who used
+seldom so much as to smile at other times, and who could never hear the
+greatest noise that could be made, would constantly look wishfully in
+their faces and laugh immoderately, which is a plain indication that
+there was then a wonderful instinct in nature, as I said before, which
+made him foretaste his good fortune, and, if I may be allowed the
+expression, the dawnings as it were of the second-sight, were then
+pregnant within him.
+
+To confirm this, the happy hour of his deliverance being come, and the
+doctor having procured Mr. Wallis's book, came with great joy, and
+desired to see his pupil; scarce were the words out of his mouth when
+the child happened to come into the room, and running towards the
+doctor, fell on his knees, kissed his hand eagerly, and laughed as
+before, which to me is a demonstration that he had an insight into the
+good which the doctor intended him.
+
+It is certain, that several learned men, who have written concerning the
+second-sight, have demonstrated by incontestable proofs, and undeniable
+arguments, that children, nay, even horses and cows, see the
+second-sight, as well as men and women advanced in years. But of this I
+shall discourse at large in its proper place, having allotted a whole
+future chapter for that same subject of second-sightedness.
+
+In about half a year, the doctor taught his little dumb pupil first to
+know his letters, then to name anything whatsoever, to leave off some
+savage motions which he had taken of his own accord before, to signify
+his mind by, and to impart his thoughts by his fingers and his pen, in a
+manner as intelligible, and almost as swift through the eyes, as that is
+of conveying our ideas to one another, by our voices, through the
+conduits and portholes of the ears. But in little more than two years he
+could write and read as well as anybody. Because a great many people
+cannot conceive this, and others pretend it is not to be done in nature,
+I will a little discourse upon Doctor Wallis's foundation, and show in a
+manner obvious to the most ignorant, how this hitherto mysterious help
+may be easily administered to the deaf and the dumb, which shall be the
+subject of the ensuing chapter.
+
+But I cannot conclude this without telling the handsome saying with
+which this child, when not quite six years old, as soon as he thought he
+could express himself well, paid his first acknowledgment to his master,
+and which promised how great his future genius was to be, when so witty
+a child ripened into man. The words he wrote to him were these, only
+altered into English from the Scotch.
+
+     SIR,
+
+     It is no little work you have accomplished. My thanks are too
+     poor amends; the world, sir, shall give you thanks; for as I
+     could not have expressed myself without your teaching me, so
+     those that can talk, though they have eyes, cannot see the things
+     which I can see, and shall tell them; so that in doing me this,
+     you have done a general service to mankind.
+
+
+
+
+  CHAPTER III.
+
+    THE METHOD OF TEACHING DEAF AND DUMB PERSONS TO WRITE, READ, AND
+    UNDERSTAND A LANGUAGE.
+
+
+It is, I must confess, in some measure, amazing to me that men, of any
+moderate share of learning, should not naturally conceive of themselves
+a plain reason for this art, and know how to account for the
+practicability of it, the moment they hear the proposition advanced; the
+reasons for it are so obvious to the very first consideration we can
+make about it. It will be likewise as amazing to me that the most
+ignorant should not conceive it, after so plain a reason is given them
+for it, as I am now going to set down.
+
+To begin: how are children at first taught a language that can hear? are
+they not taught by sounds? and what are those sounds, but tokens and
+signs to the ear, importing and signifying such and such a thing? If,
+then, there can be signs made to the eye, agreed by the party teaching
+the child, that they signify such and such a thing, will not the eye of
+the child convey them to the mind, as well as the ear? They are indeed
+different marks to different senses, but both the one and the other do
+equally signify the same things or notions, according to the will of the
+teacher, and consequently must have an equal effect with the person who
+is to be instructed, for though the manners signifying are different,
+the things signified are the same.
+
+For example; if, after having invented an alphabet upon the fingers, a
+master always keeps company with a deaf child, and teaches it to call
+for whatsoever it wants by such motions of the fingers which, if put
+down by letters, according to each invented motion of each finger, would
+form in writing a word of a thing which it wanted; might not he by these
+regular motions teach its eye the same notions of things, as sounds do
+to the ears of children that hear? The manner of teaching the alphabet
+by fingers, is plainly set down in the following table.
+
+When the deaf child has learned by these motions a good stock of words,
+as children that hear first learn by sounds, we may, methinks, call not
+improperly, the fingers of such a dumb infant, its mouth, and the eye of
+such a deaf child, its ear. When he has learnt thus far, he must be
+taught to write the alphabet, according as it was adapted to the motions
+of his fingers; as for instance, the five vowels, _a_, _e_, _i_, _o_,
+_u_, by pointing to the top of the five fingers, and the other letters,
+_b_, _c_, _d_, &c., by such other place or posture of a finger, as in
+the above-mentioned table is set forth, or otherwise, it shall be agreed
+upon. When this is done, the marks B, R, E, A, D, and so of all other
+words, corresponding with such fingers, conveys through his eyes, unto
+his head, the same notion, viz., the thing signified, as the sound we
+give to those same letters, making the word 'bread,' do into our head,
+through the ears.
+
+This once done, he may be easily taught to understand the parts of
+speech, as the verb, the noun, pronoun, &c., and so, by rules of grammar
+and syntax, to compound ideas, and connect his words into a language.
+The method of which, since it is plainly set forth in Doctor Wallis's
+letter to Mr. Beverly, I shall set it down by way of extract; that
+people in the same circumstances with the person we treat of, and of the
+like genius, may not have their talents lost for want of the like
+assistance.
+
+When once a deaf person has learned so far as to understand the common
+discourse of others, and to express his mind tolerably well in writing,
+I see no room to doubt but that, provided nature has endowed him with a
+proper strength of genius, as other men that hear, he may become
+capable, upon farther improvement, of such farther knowledge as is
+attainable by reading. For I must here join with the learned Doctor
+Wallis in asserting, as to the present case before us, that no reason
+can be assigned why such a deaf person may not attain the understanding
+of a language as perfectly as those that hear; and with the same learned
+author I take upon me to lay down this proposition as certain, that
+allowing the deaf person the like time and exercise, as to other men is
+requisite in order to attain the perfection of a language, and the
+elegance of it, he may understand as well, and write as good language,
+as other men; and abating only what doth depend upon sound, as tones,
+cadences, and such punctilios, no whit inferior to what he might attain
+to, if he had his hearing as others have?
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+_An Extract from Dr. Wallis, concerning the method of teaching the Deaf
+and Dumb to Read._
+
+It is most natural, (as children learn the names of things), to furnish
+him by degrees with a nomenclator, containing a competent number of
+names of things common and obvious to the eye, that you may show the
+thing answering to such a name, and these digested under convenient
+titles, and placed under them in such convenient order, in several
+columns, or other orderly situation in the paper, as by their position
+best to express to the eye their relation or respect to one another. As
+contraries or correlatives one against the other, subordinates or
+appurtenances under their principle, which may serve as a kind of local
+memory.
+
+Thus, in one paper, under the title mankind, may be placed, not
+confusedly, but in decent order, man, woman, child (boy, girl).
+
+In another paper, under the title body, may be written, in like
+convenient order, head (hair, skin, ear), face, forehead, eye (eyelid,
+eyebrow), cheek, nose (nostril), mouth (lip, chin), neck, throat, back,
+breast, side (right side, left side), belly, shoulders, arm (elbow,
+wrist, hand,--back, palm), finger (thumb, buckle, nail), thigh, knee,
+leg (shin, calf, ancle), foot (heel, sole), toe.
+
+And when he hath learned the import of words in each paper, let him
+write them in like manner, in distinct leaves or pages of a book,
+prepared for that purpose, to confirm his memory, and to have recourse
+to it upon occasion.
+
+In a third paper, you may give him the inward parts; as skull (brain),
+throat (windpipe, gullet), stomach, guts, heart, lungs, liver, spleen,
+kidney, bladder (urine), vein (blood), bone (marrow), flesh, fat, &c.
+
+In another paper, under the title beast, may be placed horse
+(stonehorse, gelding), mare (colt), bull (ox), cow, calf. Sheep, ram
+(wether), ewe (lamb), hog, boar, sow, pig, dog, (mastiff, hound,
+greyhound, spaniel), bitch (whelp, puppy), hare, rabbit, cat, mouse,
+rat, &c.
+
+Under the title bird, or fowl, put cock, capon, hen, chick, goose
+(gander), gosling, duck (drake), swan, crow, kite, lark, &c.
+
+Under the title fish, put pike, eel, place, salmon, lobster, crawfish,
+&c.
+
+You may then put plants or vegetables under several heads or
+subdivisions of the same head; as tree (root, body, bark, bough, leaf,
+fruit), oak, ash, apple-tree, pear-tree, vine, &c. Fruit: apple, pear,
+plum, cherry, grape, nut, orange, lemon. Flower; rose, tulip,
+gilliflower herb, (weed), grass, corn, wheat, barley, rye, pea, bean.
+
+And the like of inanimates; as heaven, sun, moon, star, element, earth,
+water, air, fire; and under the title earth,--clay, sand, gravel, stone.
+Metal; gold, silver, brass, copper, iron (steel), lead, tin (pewter),
+glass. Under the title water, put sea, pond, river, stream; under that
+of air, put light, dark, mist, fog, cloud, wind, rain, hail, snow,
+thunder, lightning, rainbow. Under that of fire; coal, flame, smoke,
+soot, ashes.
+
+Under the title clothes, put woollen (cloth, stuff), linen (holland,
+lawn, lockarum), silk, (satin, velvet), hat, cap, band, doublet,
+breeches, coat, cloak, stocking, shoe, boot, shirt, petticoat, gown, &c.
+
+Under the title house, put wall, roof, door, window, casement, room.
+
+Under room, put shop, hall, parlour, dining-room, chamber, study,
+closet, kitchen, cellar, stable, &c.
+
+And under each of these, as distinct heads, the furniture or utensils
+belonging thereunto; with divisions and subdivisions, as there is
+occasion, which I forbear to mention, that I be not too prolix.
+
+And in like manner, from time to time, may be added more collections, or
+classes of names or words, conveniently digested, under distinct heads,
+and suitable distributions, to be written in distinct leaves or pages of
+his book in such order as may seem convenient.
+
+When he is furnished with a competent number of names, though not so
+many as I have mentioned, it will be seasonable to teach him under the
+titles singular and plural, the formation of plurals from singulars, by
+adding _s_, or _es_; as hand, hands; face, faces; fish, fishes, &c.,
+with some few irregulars, as man, men; woman, women; foot, feet; tooth,
+teeth; mouse, mice; louse, lice; ox, oxen, &c.
+
+Which, except the irregulars, will serve for possessives, to be after
+taught him, which are formed by their primitives by like addition of _s_
+or _es_, except some few irregulars, as my, mine; thy, thine; our, ours;
+your, yours; his, her, hers; their, theirs, &c.
+
+And in all those and other like cases, it will be proper first to show
+him the particulars, and then the general title.
+
+Then teach him in another page or paper, the particles, a, an, the,
+this, that, these, those.
+
+And the pronouns, I, me, my, mine, thou, thee, thy, thine, we, us, our,
+ours, ye, you, your, yours, he, him, his, she, her, hers, it, its, they,
+them, their, shoes, heirs, who, whom, whose.
+
+Then under the titles substantive, adjective, teach him to connect
+these, as my hand, your head, his foot, his feet, her arm, her arms, our
+hats, their John's coat, William's band, &c.
+
+And in order to furnish him with more adjectives, under the title
+colours, you may place black, white, gray, green, blue, yellow, red,
+&c., and having showed the particulars, let him know that these are
+called colours. The like for taste and smell; as sweet, bitter, sour,
+stink.
+
+And for hearing, sound, noise, word.
+
+Then for touch or feeling, hot, warm, cold, cool, wet, moist, dry, hard,
+soft, tough, brittle, heavy, light, &c.
+
+From whence you may furnish him with more examples of adjectives with
+substantives; as white bread, brown bread, green grass, soft cheese,
+hard cheese, black hat, my black hat, &c.
+
+And then inverting the order, substantive, adjective, with the verb
+copulative between; as silver is white, gold is yellow, lead is heavy,
+wood is light, snow is white, ink is black, flesh is soft, bone is hard,
+I am sick, I am not well, &c., which will begin to give him some notion
+of syntax.
+
+In like manner when substantive and substantive are so connected; as
+gold is a metal, a rose is a flower, they are men, they are women,
+horses are beasts, geese are fowls, larks are birds, &c.
+
+Then as those before relate to quality, you may give him some other
+words relating to quantity. As long, short, broad, narrow; thick, thin;
+high, tall, low; deep, shallow, great, big, small (little), much,
+little; many, few, full, empty; whole, part, piece; all, some, none,
+strong, weak, quick, slow, equal, unequal, bigger, less.
+
+Then words of figure; as straight, crooked, plain, bowed, concave,
+hollow, convex; round, square, three-square, sphere, globe, bowl, cube,
+die, upright, sloping, leaning forward, leaning backward, like, unlike.
+
+Of gesture; as stand, lie, sit, kneel, sleep.
+
+Of motion; as move, stir, rest, walk, go, come, run, leap, ride, fall,
+rise, swim, sink, drawn, slide, creep, crawl, fly, pull, draw, thrust,
+throw, bring, fetch, carry.
+
+Then words relating to time; place, number, weight, measure, money, &c.,
+are, in convenient time, to be showed him distinctly; for which the
+teacher, according to his discretion, may take a convenient season.
+
+As likewise the time of the day; the days of the week, the days of the
+month, the months of the year, and other things relating to the
+almanack, which he will quickly be capable to understand, if once
+methodically shown him.
+
+As likewise the names and situation of places and countries, which are
+convenient for him to know; which may be orderly written in his book,
+and showed him in the map of London, England, Europe, the world, &c.
+
+But these may be done at leisure, as likewise the practice of
+arithmetic, and other like pieces of learning.
+
+In the mean time, after the concord of substantive and adjective, he is
+to be showed by convenient examples, that of the nominative and verb;
+as, for instance, I go, you see, he sits, they stand, the fire burns,
+the sun shines, the wind blows, the rain falls, the water runs, and the
+like, with the titles in the top nominative verb.
+
+After this, under the titles nominative verb, accusative, give him
+examples of verbs transitive; as I see you, you see me, the fire burns
+the wood, the boy makes the fire, the cook roasts the meat, the butler
+lays the cloth, we eat our dinner.
+
+Or even with a double accusative; as, you teach me writing or to write,
+John teacheth me to dance, Thomas, tell me a tale, &c.
+
+After this you may teach him the flexion or conjugation of the verb, or
+what is equivalent thereunto; for in our English tongue each verb hath
+but two tenses, the present and the preter; two participles, the active
+and the passive; all the rest is performed by auxiliaries, which
+auxiliaries have no more tenses than the other verbs.
+
+Those auxiliaries are, do, did, will, would, shall, should, may, might,
+can, could, must, ought, to, have, had, am, be, was. And if by examples
+you can insinuate the signification of these few words, you have taught
+him the whole flexion of the verb.
+
+And here it will be convenient, once for all, to write him out a full
+paradigm of some one verb, suppose 'to see,' through all those
+auxiliaries.
+
+The verb itself hath but these four words to be learned, see, saw,
+seeing, seen, save that after thou, in the second person singular, in
+both tenses, we add est, and in the third person singular, in the
+present tense, eth or es, or instead thereof, st, th, s, and so in all
+verbs.
+
+Then to the auxiliaries, do, did, will, would, shall, should, may,
+might, can, could, must, ought, to, we join the indefinite see. And
+after have, had, am, be, was, the passive particle seen, and so for all
+other verbs.
+
+But the auxiliary, 'am,' or 'be,' is somewhat irregular in a double
+form.
+
+Am, art, is; plural are; was, wast, was; plural were.
+
+Be, beest, be; plural be; were, wert, were; plural were.
+
+Be, am, was, being, been.
+
+Which, attended with the other auxiliaries, make us the whole passive
+voice.
+
+All verbs, without exceptions, in the active participle, are formed by
+adding ing, as see, seeing; teach, teaching, &c.
+
+The preter tense and the participle are formed regularly, by adding ed,
+but are often subject to contractions and other irregularities,
+sometimes the same in both, sometimes different, and therefore it is
+convenient here to give a table of verbs, especially the most usual, for
+those three cases, which may at once teach their signification and
+formation; as boil, boiled; roast, roasted, roasted; bake, baked, baked,
+&c.; teach, taught, taught; bring, brought, brought; buy, bought,
+bought, &c.; see, saw, seen; give, gave, given; take, took, taken;
+forsake, forsook, forsaken; write, wrote, written, &c.; with many more
+fit to be learned.
+
+The verbs being thus dispatched, he is then to learn the prepositions,
+wherein lies the whole regimen of the noun. For diversity of cases we
+have none, the force of which is to be insinuated by convenient
+examples, suited to their different significations; as for instance,
+_of_ a piece _of_ bread, a pint _of_ wine, the colour _of_ a pot, the
+colour _of_ gold, a ring _of_ gold, a cup _of_ silver, the mayor _of_
+London, the longest _of_ all, &c.
+
+And in like manner, for, off, on, upon, to, unto, till, until, from, at,
+in, within, out, without, into, out of; about, over, under; above,
+below; between, among; before, behind, after; for, by, with, through,
+against, concerning; and by this time he will be pretty well enabled to
+understand a single sentence.
+
+In the last place, he is in like manner to be taught conjunctions, which
+serve to connect not words only, but sentences; as and, also; likewise,
+either or whether; neither, nor, if, then, why, wherefore, because,
+therefore, but, though, yet, &c.; and these illustrated by convenient
+examples in each case, as, _Because_ I am cold, _therefore_ I go to the
+fire, _that_ I may be warm, _for_ it is cold weather.
+
+_If_ it were fair, _then_ it would be good walking, but however,
+_though_ it rain, _yet_ I must go, _because_ I promised; with other like
+instances.
+
+And by this time his book, if well furnished with plenty of words, and
+those well digested under several heads, and in good order, and well
+recruited from time to time as new words occur, will serve him in the
+nature of a dictionary and grammar.
+
+And in case the deaf person be otherwise of a good natural capacity, and
+the teacher of a good sagacity, by this method, proceeding gradually
+step by step, you may, with diligence and due application of teacher and
+learner, in a year's time, or thereabouts, perceive a greater progress
+than you would expect, and a good foundation laid for farther
+instruction in matters of religion and other knowledge which may be
+taught by books.
+
+It will be convenient all along to have pen, ink, and paper, ready at
+hand, to write down in a word what you signify to him by signs, and
+cause him to write, or show how to write what he signifies by signs,
+which way of signifying their mind by signs deaf persons are often very
+good at; and we must endeavour to learn their language, if I may so call
+it, in order to teach them ours, by showing what words answer to their
+signs.
+
+It will be convenient, also, as you go along, after some convenient
+progress made, to express, in as plain language as may be, the import of
+some of the tables; as for instance:--
+
+The head is the highest part of the body, the feet the lowest part; the
+face is the fore part of the head, the forehead is over the eyes, the
+cheeks are under the eyes, the nose is between the cheeks, the mouth is
+under the nose and above the chin, &c.
+
+And such plain discourse put into writing, and particularly explained,
+will teach him by degrees to understand plain sentences; and like
+advantages a sagacious teacher may take, as occasion offers itself from
+time to time.
+
+This extract is mostly taken out of the ingenious Dr. Wallis, and lying
+hid in that little book, which is but rarely inquired after and too
+scarcely known, died in a manner with that great man. And as he designed
+it for the general use of mankind that laboured under the misfortune of
+losing those two valuable talents of hearing and speaking, I thought it
+might not be amiss (in the life of so particular a dumb person as I am
+writing) to give them this small but particular fragment of grammar and
+syntax.
+
+It is exactly adjusted to the English tongue; because such are the
+persons with whom the Doctor had to deal, and such the persons whose
+benefit alone I consult in this treatise.
+
+One of the chief persons who was taught by Dr. Wallis was Mr. Alexander
+Popham, brother-in-law (if I am not mistaken) to the present Earl of
+Oxford; and he was a very great proficient in this way; and though he
+was born deaf and dumb, understood the language so well as to give under
+his hand, many rare indications of a masterly genius.
+
+The uncle of his present Sardinian Majesty, as I have been credibly
+informed, had the want of the same organs, and yet was a perfect
+statesman, and wrote in five or six different languages elegantly well.
+
+Bishop Burnet, in his book of travels, tells us a wonderful story,
+almost incredible; but tells it as a passage that deserves our belief.
+It is concerning a young lady at Genoa, who was not only deaf and dumb,
+but blind, too, it seems, into the bargain; and this lady, he assures us
+as a truth, could, by putting her hand on her sister's mouth, know
+everything she said.
+
+But to return back to England. We have many rare instances of our own
+countrymen, the principal of whom I shall mention, as their names occur
+to my memory. Sir John Gawdy, Sir Thomas Knotcliff, Sir ---- Gostwick,
+Sir Henry Lydall, and Mr. Richard Lyns of Oxford, were all of this
+number, and yet men eminent in their several capacities, for
+understanding many authors, and expressing themselves in writing with
+wonderful facility.
+
+In Hatton garden, there now lives a miracle of wit and good nature, I
+mean the daughter of Mr. Loggin, who, though born deaf and dumb, (and
+she has a brother who has the same impediments), yet writes her mind
+down upon any subject with such acuteness as would amaze learned men
+themselves and put many students that have passed for wits, to the
+blush, to see themselves so far surpassed by a woman amidst that
+deficiency of the common organs. If anybody speaks a word distinctly,
+this lady will, by observing narrowly the motion of the speaker's lips
+pronounce the word afterwards very intelligibly.
+
+As there are a great many families in England and Ireland that have
+several, and some even have five or six dumb persons belonging to them;
+and as a great many more believe it impossible for persons born deaf and
+dumb to write and read, and have thence taken occasion to say and assert
+that Mr. Campbell could certainly speak, I could never think it a
+digression in the history of this man's life to set down the grammar by
+which he himself was taught, and which he has taught others (two of
+which scholars of his are boys in this town), partly to confute the
+slander made against him, and partly for the help of others dumb and
+deaf, whose parents may by these examples be encouraged to get them
+taught.
+
+
+
+
+  CHAPTER IV.
+
+    YOUNG DUNCAN CAMPBELL RETURNS WITH HIS MOTHER TO EDINBURGH. THE
+    EARL OF ARGYLE'S OVERTHROW. THE RUIN OF MR. ARCHIBALD CAMPBELL AND
+    HIS DEATH. YOUNG DUNCAN'S PRACTICE IN PREDICTION AT EDINBURGH
+    WHILE YET A BOY.
+
+
+Our young boy, now between six and seven years of age, half a Highlander
+and half a Laplander, delighted in wearing a little bonnet and plaid,
+thinking it looked very manly in his countrymen, and his father, as soon
+as he was out of his hanging sleeves, and left off his boy's vest,
+indulged him with that kind of dress, which is truly antique and heroic.
+In this early part of his nonage he was brought to Edinburgh by his
+mother-in-law, where I myself grew afresh acquainted with her, his
+father being then but lately dead, just after the civil commotion, and
+off and on, I have known him ever since, and conversed with him very
+frequently during that space of time, which is now about three or four
+and thirty years, so that whatever I say concerning him in the future
+pages I shall relate to the reader from my own certain knowledge, which,
+as I resolved to continue anonymous, may, perhaps, not have so much
+weight and authority as if I had prefixed my name to the account. Be
+that as it will, there are hundreds of living witnesses that will
+justify each action I relate, and his own future actions while he lives
+will procure belief and credit to the precedent ones, which I am going
+to record; so that if many do remain infidels to my relations, and will
+not allow them exact (the fate of many as credible and more important
+historians than myself), I can however venture to flatter myself that
+greater will be the number of those who will have a faith in my writings
+than of those who will reject my accounts as incredible.
+
+Having just spoke of the decease of Mr. Archibald Campbell, the father
+of our young Duncan Campbell, it will not be amiss here to observe how
+true the predictions of his Lapland mother were, which arose from
+second-sight, according to the notices given by the child's father, to
+his grandfather, in his letter from Lapland, even before it was born,
+which shows that the infant held this second-sighted power, or occult
+faculty of divination, even by inheritance.
+
+In the year 1685, the Duke of Monmouth and the Earl of Argyle sailed out
+of the ports of Holland without any obstruction, the Earl of Argyle in
+May; with three ships for Scotland, and Monmouth in June, with the same
+number for England.
+
+The Earl setting out first, was also the first at landing. Argyle having
+attempted to land in the north of Scotland, and being disappointed by
+the vigilance of the Bishop of the Orcades, landed in the west, and
+encamped at Dunstaffnage Castle, in the province of Lorn, which had
+belonged to him. He omitted nothing that might draw over to him all the
+malcontents in the kingdom, whom he thought more numerous than they
+afterwards appeared to be. He dispersed about his declarations, wherein,
+after protesting that he had taken up arms only in defence of religion
+and the laws, against an unjust usurper (so he styled James the Second),
+he invited all good Protestants, and such Scotch as would assert their
+liberty, to join him against a prince, he said, who was got into the
+throne to ruin the Reformation, and to bring in Popery and arbitrary
+power. Next he sent letters to those he thought his friends, among whom
+was Mr. Archibald Campbell, who, according to the vast deference payed
+by the Scots to their chief, joined him, though in his heart of quite a
+different principle, to call them to his assistance. He detached two of
+his sons to make inroads in the neighbourhood, and compel some by
+threats, others by mighty promises, to join him. All his contrivances
+could not raise him above three thousand men, with whom he encamped in
+the Isle of Bute, where he was soon, in a manner besieged by the Earl of
+Dumbarton, with the king's forces, and several other bodies, commanded
+by the Duke of Gordon, the Marquis of Athol, the Earl of Arran, and
+other great men, who came from all parts to quench the fire before it
+grew to a head.
+
+The Earl of Argyle being obliged to quit a post he could not make good,
+went over into a part of the country of his own name, where, having
+hastily fortified a castle called Ellingrey, he put into it the arms and
+ammunition taken out of his ships, which lay at anchor under the cannon
+of a fort he erected near that place. There his rout began; for going
+out from the castle with his forces to make an incursion, one of his
+parties was defeated by the Marquis of Athol, who slew four hundred of
+his men; and Captain Hamilton, who attacked his ships with some of the
+king's, and took them without any resistance.
+
+The Earl of Dumbarton advancing towards him, at the same time, by long
+marches, while he endeavoured to secure himself by rivers, surprised him
+passing the Clyde in the village of Killern, as he was marching towards
+Lenox. Dumbarton coming upon them at night, would have stayed till the
+next day to attack the rebels, but they gave him not so much time, for
+they passed the river in the night, in such confusion, that being
+overcome by fear, they dispersed as soon as over. Argyle could scarce
+rally so many as would make him a small guard, which was soon scattered
+again; Dumbarton having passed the river, and divided his forces to
+pursue those that fled. Argyle had taken guides to conduct him to
+Galloway; but they mistaking the way, and leading him into a bog, most
+of those that still followed him quitted their horses, every man
+shifting for himself.
+
+Argyle himself was making back alone towards the Clyde, when two
+resolute servants, belonging to an officer in the king's army meeting
+him, though they knew him not, bid him surrender. He fired at and missed
+them; but they took better aim, and wounded him with a pistol ball. Then
+the earl drawing his two pistols out of the holsters, quitted his horse,
+that was quite tired, and took the river. A country fellow, who came
+with those two, that had first assaulted him, pursued him with a pistol
+in his hand; the earl would have fired one of his, but the flint failing
+he was dangerously wounded in the head by the peasant. He discovered
+himself as he fell senseless, crying out. Unfortunate Argyle. This
+nobleman, how far soever he may be thought misled in principle, was
+certainly in his person a very brave and a very gallant hero. They made
+haste to draw him out and bring him to himself; after which, being
+delivered up to the officers, the erring, unfortunate great man, was
+conducted to Edinburgh and there beheaded.
+
+Many gentlemen that followed the fortunes of this great man, though not
+in his death, they shared in all the other calamities attending his
+overthrow. They most of them fled into the remotest isles and the
+obscurest corners of all Scotland; contented with the saving of their
+lives; they grew exiles and banished men of their own making, and
+abdicated their estates before they were known to be forfeited, because,
+for fear of being informed against by the common fellows they commanded,
+they durst not appear to lay their claims. Of this number was Mr.
+Archibald Campbell, and this new disaster wounded him deep into the very
+heart, after so many late misadventures, and sent him untimely to the
+grave. He perfectly pined away and wasted; he was six months dying inch
+by inch, and the difference between his last breath and his way of
+breathing during all that time, was only, that he expired with a greater
+sigh than he ordinarily fetched every time when he drew his breath.
+
+Everything the Lapland lady had predicted so long before, being thus
+come to pass, we may the less admire at the wonders performed by her
+son, when we consider this faculty of divination to be so derived to him
+from her, and grown as it were hereditary.
+
+Our young prophet, who had taught most of his little companions to
+converse with him by finger, was the head at every little pastime and
+game they played at. Marbles, which he used to call children's playing
+at bowls, yielded him mighty diversion; and he was so dexterous an
+artist at shooting that little alabaster globe from between the end of
+his forefinger and the knuckle of his thumb, that he seldom missed
+hitting plum, as the boys call it, the marble he aimed at, though at the
+distance of two or three yards. The boys always when they played coveted
+to have him on their side, and by hearing that he foretold other things,
+used to consult him, when they made their little matches, which were
+things of great importance in their thoughts, who should get the
+victory. He used commonly to leave these trifles undecided, but if ever
+he gave his opinion in these trivial affairs, the persons fared well by
+their consultation, for his judgment about them was like a petty oracle,
+and the end always answered his prediction. But I would have my reader
+imagine, that though our Duncan Campbell was himself but a boy, he was
+not consulted only by boys; his penetration and insight into things of a
+high nature, got air, and being attested by credible witnesses won him
+the esteem of persons of mature years and discretion.
+
+If a beautiful young virgin languished for a husband, or a widow's mind
+was in labour to have a second venture of infants by another spouse; if
+a housekeeper had lost anything belonging to her master, still little
+Duncan Campbell was at hand; he was the oracle to be applied to, and the
+little chalked circle, where he was diverting himself with his
+play-fellows near the cross at Edinburgh, was frequented with as much
+solicitation, and as much credit, as the tripos of Apollo was at Delphos
+in ancient times.
+
+It was highly entertaining to see a young blooming beauty come and slily
+pick up the boy from his company, carry him home with as much eagerness
+as she would her gallant, because she knew she should get the name of
+her gallant out of him before he went, and bribe him with a sugarplum to
+write down the name of a young Scotch peer in a green ribbon that her
+mouth watered after.
+
+How often after he has been wallowing in the dust, have I myself seen
+nice squeamish widows help him up in their gilded chariots, and give him
+a pleasant ride with them, that he might tell them they should not long
+lie alone; little Duncan Campbell had as much business upon his hands as
+the parsons of all the parishes in Edinburgh. He commonly was consulted,
+and named the couples before the minister joined them; thus he grew a
+rare customer to the toyshop, from whence he most usually received fees
+and rewards for his advice. If Lady Betty Such a one was foretold that
+she should certainly have Beau Such a one in marriage, then little
+Duncan was sure to have a hobby-horse from the toyshop, as a reward for
+the promised fop. If such a widow, that was ugly, but very rich, was to
+be pushed hard for as she pretended, though in reality easily won,
+little Duncan, upon insuring her such a captain, or such a
+lieutenant-colonel, was sure to be presented from the same child's
+warehouse, with a very handsome drum, and a silvered trumpet.
+
+If a sempstress had an itching desire for a parson, she would, upon the
+first assurance of him, give the little Apollo a pasteboard temple, or
+church, finely painted, and a ring of bells into the bargain, from the
+same toy-office.
+
+If a housekeeper lost any plate, the thief was certain to be catched,
+provided she took little master into the store room, and asked him the
+question, after she had given him his bellyful of sweetmeats.
+
+Neither were the women only his consulters; the grave merchants, who
+were anxious for many ventures at sea, applied to the boy for his
+opinion of their security, and they looked upon his opinion to be as
+safe as the insurance office for ships. If he but told them, though the
+ship was just set sail, and a tempest rose just after on the ocean, that
+it would have a successful voyage, gain the port designed, and return
+home safe laden with the exchange of traffic and merchandize, they
+dismissed all their fears, banished all their cares, set their hearts at
+ease, and, safe in his opinion, enjoyed a calm of mind amidst a storm of
+weather.
+
+I myself knew one Count Cog, an eminent gamester, who was a person so
+far from being of a credulous disposition, that he was an unbeliever in
+several points of religion, and the next door to an infidel; yet, as
+much as he was a stranger to faith, he was mastered and overpowered so
+far in his incredulity by the strange events which he had seen come
+frequently to pass from the predictions of this child, that he had
+commonly daily access to this boy to learn his more adverse and more
+prosperous hours of gaming. At first indeed he would try, when the child
+foretold him his ill fortune, whether it would prove true, and relying
+upon the mere hazard and turn of the die, he had always, as he observed,
+a run of ill luck on those forbidden days, as he never failed of good if
+he chose the fortunate hours directed by the boy. One time above all the
+rest, just before he was departing from Edinburgh, and when the season
+of gaming was almost over--most persons of wealth and distinction
+withdrawing for pleasure to their seats in the country--he came to young
+Duncan Campbell to consult, and was extremely solicitous to know how
+happily or unluckily he should end that term, as we may call it, of the
+gamester's weighty business, viz., play, there being a long vacation
+likely to ensue, when the gaming table would be empty, and the box and
+dice lie idle and cease to rattle. The boy encouraged him so well with
+his predictions on this occasion, that Count Cog went to the toyshop,
+brought him from thence a very fine ivory T totum, as children call it,
+a pretty set of painted and gilded little ninepins and a bowl, and a
+large bag of marbles and alloys; and what do you think the gamester got
+by this little present and the prediction of the boy? why, without
+telling the least tittle of falsehood, within the space of the last
+week's play, the gains of Count Cog really amounted to no less than
+20,000_l_. sterling neat money.
+
+Having mentioned these persons of so many different professions by
+borrowed names, and perhaps in a manner seemingly ludicrous, I would not
+have my reader from hence take occasion of looking on my account as
+fabulous. If I was not to make use of borrowed names, but to tell the
+real characters and names of the persons, I should do injury to those
+old friends of his who first gave credit to our young seer, while I am
+endeavouring to gain him the credit and esteem of new ones, in whose way
+it has not yet happened to consult him. For many persons are very
+willing to ask such questions as the foregoing ones; but few or none
+willing to have the public told they asked them; though they succeeded
+in their wish, and were amply satisfied in their curiosity. I have
+represented them perhaps in a ludicrous manner, because though they are
+mysterious actions they are still the actions of a boy, and as the
+rewards he received for his advices did really and truly consist of such
+toys as I mentioned, so could they not be treated of in a more serious
+manner, without the author's incurring a magisterial air of pedantry,
+and showing a mind, as it were, of being mighty grave and sententious
+about trifles. There are, however, some things of greater weight and
+importance done by him in a more advanced stage of life, which will be
+delivered to the public with that exactitude and gravity which becomes
+them; and in some of those relations the names of some persons that are
+concerned shall be printed, because it will not at all be injurious to
+them, or because I have their leave, and they are still living to
+testify what I shall relate.
+
+In the mean time, as the greatest part of his nonage was spent in
+predicting almost innumerable things, which are all, however, reducible
+to the general heads above mentioned, I will not tire the reader with
+any particulars; but instead of doing that, before I come to show his
+power of divination, in the more active parts of his life, and when
+after removing from Edinburgh to London, he at last made it his public
+profession; I shall account how such divinations may be made, and divert
+the reader with many rare examples, taken from several faithful and
+undoubted historians, of persons who have done the like before him, some
+in one way, and some in another; though in this he seems to be peculiar,
+and to be, if I may be allowed the expression, a species by himself,
+alone in the talent of prediction; that he has collected within his own
+individual capacity all the methods which others severally used, and
+with which they were differently and singly gifted in their several ways
+of foreseeing and foretelling.
+
+This art of prediction is not attainable any otherwise, than by these
+three ways; first, it is done by the company of familiar spirits and
+genii, which are of two sorts; some good and some bad; who tell the
+gifted person the things of which he informs other people. Secondly, it
+is performed by the second-sight, which is very various, and differs in
+most of the possessors, it being but a very little in some, very
+extensive and constant in others; beginning with some in their infancy,
+and leaving them before they come to years; happening to others in a
+middle age, to others again in an old age, that never had it before, and
+lasting only for a term of years, and now and then for a very short
+period of time; and in some, intermitting, like fits as it were, of
+vision, that leave them for a time, and then return to be as strong in
+them as ever, and it being in a manner hereditary to some families,
+whose children have it from their infancy, without intermission, to a
+great old age, and even to the time of their death, which they often
+foretell before it comes to pass, to a day, nay, even to an hour.
+Thirdly, it is attained by the diligent study of the lawful part of the
+art of magic.
+
+Before I give the reader an account, as I shall do in three distinct
+discourses, first, concerning the intercourse which familiar spirits,
+viz., the good and bad genii, have had and continue to have to a great
+degree with some select parts of mankind; secondly, concerning the
+wonderful and almost miraculous power of a second-sight, with which
+many, beyond all controversy, have been extraordinarily but visibly
+gifted; and, thirdly, concerning the pitch of perfection to which the
+magic science has been carried and promoted by some adepts in that
+mysterious art; I will premise a few particulars about the genii which
+attended our little Duncan Campbell, and about the second-sight which he
+had when yet a child, and when we may much more easily believe that the
+wonders he performed and wrote of, must have been rather brought about
+by the intervention of such genii and the mediation of such a sight,
+than that he could have invented such fables concerning them, and
+compassed such predictions as seem to want their assistance, by the mere
+dint of a child's capacity.
+
+One day, I remember, when he was about nine years of age, going early to
+the house where he and his mother lived, and it being before his mother
+was stirring, I went into little Duncan Campbell's room to divert myself
+with him, I found him sitting up in his bed with his eyes broad open,
+but as motionless as if he had been asleep, or even, if it had not been
+for a lively beautiful colour which the little pretty fair silver-haired
+boy always had in his cheeks, as if he had been quite dead; he did not
+seem so much as to breathe; the eyelids of him were so fixed and
+immoveable, that the eyelashes did not so much as once shake, which the
+least motion imaginable must agitate; not to say that he was like a
+person in an ecstacy, he was at least in what we commonly call a brown
+study, to the highest degree, and for the largest space of time I ever
+knew. I, who had been frequently informed by people who have been
+present at the operations of second-sighted persons, that at the sight
+of a vision the eyelids of the person are erected, and the eyes continue
+staring till the object vanishes; I, I say, sat myself softly down on
+his bed-side, and with a quiet amazement observed him, avoiding
+diligently any motion that might give him the least disturbance, or
+cause in him any avocation or distraction of mind from the business he
+was so intent upon. I remarked that he held his head sideways, with his
+mouth wide open, and in a listening posture, and that after so lively a
+manner, as, at first general thought, made me forget his deafness, and
+plainly imagine he heard something, till the second thought of
+reflection brought into my mind the misfortune that shut up all passage
+for any sound through his ears. After a steadfast gaze, which lasted
+about seven minutes, he smiled, and stretched his arms as one recovering
+from a fit of indolence, and rubbed his eyes; then turning towards me,
+he made the sign of a salute, and hinted to me, upon his fingers, his
+desire for pen, ink, and paper, which I reached him from a little desk
+that stood at his bed's feet.
+
+Placing the paper upon his knees, he wrote me the following lines, which
+together with my answers I preserve by me, for their rarity, to this
+very day, and which I have transcribed word for word, as they form a
+little series of dialogue.
+
+_Duncan Campbell._ I am sorry I cannot stay with you; but I shall see my
+pretty youth and my lamb by and by, in the fields, near a little coppice
+or grove, where I go often to play with them, and I would not lose
+their company for the whole world; for they and I are mighty familiar
+together, and the boy tells me everything that gets me my reputation
+among the ladies and nobility, and you must keep it secret.
+
+_My question._ I will be sure to keep it secret; but how do you know you
+are to meet them there to-day? Did the little boy appoint you?
+
+_Duncan Campbell._ Yes, he did, and signified that he had several things
+to predict to me concerning people, that he foreknew would come to me
+the week following to ask me questions.
+
+_My question._ But what was you staring at when I came in?
+
+_Duncan Campbell._ Why, at that little boy that goes along with the lamb
+I speak of, and it was then he made me the appointment.
+
+_My question._ How does he do it? Does he write?
+
+_Duncan Campbell._ No, he writes sometimes, but oftener he speaks with
+his fingers, and mighty swift; no man can do it so quick, or write half
+so soon; he has a little bell in his hand, like that which my mother
+makes me a sign to shake when she wants the servants: with that he
+tickles my brain strangely, and gives me an incredible delight of
+feeling in the inside of my head; he usually wakes me with it in the
+morning when he comes to make me an appointment. I fancy it is what you
+call hearing, which makes me mighty desirous I could hear in your way;
+it is sweeter to the feeling, methinks, than anything is to the taste;
+it is just as if my head was tickled to death, as my nurse used to
+tickle my sides; but it is a different feeling, for it makes things like
+little strings tremble in my temples and behind my ears. Now I remember,
+I will tell you what it is like, that makes me believe it is like your
+hearing, and that strange thing which you that can speak, call sound or
+noise: because, when I was at church with my mother, who told me the
+bells could be heard ringing a mile off, as I was kneeling on the bench,
+and leaning over the top of the pew and gnawing the board, every time
+the man pulled the rope, I thought all my head beat as if it would come
+to pieces, but yet it pleased me methought, rather than pained me, and I
+would be always gnawing the board when the man pulled the rope, and I
+told my mother the reason: the feeling of that was something like the
+little bell, but only that made my head throb, as if it would break, and
+this tickles me, and makes, as it were, little strings on the back of my
+ears dance and tremble like anything; is not that like your way of
+hearing? If it be, it is a sweet thing to hear; it is more pleasant than
+to see the finest colours in the world; it is something like being
+tickled in the nose with a feather till one sneezes, or like the feeling
+after one strikes the leg when it has been numb, or asleep, only with
+this difference, that those two ways give a pain, and the other a
+pleasure. I remember, too, when I had a great cold, for about two
+months, I had a feeling something like it, but that was blunt, dull,
+confused, and troublesome. Is not this like what you call hearing?
+
+_My question._--It is the finest kind of hearing, my dear: it is what we
+call music. But what sort of a boy is that that meets you? and what sort
+of a lamb?
+
+_Duncan Campbell._ Oh! though they are like other boys and other lambs
+which you see, they are a thousand times prettier and finer? you never
+saw such a boy nor such a lamb in your lifetime.
+
+_My question._ How big is he? As big as you are? And what sort of a boy
+is he?
+
+_Duncan Campbell._ He is a little little pretty boy, about as tall as my
+knee, his face is as white as snow, and so are his little hands; his
+cheeks are as red as a cherry, and so are his lips; and when he
+breathes, it makes the air more perfumed than my mother's sweet bags
+that she puts among the linen; he has got a crown of roses, cowslips,
+and other flowers upon his head, such as the maids gather in May; his
+hair is like fine silver threads, and shine like the beams of the sun;
+he wears a loose veil down to his feet, that is as blue as the sky in a
+clear day, and embroidered with spangles, that look like the brightest
+stars in the night; he carries a silver bell in one hand, and a book and
+pencil in the other, and he and the little lamb will dance and leap
+about me in a ring as high as my head; the lamb has got a little silver
+collar with nine little bells upon it; and every little piece of wool
+upon its back, that is as white as milk, is tied up all round it in
+puffs, like a little miss's hair, with ribbons of all colours; and round
+its head, too, are little roses and violets stuck very thick into the
+wool that grows upon its forehead, and behind and between its ears, in
+the shape of a diadem. They first meet me dancing thus; and after they
+have danced some time, the little boy writes down wonderful things in
+his book, which I write down in mine; then they dance again, till he
+rings his bell, and then they are gone all of a sudden, I know not
+where; but I feel the tinkling in the inside of my head caused by the
+bell less and less, till I don't feel it at all, and then I go home,
+read over my lesson in my book, and when I have it by heart, I burn the
+written leaves, according as the little boy bids me, or he would let me
+have no more. But I hear the little bell again, the little boy is angry
+with me, he pulled me twice by the ear, and I would not displease him
+for anything, so I must get up and go immediately to the joy and delight
+of my life.
+
+I told him he might, if he would promise me to tell me farther another
+time; he said he would, if I would keep it secret. I told him I would,
+and so we parted; though just before he went, he said he smelt some
+venison, and he was sure they would shortly have some for dinner; and
+nothing was so sure as that, my man had my orders to bring a side of
+venison to me the next day to Mrs. Campbell's, for I had been hunting,
+and came thither from the death of a deer that morning; and intended, as
+usual, to make a stay there for two or three days.
+
+There are, I know, many men of severe principles, and who are more
+strict, grave, and formal in their manner of thinking, than they are
+wise, who will be apt to judge of these relations as things merely
+fabulous and chimerical, and not contented with being disbelievers by
+themselves, will labour to insinuate into others this pernicious notion,
+that it is a sign of infirmity and weakness in the head to yield them
+credit. But though I could easily argue these Sir Gravities down, though
+a sentence or two would do their business, put them beyond the power of
+replying, and strike them dumb, yet do I think it not worth my while;
+their greatest and most wonted objection against these Eudemons and
+Kakodemons, being, that it arises all from the work of fancy, in persons
+of a melancholic blood. If we consider the nature of this child's
+dialogue with me, will it not be more whimsically strange and
+miraculous, to say that a child of nine years' old had only a fancy of
+such things as these, of which it had never heard anybody give an
+account, and that it could, by the mere strength of imagination, predict
+such things as really after came to pass, than it is, when it does so
+strangely predict things, to believe the child does it in the manner
+itself owns it does, which is by the intervention of a good demon, or a
+happy genius. Departing, therefore, from these singular and wise men's
+opinions, who will believe nothing excellent can happen to others, which
+it has not been their lot to enjoy a share of, I shall take my farewell
+hastily of them, without losing my own time or theirs, in the words of
+the ingenious Monsieur le Clerc: _Acerbos homines non moror, indignos
+quippe, qui hæc studia tractent, aut quorum, judicii ulla ratio
+habeatur._
+
+I shall rather see how far these things have lain open to the eyes of,
+and been explained by the ancient sages; I will relate who among them
+were happy in their genii, and who among the moderns, whose examples may
+be authorities for our belief; I will set down as clearly as I can what
+perception men have had of genii or spirits by the sense of seeing; what
+by the sense of hearing; what by the sense of feeling, touching, or
+tasting; and in fine, what perception others have had of these genii by
+all the senses, what by dreams, and what by magic, a thing rarely to be
+met with at once in any single man, and which seems particular to the
+child, who was the subject of our last little historical account. When I
+have brought examples and the opinions of wise philosophers, and the
+evidence of undeniable witnesses, which one would think sufficient to
+evince persons of the commerce men have with spirits, if they were not
+past all sense of conviction; I shall, not so much to corroborate what I
+say, as to shame some wiseacres, who would by their frail reason scan
+all things, and pretend to solve the mysteries ascribed to spirits, as
+facts merely natural, and who would banish from the thoughts of men all
+belief of spirits whatsoever, I shall, I say, in order to put to shame
+these wiseacres, if they have any shame left, produce the opinions of
+the Fathers as divines, show the doctrines of spirits in general to be
+consistent with Christianity, that they are delivered in the Scripture
+and by Christian tradition, in which, if they will not acquiesce, I
+shall leave them to the labyrinth of their own wild opinions, which in
+the end will so perplex their judgments of things, that they will be
+never able to extricate themselves; and these different heads will be
+the subject of the chapter ensuing; and will, or I am greatly mistaken,
+form both an instructive, edifying, and entertaining discourse, for a
+reader really and truly intelligent, and that has a good taste and
+relish for sublime things.
+
+
+
+
+  CHAPTER V.
+
+    AN ARGUMENT PROVING THE PERCEPTION WHICH MEN HAVE, AND HAVE HAD,
+    BY ALL THE SENSES, AS SEEING, HEARING, ETC., OF DEMONS, GENII, OR
+    FAMILIAR SPIRITS.
+
+
+It is said in the ninth book of the Morals of Aristotle, It is better to
+come at the probable knowledge of some things above us in the heavens,
+than to be capable of giving many demonstrations relating to things here
+below. This is no doubt an admirable proposition, and speaks the lofty
+aims of that sublime mind from whence it proceeded. Among all the
+disquisitions in this kind, none seem to me more excellent than those
+which treat concerning the genii that attend upon men, and guide them in
+the actions of life. A genius, or demon, of the good kind, is a sort of
+mediate being, between human and divine, which gives the mind of man a
+pleasant conjunction with angelic and celestial faculties, and brings
+down to earth a faint participation of the joys of heaven. That there
+have been such fortunate attendants upon wise men, we have many rare
+instances. They have been ascribed to Socrates, Aristotle, Plotinus,
+Porphyrius, Iamblicus, Chicus, Scaliger, and Cardan. The most celebrated
+of all these ancients, was Socrates; and as for his having a genius, or
+demon, we have the testimonies of Plato, Xenophon, and Antisthenes, his
+contemporaries, confirmed by Laertius, Plutarch, Maximus Tyrius, Dion
+Chrysostomus, Cicero, Apuleius, Ficinus, and others; many of the
+moderns, besides Tertullian, Origen, Clemens Alexandrinus, Austin, and
+others; and Socrates himself, in Plato's Theage, says, By some divine
+lot I have a certain demon which has followed me from my childhood as an
+oracle; and in the same place intimates that the way he gained his
+instruction, was by hearing the demon's voice. Nothing is certainly so
+easy as for men to be able to contradict things, though never so well
+attested, with such an air of truth as to make the truth of the history
+doubted by others as well as themselves, where no demonstrative proof
+can be brought to convince them. This has been the easy task of those
+who object against the demon of Socrates; but when no demonstrative
+proof is to be had on either side, does not wisdom incline us to lean to
+the most probable? Let us then consider whether the evidences are not
+more credible, and witnesses of such a thing are not persons of more
+authority than these men are, who vouchsafe to give no reason but their
+own incredulity, for maintaining the contrary, and whether those,
+therefore, by the right rule of judging, ought not much sooner than
+these, to gain over our assent to their assertions?
+
+We will, however, laying aside the histories of those ancient times, the
+sense whereof, by various readings and interpretations being put upon
+the words, is rendered obscure and almost unintelligible, descend to
+more modern relations, the facts whereof shall be placed beyond doubt,
+by reason of the evidences we will bring to attest them, and shall
+consequently prove the perception men have of spirits, or genii, by
+every sense.
+
+
+  SECTION I.
+
+We will first begin as to the perception of spirits by the sight.
+
+Mr. Glanvil, in his Collections of Relations, for proving Apparitions,
+Spirits, &c., tells us of an Irishman that had like to have been carried
+away by spirits, and of the ghost of a man, who had been seven years
+dead, that brought a medicine to his bed-side.
+
+The relation is thus:--
+
+A gentleman in Ireland, near to the Earl of Orrery's, sending his butler
+one afternoon to buy cards, as he passed a field, to his wonder, he
+espied a company of people sitting round a table, with a deal of good
+cheer before them, in the midst of the field; and he, going up towards
+them, they all arose and saluted him, and desired him to sit down with
+them; but one of them whispered these words in his ear: Do nothing this
+company invites you to. Hereupon he refused to sit down at the table,
+and immediately table and all that belonged to it were gone, and the
+company are now dancing and playing upon musical instruments. And the
+butler being desired to join himself with them, but he refusing this
+also, they all fall to work, and he not being to be prevailed with to
+accompany them in working, any more than in feasting or dancing, they
+all disappeared, and the butler is now alone; but instead of going
+forwards, home he returns, as fast as he could drive, in a great
+consternation; and was no sooner entered his master's door, but he fell
+down and lay some time senseless, but coming again to himself, he
+related to his master what had passed.
+
+The night following, there comes one of his company to his bed-side, and
+tells him, that if he offered to stir out of the doors the next day, he
+would be carried away. Hereupon he kept within; but towards the evening,
+having need to make water, he adventured to put one foot over the
+threshold (several standing by), which he had no sooner done but they
+espied a rope cast about his middle; and the poor man was hurried away
+with great swiftness, they following him as fast as they could, but
+could not overtake him; at length they espied an horseman coming towards
+him, and made signs to him to stop the man whom he saw coming near him,
+and both ends of the rope, but nobody drawing; when they met he laid
+hold of one end of the rope, and immediately had a smart blow given him
+over his arm with the other end; but by this means the man was stopped,
+and the horseman brought him back with him.
+
+The Earl of Orrery hearing of these strange passages, sent to the master
+to desire him to send this man to his house, which he accordingly did;
+and the morning following, or quickly after, he told the earl that his
+spectre had been with him again, and assured him that that day he should
+most certainly be carried away, and that no endeavours should avail to
+the saving of him; upon this he was kept in a large room with a
+considerable number of persons to guard him, among whom was the famous
+stroaker, Mr. Greatrix, who was a neighbour. There were, besides other
+persons of quality, two bishops in the house at the same time, who were
+consulted concerning the making use of a medicine, the spectre or ghost
+prescribed, of which mention will be made anon, but they determined on
+the negative.
+
+Till part of the afternoon was spent, all was quiet; but at length he
+was perceived to rise from the ground, whereupon Mr. Greatrix and
+another lusty man clapped their arms over his shoulders, one of them
+before him, and the other behind, and weighed him down with all their
+strength; but he was forcibly taken up from them, and they were too weak
+to keep their hold, and for a considerable time he was carried into the
+air, to and fro over their heads, several of the company still running
+under him to prevent his receiving hurt if he should fall; at length he
+fell, and was caught before he came to the ground, and had by that means
+no hurt.
+
+All being quiet till bed-time, my lord ordered two of his servants to
+lie with him, and the next morning he told his lordship, that his
+spectre was again with him, and brought a wooden dish with grey liquor
+in it, and bid him drink it off; at the first sight of the spectre he
+said he endeavoured to awake his bed-fellows; but it told him, that that
+endeavour should be in vain; and that he had no cause to fear him, he
+being his friend, and he that at first gave him the good advice in the
+field, which had he not followed, he had been before now perfectly in
+the power of the company he saw there; he added, that he concluded it
+was impossible but that he should have been carried away the day before,
+there being so strong a combination against him; but now he could assure
+him there would be no more attempts of that nature, but he being
+troubled with two sorts of sad fits, he had brought that liquor to cure
+him of them, and bid him drink it; he peremptorily refusing, the spectre
+was angry, and upbraided him with great disingenuity, but told him,
+however, he had a kindness for him, and that if he would take plantain
+juice he should be well of one sort of fits, but he should carry the
+other to his grave; the poor man having by this somewhat recovered
+himself, asked the spectre whether by the juice of plantain he meant
+that of the leaves or roots? It replied, The roots.
+
+Then it asked him whether he did not know him? He answered, No; it
+replied, I am such a one; the man answered he had been long dead; I have
+been dead, said the spectre or ghost, seven years, and you know that I
+lived a loose life, and ever since, I have been hurried up and down in a
+restless condition with the company you saw, and shall be to the day of
+judgment; then he proceeded to tell him, that had he acknowledged God in
+his ways, he had not suffered such severe things by their means; and
+farther said, you never prayed to God before that day you met with this
+company in the fields.
+
+This relation was sent to Dr. Henry More by Mr. E. Fowler, who said, Mr.
+Greatrix told it several persons; the Lord Orrery also owned the truth
+of it; and Mr. Greatrix told it to Dr. Henry More himself, who
+particularly inquired of Mr. Greatrix about the man's being carried up
+into the air, above men's heads, in the room, and he did expressly
+affirm that he was an eye-witness thereof.
+
+A vision which happened to the ingenious and learned Dr. Donne, may not
+improperly be here inserted. Mr. Isaac Walton, writing the life of the
+said doctor, tells us, that the doctor and his wife, living with Sir
+Robert Drury, who gave them a free entertainment at his house in
+Drury-lane, it happened that the Lord Haye was by King James sent in an
+embassy to the French King, Henry IV., whom Sir Robert resolved to
+accompany, and engaged Dr. Donne to go with them, whose wife was then
+with child, at Sir Robert's house. Two days after their arrival at
+Paris, Dr. Donne was left alone in that room in which Sir Robert and he
+and some other friends had dined together. To this place Sir Robert
+returned within half an hour; and as he left so he found Dr. Donne
+alone, but in such an ecstacy, and so altered in his looks, as amazed
+Sir Robert to behold him, insomuch that he earnestly desired Dr. Donne
+to declare what had befallen him in the short time of his absence. To
+which Dr. Donne was not able to make a present answer; but after a long
+and perplexed pause, did at last say, I have seen a dreadful vision,
+since I saw you; I have seen my dear wife pass twice by me, through this
+room, with her hair hanging about her shoulders, and a dead child in her
+arms; this I have seen since I saw you. To which Sir Robert replied,
+Sure, sir, you have slept since I saw you, and this is the result of
+some melancholy dream, which I desire you to forget, for you are now
+awake. To which Dr. Donne's reply was, I cannot be surer that I now live
+than that I have not slept since I saw you, and am as sure at her second
+appearing she stopped and looked me in the face and vanished. Rest and
+sleep had not altered Dr. Donne's opinion the next day; for he then
+affirmed this vision with a more deliberate and so confirmed a
+confidence, that he inclined Sir Robert to a faint belief that the
+vision was true, who immediately sent a servant to Drury house, with a
+charge to hasten back and bring him word whether Mrs. Donne were alive;
+and if alive, what condition she was in as to her health. The twelfth
+day the messenger returned with this account; that he found and left
+Mrs. Donne very sad and sick in bed, and that after a long and
+dangerous labour she had been delivered of a dead child, and upon
+examination the abortion proved to be the same day, and about the very
+hour that Dr. Donne affirmed he saw her pass by in his chamber. Mr.
+Walton adds this, as a relation which will beget some wonder, and well
+it may, for most of our world are at present possessed with an opinion
+that visions and miracles are ceased, and though it is most certain that
+two lutes both being strung and tuned to an equal pitch, and then one
+played upon, the other, that is not touched, being laid upon the table
+at a fit distance, will, like an echo to a trumpet, warble a faint,
+audible harmony in answer to the same tune, yet many will not believe
+that there is any such thing as a sympathy with souls, &c.
+
+
+  SECTION II.
+
+I shall next relate some little histories to show what perception men
+have had of spirits by the sense of hearing. For, as Wierus says,
+spirits appear sometimes invisibly, so that only a sound, voice, or
+noise, is perceived by men, viz., a stroke, knocking, whistling,
+sneezing, groaning, lamenting, or clapping of the hands, to make men
+attent to inquire or answer.
+
+In Luther's Colloquia Mensalia, &c., set forth in Latin, at Frankfort,
+anno 1557, it being a different collection from that of Aurifaber, which
+is translated from high Dutch into English. We have the following
+relation:--
+
+It happened in Prussia, that as a certain boy was born, there presently
+came to him a genius, or what you please to call it, for I leave it to
+men's judgments, who had so faithful a care of the infant, that there
+was no need either of mother or servant; and, as he grew up, he had a
+like care of him; he went to school with him, but so, that he could
+never be seen either by himself, or any others in all his life.
+Afterwards he travelled into Italy, he accompanied him, and whensoever
+any evil was like to happen to him, either on the road or in the inn, he
+was perceived to foretell it by some touch or stroke; he drew off his
+boots as a servant; if he turned his journey another way, he continued
+with him, having the same care of him in foretelling evil; at length he
+was made a canon; and as, on a time, he was sitting and feasting with
+his friends in much jollity, a vehement stroke was struck on a sudden on
+the table, so that they were all terrified; presently the canon said to
+his friends, be not afraid, some great evil hangs over my head. The next
+day he fell into a great fever, and the fit continued on him for three
+whole days, till he died, miserably.
+
+Captain Henry Bell, in his narrative prefixed to Luther's Table, printed
+in English, anno 1652, having acquainted us how the German copy printed
+of it had been discovered under ground, where it had lain hid fifty-two
+years, that edition having been suppressed by an edict of the Emperor
+Rudolphus the second, so that it was death for any person to keep a copy
+thereof; and having told us that Casparus van Spar, a German gentleman,
+with whom he was familiarly acquainted, while he negotiated affairs in
+Germany for King James the first, was the person that discovered it,
+anno 1626, and transmitted it into England to him, and earnestly desired
+him to translate the said book into English, says, he accordingly set
+upon the translation of it many times, but was always hindered from
+proceeding in it by some intervening business. About six weeks after he
+had received the copy, being in bed with his wife, one night, between
+twelve and one of the clock, she being asleep, but himself awake, there
+appeared to him an ancient man standing at his bed-side, arrayed all in
+white, having a long and broad white beard hanging down to his girdle,
+who taking him by his right ear, said thus to him: Sirrah! will you not
+take time to translate that book which is sent unto you out of Germany?
+I will shortly provide for you both place and time to do it; and then he
+vanished. Hereupon, being much affrighted, he fell into an extreme
+sweat, so that his wife awaking and finding him all over wet, she asked
+him what he ailed? He told her what he had seen and heard; but he never
+regarded visions nor dreams, and so the same fell out of his mind. But a
+fortnight after, being on a Sunday; at his lodging in King-street,
+Westminster, at dinner with his wife, two messengers were sent from the
+whole council-board, with a warrant to carry him to the Gate-house,
+Westminster, there to be kept till farther order from the lords of the
+council; upon which warrant he was kept there ten whole years close
+prisoner, where he spent five years of it in translating the said book,
+having good cause to be mindful of the old man's saying: I will shortly
+provide for you both place and time to translate it.
+
+Though the perception of spirits chiefly affects the hearing and seeing
+faculties, yet are not the other senses without some participation of
+these genial objects, whether good or evil; for, as St. Austin says, The
+evil work of the devil creeps through all the passages of the senses; he
+presents himself in figures, applies himself to colours, adheres to
+sounds, introduces odours, infuses himself in savours, and fills all the
+passages of intelligence; sometimes cruelly tormenting with grief and
+fear, sometimes sportingly diverting man or taunting with mocks; and on
+the other hand, as the learned Walter Hilton, a great master of
+contemplative life, in his Scale of Perfection sets forth, that
+appearances or representations to the corporeal senses may be both good
+and evil.
+
+But before I conclude upon this head, to give still more weight and
+authority to the perception men have had of these genii, both by the
+senses of hearing and seeing, I will relate two very remarkable
+fragments of history of this kind, told us by persons who demand our
+credit, and done within the memory of our grandfathers and fathers.
+
+The first is concerning that Duke of Buckingham who was stabbed by
+Felton, August the twenty-third, 1628.
+
+Mr. Lilly, the astrologer, in his book entituled Monarchy or No
+Monarchy, in England, printed in quarto, 1651; having mentioned the Duke
+of Buckingham, writes as follows: Since I am upon the death of
+Buckingham, I shall relate a true story, of his being admonished often
+of the death he should die, in this manner:--
+
+An aged gentlemen, one Parker, as I now remember, having formerly
+belonged unto the duke, or of great acquaintance with the duke's father,
+and now retired, had a demon appeared several times to him in the shape
+of Sir George Villiers, the duke's father: this demon walked many times
+in Parker's bedchamber, without any action of terror, noise, hurt, or
+speech; but at last, one night, broke out in these words: Mr. Parker, I
+know you loved me formerly, and my son George at this time very well, I
+would have you go from me, you know me very well to be his father, old
+Sir George Villiers of Leicestershire, and acquaint him with these and
+these particulars, &c.; and that he above all refrain the council and
+company of such and such, whom he then nominated, or else he will come
+to destruction, and that suddenly. Parker, though a very discreet man,
+partly imagined himself in a dream all this time; and being unwilling to
+proceed upon no better grounds, forbode addressing himself to the duke;
+for he conceived, if he should acquaint the duke with the words of his
+father, and the manner of his appearance to him, such apparitions being
+not usual, he should be laughed at and thought to dote, in regard he was
+aged. Some few nights past without farther trouble to the old man, but
+not very many nights after, old Sir George Villiers appeared again,
+walked quick and furiously in the room, seemed angry with Parker, and at
+last said, Mr. Parker, I thought you had been my friend so much, and
+loved my son George so well, that you would have acquainted him with
+what I desired, but I know you have not done it; by all the friendship
+that ever was betwixt you and me, and the great respect you bear my son,
+I desire you to deliver what I formerly commanded you to my son. The old
+man seeing himself thus solicited, promised the demon he would, but
+first argued it thus, that the duke was not easy to be spoken withal,
+and that he would account him a vain man to come with such a message
+from the dead: nor did he conceive the duke would give any credit to
+him; to which the demon thus answered: If he will not believe you have
+this discourse from me, tell him of such a secret and named it, which he
+knows none in the world ever knew but myself and him. Mr. Parker being
+now well satisfied that he was not asleep, and that the apparition was
+not a vain delusion, took a fit opportunity, and seriously acquainted
+the duke with his father's words and the manner of his apparition. The
+duke laughed heartily at the relation, which put old Parker to a stand,
+but at last he assumed courage, and told the duke that he acquainted his
+father's ghost with what he found now to be true, viz., scorn and
+derision. But, my lord, says he, your father bid me acquaint you by this
+token, and he said it was such as none in the world but your two selves
+did yet know. Hereat the duke was amazed and much astonished, but took
+no warning or notice thereof, keeping the same company still, advising
+with such counsellors and performing such actions as his father by
+Parker countermanded. Shortly after, old Sir George Villiers, in a very
+quiet but sorrowful posture, appears again to Parker, and said, Mr.
+Parker, I know you delivered my words to George, my son, I thank you for
+so doing, but he slighted them, and now I only request this more at your
+hands, that once again you repair to my son, and tell him that if he
+will not amend, and follow the counsel I have given him, this knife or
+dagger, and with that he pulled a knife or dagger from under his gown,
+shall end him; and do you, Mr. Parker, set your house in order, for you
+shall die at such a time. Mr. Parker once more engaged, though very
+unwillingly, to acquaint the duke with the last message, and so did; but
+the duke told him to trouble him no farther with such messages and
+dreams, and told him he perceived he was now an old man and doted; and
+within a month after, meeting Mr. Parker on Lambeth bridge, said, Now,
+Mr. Parker, what say you of your dream? Who only returned; Sir, I wish
+it may never have success, &c. But within six weeks after, he was
+stabbed with a knife, according to his father's admonition beforehand,
+and Mr. Parker died soon after he had seen the dream or vision
+performed.
+
+This relation is inserted also in the great Lord Clarendon's History,
+and in Sir R. Baker's Chronicle. The Lord Clarendon, in his History,
+vol. i. lib. i., having given some relations, says, that amongst others,
+there was one, meaning this of Parker, which was upon a better
+foundation of credit than usually such discourses are founded upon. And
+he tells us that Parker was an officer in the king's wardrobe in Windsor
+Castle, of a good reputation for honesty and discretion, and then about
+the age of fifty years or more. This man had, in his youth, been bred in
+a school in the parish where Sir George Villiers, the father of the duke
+lived, and had been much cherished and obliged in that season of his age
+by the said Sir George, whom afterwards he never saw. About six months
+before the miserable end of the Duke of Buckingham the apparition was
+seen. After the third appearance, he made a journey to London, where the
+court then was; he was very well known to Sir Ralph Freeman, one of the
+masters of the requests, who had married a lady that was nearly allied
+to the duke, and was himself well received by him. He informed the duke
+with the reputation and honesty of the man, and Sir Ralph Freeman
+carried the man the next morning, by five of the clock, to Lambeth,
+according to the duke's appointment, and there presented him to the
+duke, who received him courteously at his landing, and walked in
+conference near an hour with him, and Sir Ralph's and the duke's
+servants at such a distance that they heard not a word; but Sir Ralph
+always fixed his eyes on the duke, who sometimes spoke with great
+commotion and disorder; and the man told Sir Ralph in their return over
+the water, that when he mentioned those particulars that were to gain
+him credit, the duke's colour changed, and he swore he could come to
+that knowledge only by the devil; for that those particulars were known
+only to himself and to one person more, who, he was sure, would never
+speak of them. So far the Lord Clarendon.
+
+I will now subjoin an authentic relation, which Mr. Beaumont tells us at
+the end of his book of Genii, or Familiar Spirits, printed in the year
+1705, he had just before received from the mouth of the then Bishop of
+Gloucester himself. It is as follows, word for word:--
+
+Sir Charles Lee, by his first lady, had only one daughter, of which she
+died in childbirth; and when she died, her sister, the Lady Everard,
+desired to have the education of the child; and she was by her very well
+educated till she was marriageable; and a match was concluded for her
+with Sir William Perkins, but was then prevented in an extraordinary
+manner. Upon a Thursday night, she thinking she saw a light in her
+chamber after she was in bed, knocked for her maid, who presently came
+to her; and she asked why she left a candle burning in her chamber? The
+maid said she left none, and there was none, but what she brought with
+her at that time. Then she said it was the fire; but that the maid told
+her was quite out, and said she believed it was only a dream: whereupon
+she said it might be so, and composed herself again to sleep; but about
+two of the clock she was awakened again, and saw the apparition of a
+little woman between her curtain and her pillow, who told her she was
+her mother, and that she was happy, and that by twelve of the clock that
+day she should be with her; whereupon she knocked again for her maid,
+called for her clothes, and when she was dressed, went into her closet,
+and came not out again till nine; and then brought out with her a
+letter, sealed, to her father, brought it to her aunt, the Lady Everard,
+told her what had happened, and desired that, as soon as she was dead,
+it might be sent to him; but the lady thought she was suddenly fallen
+mad; and thereupon sent presently away to Chelmsford for a physician and
+surgeon, who both came immediately, but the physician could discern no
+indication of what the lady imagined, or of any indisposition of her
+body; notwithstanding, the lady would needs have her let blood, which
+was done accordingly; and when the young woman had patiently let them do
+what they would with her, she desired that the chaplain might be called
+to read prayers, and when prayers were ended, she took her guitar and
+psalm book, and sat down upon a chair without arms, and played and sung
+so melodiously and admirably, that her music master, who was then there,
+admired at it; and near the stroke of twelve, she rose and sat herself
+down in a great chair with arms, and presently fetching a strong
+breathing or two, immediately expired, and was so suddenly cold as was
+much wondered at by the physician and surgeon. She died at Waltham, in
+Essex, three miles from Chelmsford; and the letter was sent to Sir
+Charles, at his house in Warwickshire; but he was so afflicted with the
+death of his daughter, that he came not till she was buried: but when he
+came he caused her to be taken up, and to be buried by her mother at
+Edmonton, as she desired in her letter. This was about the year one
+thousand six hundred and sixty-two or sixty-three; and this relation the
+Right Reverend the Lord Bishop of Gloucester had from Sir Charles Lee
+himself; and Mr. Beaumont printed it in his book above mentioned, from
+the bishop's own mouth.
+
+The relations which I have given above, are not like the trifling
+accounts too often given of these things, and therefore causing grave
+ones to be ridiculed in common with them. They are of that nature, that,
+whoever attempts to ridicule them, will, instead of turning them into
+jest, become the object of ridicule himself.
+
+The first story, which has in it such amazing circumstances, and such
+uncommon and dreadful incidents concerning the butler in Ireland, is, as
+the reader sees, attested by no less a personage than an Earl of Orrery,
+two bishops, and many other noblemen and gentlemen being present and
+eye-witnesses of what the earl said. What greater testimony would the
+most incredulous have? They say such things are told for interest. What
+interest could an earl and many noblemen have in promoting such an
+imposture? The incredulous say, likewise, great and learned men delight
+sometimes in putting frauds upon the world, and after laugh at their
+credulity. Would a number of noble laymen choose two prelates to carry
+on such a fraud; and would two pious bishops probably combine with
+several, and some servants there present, in spreading such a deceit?
+It is past believing, and it demands the strictest of moral faith that
+can be given to the most unquestioned history that the pen of man ever
+wrote.
+
+The second story is founded, first, upon the experience of one of the
+most ingenious men of that age, Dr. Donne, and then upon the proof made
+by his friend Sir Robert Drury, who could at first scarce believe it;
+and shall we doubt the credit of men, whose company, for their credit be
+it spoken, a British ambassador was proud of gaining.
+
+The third story is told by Luther himself, who began the great work of
+the Reformation.
+
+The fourth is told by one that was a king's public minister and told
+from his own trial of the matter, where he could have no interest in the
+telling it.
+
+The fifth is related by those great historians, the Lord Clarendon and
+Sir Richard Baker, as a truth relied upon by themselves, and fit to be
+credited by their readers.
+
+The sixth and last was related to Mr. Beaumont, by the Lord Bishop of
+Gloucester, who received the account from Sir Charles Lee himself, to
+whose granddaughter the matter happened.
+
+Men who will not believe such things as these, so well attested to us,
+and given us by such authorities, because they did not see them
+themselves, nor anything of the like nature, ought not only to deny the
+demon of Socrates, but that there was such a man as Socrates himself;
+they should not dispute the genii of Cæsar, Cicero, Brutus, Marc Antony,
+but avow that there were never any such men existing upon earth, and
+overthrow all credible history whatsoever. Meanwhile, all men, but those
+who run such lengths in their fantastical incredulity, will, from the
+facts above mentioned, rest satisfied, that there are such things as
+evil and good genii, and that men have sometimes a commerce with them by
+all their senses, particularly those of seeing and hearing, and will not
+therefore be startled at the strange fragments of histories which I am
+going to relate of our young Duncan Campbell, and look upon some
+wonderful adventures which he performed by the intervention of his
+familiar demon or genius, as falsehoods, only because they are uncommon
+and surprising, more especially since they were not done in a corner,
+but by an open way of profession of a predictor of things, in the face
+of the metropolis of London, where he settled young, as will appear in
+the progress of his life. However, some people, notwithstanding all
+this, may allege, that though a man may have a genius appear to him, so
+as to convey into his mind, through his senses, the knowledge of things
+that are to come to pass, yet this happens but on very eminent and
+extraordinary occasions. The murder, for example, of a prime minister,
+and the favourite of a monarch, in such a manner as it was performed on
+the great Duke of Buckingham, by Felton, was a thing so uncommon, that
+it might perhaps deserve, by the permission of Heaven, an uncommon
+prediction; the others likewise are instances eminent in their way,
+particularly that of the lady Everard's niece; for that young lady being
+then marriageable, and a treaty for that end being on foot with Sir
+William Perkins, the Divine Providence foreseeing that such a state
+might call away her thoughts, hitherto bent on him and spiritual
+affairs, and fix them on the trifles of this world, might perhaps permit
+her to be called by a holy mother to the state of happiness she before
+her enjoyed, lest her daughter's mind should change, and she go into the
+ways of a sinner. But if these supereminent, these scarce and rare
+examples, may be admitted of man's holding a conversation with the
+spiritualized beings of another world; it will, however, be far below
+the dignity of human reason, methinks, to make such large concessions to
+people who pretend to converse that wonderful way, as to allow them the
+credit of being able to do it upon every slight occasion, and every
+indifferent occurrence of human life.
+
+I cannot help acknowledging, that a man of wisdom may at first thought,
+make such an objection; but reflection will presently retract it, and
+the same good sense that taught him to make an objection so well upon
+the first thought, will teach him, upon second thoughts, to acquiesce in
+the answer.
+
+Infants may have, no doubt, the benefit of such an attending genius, as
+well as people more advanced in years; as may be seen in one of the
+instances, which is a very famous one, relating to the boy born in
+Prussia, who was attended by one constantly, from the time of his birth
+to his death. Besides, it is a mistake in the understanding to imagine,
+that death, which is the determination and end of life, is of more
+consequence to be known than the manner of regulating that life; for in
+reality, according to the right way of considering death, or the
+determination of a man's life, derives its importance from the steps
+which he took in the due regulation of it; and therefore, every, the
+least step proper to be taken for the due regulation of life, is of more
+consequence to be known than the death of a person, though this at first
+sight carries the face of significance, and the other nothing better
+than the look of a trifle. Marriage, for example, is a step in life of
+the utmost importance, whether we consider that estate with regard to
+this, or the next world. Death is but the finishing of one person, but
+marriage may be the introducing of many into the world with happiness;
+it is therefore a thing of more importance to be known beforehand, and
+consequently more worthy of the communication of a genius, to the man
+with whom he conversed. Posidonius tells us, that a certain Rhodian
+dying, nominated six of his equals, and said who should die first, who
+next, and so on, and the event answered the prediction; why, then,
+though some people are apt to make a jest of it, may not a man, by the
+intervention of his good genius, tell a woman that is to have six
+husbands, who she shall have first, who next, and so on, and the event
+answer the prediction? If men of learning may acquire such knowledge as
+to attain to extraordinary things by their ordinary faculties, why may
+not ordinary things be taught others in this extraordinary way? For will
+anybody say that it is easier for a man to accommodate himself to the
+knowledge of a demon or genius than for a demon or genius to accommodate
+himself to the knowledge of a man? Certain it is, indeed, that if this
+good genius, that induces a man with a prophetic kind of science, be
+anything resembling a good angel, the primary end of his being permitted
+to direct mankind must consist in things relating more to their welfare
+hereafter: yet I know not why they may not sometimes inspire, or openly
+direct them in human knowledge, and in things relating to human life, so
+they are of a good tendency; more especially since such a good
+inspiration may be a counterbalance to the bad knowledge which some have
+been inspired with by evil spirits. I would not be thought to go too far
+in a point of this nature, and have, therefore, though perhaps I could
+say much more if I followed entirely my own private opinion, and would
+venture to introduce it here, in order to communicate it to others, and
+make it a public one, said no more on this head than what divines
+generally teach.
+
+But the most unexceptionable mistress, that teaches these things to be
+in nature, is experience. If we had very many people gifted this way,
+the extraordinary thing would have been become ordinary, and therefore I
+cannot help wondering that it should be so ordinary a thing for wise men
+themselves to wonder too much at things because they are extraordinary,
+and suspect them as frauds because they are uncommon.
+
+There has scarce been any period of time in which some person of this
+prophetic class has not existed, and has not been consulted by the
+greatest of men, and their predictions found at the long run to come
+true; ignorant men always rise to their belief of them by experience,
+and the most learned men submit their great opinions to experience, but
+your men of middling talents, who make up their want of reason with
+bustling obstinacy and noisy contradiction, have been and still continue
+to be their own opposers, and without discovering the reason for what
+they say, they content themselves with having the laugh on their sides,
+and barely affirming without proving, that it is a kind of ideal juggle
+and intellectual legerdemain, by which these modern predictors impose
+things upon the eye of reason, as the corporeal eye is imposed upon by
+sleight of hand; but it is a strange thing that men of such quick reason
+cannot give us a sample of the frauds. Thus, I remember to have read, I
+cannot tell where, the story of some courtiers, who, when a great artist
+of legerdemain was to act before the King, pretended to be so
+quick-sighted, that nothing he did should escape their discovery, were
+left by his nimble fingers in the dark, and forced at last with blushes
+to own they had no better eyes than other people. In a word, if people
+will be led by suspicions and remote possibilities of fraud and
+contrivance of such men, all historical truth shall be ended, when it
+consists not with a man's private humour or prejudice to admit it. Now,
+therefore, to prove by experience and undeniable testimonies, that these
+kind of genii will submit to little offices, in order to bring men to
+greater good, I will give three or four curious passages that will set
+the reasonable reader at ease, and prepare him for reading the passages
+of Mr. Campbell's life with pleasure, and as a fine history of wonderful
+facts, that, though they seem to surpass belief, yet ought to have his
+credit.
+
+What in nature can be more trivial than for a spirit to employ himself
+in knocking on a morning at a wainscot by the bed's-head of a man who
+got drunk over-night, according to the way that such things are
+ordinarily explained? And yet I shall give you such a relation of this,
+that not even the most devout and precise Presbyterian will offer to
+call in question. For Mr. Baxter, in his Historical Discourse of
+Apparitions, writes thus:--
+
+There is now in London an understanding, sober, pious man, oft one of my
+hearers, who has an elder brother, a gentleman of considerable rank,
+who, having formerly seemed pious, of late years does often fall into
+the sin of drunkenness, he often lodges long together here in his
+brother's house; and whensoever he is drunk and has slept himself sober,
+something knocks at his bed's-head, as if one knocked on a wainscot;
+when they remove his bed it follows him; besides other loud noises, on
+other parts where he is, that all the house hears; they have often
+watched him, and kept his hands lest he should do it himself. His
+brother has often told it me, and brought his wife, a discreet woman, to
+attest it; who avers, moreover, that as she watched him, she has seen
+his shoes under the bed taken up, and nothing visible to touch them.
+They brought the man himself to me, and when we asked him how he dare
+sin again after such a warning, he had no excuse: but being persons of
+quality, for some special reason of worldly interest, I must not name
+him.
+
+Two things are remarkable in this instance, says Mr. Baxter. First, what
+a powerful thing temptation and fleshly concupiscence is, and what a
+hardened heart sin brings men to; if one rose from the dead to warn such
+sinners, it would not of itself persuade them.
+
+Secondly, says Mr. Baxter, it poses me to think what kind of spirit this
+is that has such a care of this man's soul, which makes me hope he will
+recover. Do good spirits dwell so near us, or are they sent on such
+messages? or is it his guardian angel? or is it the soul of some dead
+friend that suffers? and yet, retaining love to him, as Dives to his
+brethren, would have him saved? God yet keeps such things from us in the
+dark.
+
+So far we have the authority of the renowned and famous Mr. Baxter, who
+makes this knocking of the spirit at the bed's-head, though what we
+commonly call frivolous, an important errand.
+
+Another relation of this kind was sent to Mr. John Beaumont, whom I
+myself personally know, and which he has inserted in his Account of
+Genii, or Familiar Spirits, in a letter by an ingenious and learned
+clergyman of Wiltshire, who had given him the relation likewise before,
+by word of mouth. It is as follows:--
+
+Near eighty years since, in the parish of Wilcot, which is by Devizes,
+in the vicar's house, there was heard for a considerable time the sound
+of a bell constantly tolling every night. The occasion was this: A
+debauched person who lived in the parish came one night very late and
+demanded the keys of the church of the vicar, that he might ring a peal,
+which the vicar refused to let him have, alleging the unseasonableness
+of the time, and that he should, by granting his desires, give a
+disturbance to Sir George Wroughton and his family, whose house adjoined
+the churchyard. Upon this refusal, the fellow went away in a rage,
+threatening to be revenged of the vicar, and going some time after to
+Devizes, met with one Cantle or Cantlow, a person noted in those days
+for a wizard, and he tells him how the vicar had served him, and begs
+his help to be even with him. The reply Cantle made him was this; Does
+he not love ringing? he shall have enough of it: and from that time a
+bell began to toll in his house, and continued so to do till Cantle's
+death, who confessed at Fisherton gaol, in Sarum, where he was confined
+by King James during his life, that he caused that sound, and that it
+should be heard in that place during life. The thing was so notorious
+that persons came from all parts to hear it; and King James sent a
+gentleman from London on purpose to give him satisfaction concerning the
+truth of the report. Mr. Beaumont had likewise this story, as he tells,
+from the mouth of Sir George Wroughton's own son; with this remarkable
+circumstance, that if any in the house put their heads out of the window
+they could not hear the sound, but heard it immediately again as soon as
+they stood in the room.
+
+The reader here sees that good and bad genii exercise themselves upon
+very little functions, knocking at bed's-heads, and ringing of bells.
+For proof of this we have the testimonies of two divines, of a man of
+quality and probity, and the same satisfaction that a learned king had,
+who sent to inquire into the matter; and after this there can be, I
+think, no room for doubt.
+
+But to carry the point still nearer home; inasmuch as I know some will
+leave no stone unturned to make the extraordinary actions which the
+person whose life I write has performed, appear impostures, and inasmuch
+as for this end they may say, that though many people may have been
+gifted in this extraordinary manner, yet not so as to make a profession
+of it, and therefore, from thence they take their suspicions, I shall in
+this place, to remove every nicest scruple they can have touching this
+affair, give the reader one instance of this kind likewise, before I
+proceed with my history.
+
+There lived not many years since a very aged gentlewoman in London, in
+Water-lane, by Fleet-street, whose name was Pight, who was endowed with
+a prophetic spirit; and the ingenious Mr. Beaumont, whom I personally
+knew, and who had a familiar genius himself, gives the world this
+account of her. She was very well known, says he, to many persons of my
+acquaintance now living in London. Among others, a gentleman, whose
+candour I can no way suspect, has told me, that he often resorted to her
+as to an oracle; and that as soon as he came into her presence, she
+would usually tell him, that she knew what he was coming for, for that
+she had seen his spirit for some time before; and without his saying
+anything to her, she would commonly tell him what the business was which
+he came to consult her about, and what the event of it would be; which
+he always found to fall out as she said, and many other persons now
+living can testify the like experience of her as to themselves.
+
+Before I conclude this chapter, I am willing to give the public one
+farther little history of the like kind with the foregoing ones, with
+this only difference, that if it be valued according to the worth the
+world has always attributed to the very ingenious person whom it
+concerns, it will be far the most famous of them all, and therefore
+fittest to finish this chapter, and to crown this part of the work, in
+which we are showing that persons have had a perception of genii or
+spirits, not visible at the same time to others.
+
+The famous Torquatus Tasso, Prince of the Italian poets, and scarce
+inferior to the immortal Virgil himself, and who seems to enjoy the
+intermingled gifts of the most accurate judgment of this Latin poet, and
+the more fertile and copious invention and fancy of the Greek one,
+Homer, strongly asserted his own experience in this kind. His life was
+written and published in French, anno 1692, by D.C.D.D.V. who, in his
+preface, tells us, that in what he writ he has followed chiefly the
+history given us in Italian by John Baptista Manso, a Neapolitan
+gentleman, who had been a very intimate friend to Tasso. In his life,
+among other things, he acquaints us that Tasso was naturally of that
+melancholic temperament, which has always made the greatest men, and
+that this temperament being aggravated by many hardships he had
+undergone, it made him sometimes beside himself, and that those
+melancholic vapours being despatched, he came again to himself, like
+those that return from fits of the falling sickness, his spirit being as
+free as before. That, near his latter end, he retired from the city of
+Naples, to his friend Manso, at Bisaccia, a small town in the kingdom of
+Naples, where Manso had a considerable estate, and passed an autumn
+there in the diversions of the season.
+
+And here the French author gives us an account of Tasso's sensible
+perception of a genius, as follows:--As after these amusements, he
+usually retired to his chamber, to entertain himself there with his
+friend Manso, the latter had the opportunity to inquire into one of the
+most singular effects of Tasso's melancholy, of this heroic melancholy,
+as I may call it, which raised and brightened his spirit, so far it was
+from depressing or rendering it obscure; and which, among the ancients,
+would have reasonably caused them to have ascribed a familiar demon to
+him, as to Socrates. They were often in a warm debate concerning this
+spirit, with which Tasso pretended to have so free a communication. I am
+too much your friend, said Manso to him one day, not to let you know
+what the world thinks of you concerning this thing, and what I think of
+it myself. Is it possible, that being enlightened as you are, you should
+be fallen into so great a weakness as to think you have a familiar
+spirit; and will you give your enemies that advantage, to be able to
+prove by your own acknowledgment, what they have already published to
+the world? You know, they say, you did not publish your Dialogue of the
+Messenger, as a fiction; but you would have men believe that the spirit
+which you make to speak there, was a real and true spirit; hence men
+have drawn this injurious consequence, that your studies have embroiled
+your imagination, so that there is made in it a confused mixture of the
+fictions of the poets, the inventions of the philosophers, and the
+doctrine of religion.
+
+I am not ignorant, answered Tasso, of all that is spread abroad in the
+world on account of my Dialogue; I have taken care divers times to
+disabuse my friends, both by letter and word of mouth: I prevented even
+the malignity of my enemies, as you know at the time I published my
+Dialogue. Men could not be ignorant that I composed it for the young
+Prince of Mantua, to whom I would explain after an agreeable manner, the
+principal mysteries of the Platonic philosophy. It was at Mantua itself,
+after my second flight from Ferrara, that I formed the idea of it, and I
+committed it to paper a little after my unfortunate return. I addressed
+it to this prince, and all men might have read in the epistle
+dedicatory, the protestation I there make, that this dialogue, being
+written according to the doctrine of the Platonics, which is not always
+conformable to revealed truths, men must not confound what I expose
+there as a philosopher, with what I believe as a Christian. This
+distinction is by so much the more reasonable, that at that time nothing
+extraordinary had happened to me, and I spake not of any apparition.
+This can be attested by all those with whom I lodged, or whom frequented
+in this voyage; and therefore there is no reason for confounding the
+fiction of my Dialogue with what has happened to me since. I am
+persuaded of all you say to me, replied Manso; but truly I cannot be of
+what you believe, at present, concerning yourself. Will you imagine that
+you are in commerce with a spirit? And I ask you, of what order is that
+spirit? Shall we place him in the number of the rebels, whom their pride
+precipitated into the abyss? or of the intelligences, who continued firm
+in faith and submission to their creator? For there is no mean to take
+in the true religion, and we must not fall into the extravagances of the
+gnomes and sylphs of the cabalists.
+
+Now the spirit in question cannot be a demon: you own that instead of
+inspiring you anything contrary to piety and religion, he often
+fortifies in you the maxims of Christianity: he strengthens your faith
+by profound reasonings, and has the same respect with you for sacred
+names and things. Neither can you say that it is an angel; for though
+you have always led a regular life, and far from all dissoluteness;
+though for some years past you have applied yourself, after a
+particular manner, to the duties of a true Christian, you will agree
+with me, that these sorts of favours are not common; that a man must
+have attained to a high degree of sanctity, and not be far from the
+pureness of celestial spirits, to merit a familiar converse, and bear a
+harmony with them. Believe me, there is nothing in all these discourses
+which you imagine you have with this spirit. You know, better than any
+man, those symptoms which the black humours wherewith you are tormented
+causes in you. Your vapours are the source of your visions, and yourself
+would not judge otherwise of another person to whom a like thing should
+happen; and you will come to this in your own respect also, if you will
+make a mature reflection, and apply yourself to blot out, by an effort
+of reason, these imaginations which the violence of your evil effect
+causes in you. You may have reason, replied Tasso, to think so of the
+things that pass in me; but as to myself, who have a sensible perception
+of them, I am forced to reason after another manner. If it were true
+that the spirit did not show himself to me, but in the violent assault
+of my vapours; if he offered to my imagination but wandering and
+confused species, without connection or due sequel; if he used to me
+frivolous reasonings, which ended in nothing; or if having begun some
+solid reasoning he broke it off on a sudden, and left me in darkness, I
+should believe with you, that all things that pass are but mere dreams
+and phantoms; but it is quite otherwise. This spirit is a spirit of
+truth and reason, and of a truth so distinct, of a reason so sublime,
+that he raises me often to knowledges that are above all my reasonings,
+though they appear to me no less clear; that he teaches me things which,
+in my most profound meditations, never came into my spirit, and which I
+never heard of any man, nor read in any book. This spirit, therefore, is
+somewhat of real; of whatsoever order he be, I hear him and see him,
+nevertheless for its being impossible for me to comprehend and define
+him. Manso did not yield to these facts, which Tasso would have passed
+for proofs; he pressed him with new questions, which were not without
+answers. Since you will not believe me on my word, said Tasso to him
+another day, after having well disputed, I must convince you by your own
+eyes, that these things are not pure imaginations: and the next day,
+conversing together in the same chamber, Manso perceived that, on a
+sudden, he fixed his eyes towards the window, and that he stood, as it
+were, immoveable; he called to him and jogged him many times, but
+instead of answering him; See there the spirit, says Tasso, at last,
+that has been pleased to come and visit me, and to entertain himself
+with me; look on him, and you will acknowledge the truth of what I say.
+
+Manso, somewhat surprised, cast his eyes towards the place he showed
+him, and perceived nothing but the rays of the sun passing through the
+glass, nor did he see anything in all the chamber; though he cast his
+eyes round it with curiosity, and he desired him to show him the spirit,
+which he looked for in vain, while he heard Tasso speak with much
+vehemency. He declares in a letter which he writ concerning this to the
+Admiral of Naples, that he really heard no other voice but Tasso's own;
+but they were sometimes questions made by him to the pretended spirit,
+sometimes answers that he made to the pretended questions of the spirit,
+and which were couched in such admirable terms, so efficacious,
+concerning subjects so elevated, and so extraordinary, that he was
+ravished with admiration, and dared not to interrupt him. He hearkened,
+therefore, attentively, and being quite beside himself at this
+mysterious conversation, which ended at last by a recess of the spirit,
+as he found by the last words of Tasso; after which, Tasso, turning
+himself to him, Well, said he, are your doubts at last dissipated? On
+the contrary, answered Manso, I am more embroiled than ever; I have
+truly heard wonderful things; but you have not showed me what you
+promised me. You have seen and heard, resumed Tasso, perhaps more
+than----he stopped here; and Manso, who could not recover himself of his
+surprise, and had his head filled with the ideas of this extraordinary
+entertainment, found himself not in a condition to press him farther.
+Meanwhile he engaged himself not to speak a word to any man of these
+things he had heard, with a design to make them public, though he should
+have liberty granted him. They had many other conversations concerning
+this matter, after which Manso owned he was brought to that pass, that
+he knew not what to think or say, only, that if it were a weakness in
+his friend to believe these visions, he much feared it would prove
+contagious to him, and that he should become at last as credulous as
+himself.
+
+Dr. Beaumont, who is still living, and with whom I have had formerly
+some acquaintance myself, has set down, among the others, this relation
+at large concerning Tasso, and gives this reason for it: Because, says
+the doctor, I think it contains a sufficient answer to what many learned
+friends have said to myself on the like occasion.
+
+Perhaps it may not be ungrateful to the reader, if I subjoin here the
+short eulogium writ on Tasso, by the famous Thuanas, which is as
+follows:--
+
+Torquatus Tasso died about the forty-fifth year of his age, a man of a
+wonderful and prodigious wit, who was seized with an incurable fury in
+his youth, when he lived at the court of Ferrara, and nevertheless, in
+lucid intervals, he writ many things both in verse and prose, with so
+much judgment, elegancy, and extreme correctness of style, that he
+turned at length that pity which many men had conceived for him, into an
+amazement; while by that fury, which, in others, makes their minds
+outrageous or dulls them, after it was over, his understanding became as
+it were more purified, more ready in inventing things, more acute in
+aptly disposing them after they were invented, and more copious in
+adorning them with choice words and weight of sentences; and that which
+a man of the soundest sense would scarce excogitate at his leisure, with
+the greatest labour and care imaginable, he, after a violent agitation
+of the mind set beside itself, naturally performed with a wonderful
+felicity, so that he did not seem struck with an alienation of mind, but
+with a divine fury. He that knows not these things, which all men know
+that have been in Italy, and concerning which himself sometimes
+complains, though modestly, in his writings; let him read his divine
+works, and he must necessarily conclude, either that I speak of another
+man than Tasso, or that these things were written by another man than
+Tasso.
+
+After having given my readers so many memorable accounts concerning the
+perception men have had in all ages, and still continue to have of genii
+or familiar spirits, by all the senses, as seeing, hearing, &c., which
+accounts have been attested by men of the greatest learning and quality,
+if any of them still remain dissatisfied, I am contented, and desire
+them, for their punishment, to lay down the book before they arrive at
+the more pleasant parts of it, which are yet to come, and not to read
+one tittle farther. These unbelieving gentlemen shall then be at
+liberty, according as their different spirits dictate, to ridicule me
+in the same manner as many more learned and greater men than I have been
+satirized, before my time, by persons of a like infidel temper, who
+would fain pass incredulity upon the world as wisdom; and they may, with
+all the freedom in nature, bestow upon me those merry appellations
+which, I very well know such extraordinary freethinkers imagine to
+belong of right, to any author, that either believes himself, or would
+possess the world with an opinion and belief, that there is such a thing
+as the holding commerce and conversation in this habitable world with
+genii, and familiar spirits. I shall only first tell them all I have to
+say to terminate the dispute between them and me.
+
+Those who, to give themselves the air and appearance of men of solid
+wisdom and gravity, load other men, who believe in spirits, with the
+titles of being men of folly, levity, or melancholy, are desired to
+learn, that the same folly, as they are pleased to term it, of opinion,
+is to be found in the greatest men of learning that ever existed in the
+universe. Let them, in order to be convinced of this, read Apuleius's
+book, _de deo Socrat._; Censorinus's book _de die Nat._ c. 3;
+Porphyrius, in his book _de Abstinentia_; Agrippa, in his _Treatise de
+Occult. Phil._ 1. 3, c. 22, and also c. 21; _Natalis_ comes in his
+_Myth._ 1. 4, c. 3; Maraviglia, in his _Pseudomantia. Dissertation._ 9
+and 11, and _Animadversion_. 10; Plato in his _Timoeus et Cratylus_;
+Ammianus Marcellinus's History, book 21; Hieronimus Cardanus in his book
+_de Vita Propria_, c. 47; the great Kircher, in his _OEdipus
+Ægyptiacus_, vol. iii. p. 474; Pausanius, in _Cliac. Poster._; that
+immortal orator, Cicero, lib. i. _de Divinatione_; lib. ii. _de Natura
+Deorum_; the _Histoire Prodigieuse_, written by Pere Arnault; and a book
+entituled _Lux e Tenebris_, which is a collection of modern visions and
+prophecies in Germany by several persons, translated into Latin, by Jo.
+Amos. Comenius, printed at Amsterdam, 1655. And if they will be at the
+pains of having due recourse to these quotations, they will find that
+all these men, whose learning is unquestionable, and most of whom have
+been in a firm and undisputed possession of fame for many centuries,
+have all unanimously agreed in this opinion, how foolish soever they may
+think it, that there ever was and ever would be a communication held
+between some select men and genii, or familiar spirits. I must therefore
+desire their pardon, if I rejoice to see them remain wise by themselves,
+and that I continue to be esteemed by them a fool among so much good
+company.
+
+Others out of a mere contempt of religion, or cowardly, for fear of
+being thought pusillanimous by men, turn bravos to Heaven, and laugh at
+every notion of spirits as imbibed from the nurse or imposed upon us by
+priests, and may top these lines upon us with an elegant and a
+convincing magisterial sneer, though the divine Socrates was of our
+opinion, and even experienced it to be true, having a genius himself:--
+
+    The priests but finish what the nurse began,
+    And thus the child imposes on the man.
+
+These bring into my mind a saying of Sir Roger L'Estrange on Seneca,
+which I must apply to Socrates; I join in opinion with a Christian
+heathen, while they remain heathen Christians.
+
+The third sort, out of a pretended veneration to religion and divinity,
+may call me superstitious and chimerical. To them I answer, I will
+continue chimerical and superstitious with St. Austin; who gives the
+same opinion in his _Civitate Dei_ with Ludovicus Vives; let them be
+solider and more religious divines than St. Austin in disowning it. Thus
+I bid these austere critics heartily farewell; but let my better-natured
+readers go on and find a new example of this conversation being held
+with the genii by our Duncan Campbell.
+
+
+
+
+  CHAPTER VI.
+
+     A NARRATIVE OF MR. CAMPBELL'S COMING TO LONDON AND TAKING UPON
+     HIM THE PROFESSION OF A PREDICTOR; TOGETHER WITH AN ACCOUNT OF
+     MANY STRANGE THINGS THAT CAME TO PASS JUST AS HE FORETOLD.
+
+
+To proceed on regularly with the life of young Duncan Campbell, I must
+let the reader know that he continued thus conversing with his little
+genius, as is set forth above in the dialogue he had with me, and
+predicting many things of the like nature, as I have described, till the
+year 1694, when he was just fourteen years of age, and then he left
+Scotland.
+
+But before I come to speak of the manner of his departure from thence,
+his half native country, inasmuch as his father was of that country,
+and he had his education there, what education he could have, being deaf
+and dumb. I must let the reader know that in the year 1692, my very good
+friend, Mrs. Campbell, his mother-in-law, died, and left him there at
+Edinburgh, an orphan of twelve years of age.
+
+He was, I may venture to say, the most beautiful boy of that age I ever
+knew; and the sensible reader, who considers a child of good birth, with
+the misfortunes of being deaf and dumb, left fatherless and motherless
+in the wide world, at twelve years old, without any competency for his
+maintenance and support, without any relations, in a manner, that knew
+him or assisted him; all the little fortune his father had having been
+lost in the civil commotions in Scotland, as I have related above, need
+not hear me describe the compassion I and many more had for him; because
+such a reader must certainly feel in his own bosom the same lively acts
+of pity and commiseration at the hearing of such a mishap as I had at
+the seeing it, or at least as I have now revived afresh within me at the
+relating it.
+
+However, it came so to pass, that a person of the name of Campbell, and
+who was a distant relation of the boy, though he himself was but in
+indifferent circumstances, was resolved to see him provided for one way
+or another, in a manner somewhat suitable to his condition, and till
+that time to take the best care of him himself that he was able.
+
+Several ladies of quality who had known his perfections, coveted to make
+the boy one of their domestics, as a page, or a playfellow to their
+children; for though he could not speak, he had such a vivacity in all
+his actions, such a sprightliness of behaviour, and such a merriment
+accompanying all his gestures, that he afforded more entertainment than
+the prettiest and wittiest little prattlers at those years are wont to
+do. Mr. Campbell had certainly accepted of some of these fortunate
+offers for his little cousin, which were many of them likely to prove
+very advantageous, if it had not been put in his head by some friends,
+particularly myself, that if he had a mind to dispose of the boy in that
+manner, the best way he could take would be to present him to the late
+Earl of Argyle, who for his namesake and for his father's sake, as well
+as the qualifications and endowments of the boy, would more naturally,
+according to all probability, take a greater pleasure and delight in
+him, and consequently provide better for him, and with a more lasting
+care, than any other person of quality that had a sudden liking to him,
+which might change, and took him as a stranger out of a bare curiosity.
+Mr. Campbell was by these reasons overruled in the disposal of his
+little dumb prophetical cousin, as he called him, and resolved that an
+offer should be made of him to the present illustrious Duke of Argyle's
+most noble father. But it so unfortunately happened, that the earl
+making very much a longer stay at London than was expected, Mr.
+Campbell, the uncle, sent our young Duncan Campbell, his nephew,
+handsomely accoutred, and with a handsome sum of money in his pocket, by
+sea, with Captain Meek of Kircaldie, to London, with letters of
+recommendation to the earl's favour, and just a few days before young
+Duncan arrived in London, the earl was set out on his journey to his
+seat in Scotland.
+
+I had now left him for near three years, not having seen him since about
+a year after his mother's death; and then coming to London, I had by
+mere accident an appointment to meet some Scotch gentlemen at the
+Buffalo at Charing-cross. There happened at that time to be a great
+concourse of Scotch nobility there at an entertainment; and one of the
+ladies and gentlemen passing by and seeing one of my friends, desired
+him to come in, and told him both he and his companion should be very
+welcome to partake of the diversion. The lady told him they had got a
+lovely youth, a Scotch miracle, among them, that would give us exquisite
+delight, and write down to us all the occurrences of our future lives,
+and tell us our names upon our first appearance. The moment I heard of
+it, Duncan Campbell came into my head; but as it is a thing not rare to
+be met with in Scotland for second sighted persons to tell such things,
+and as the Earl of Argyle was in the north, I thought little Duncan had
+been under his protection and with him, and did not dream of meeting
+with him there; and accordingly told my friend, before I went in, that I
+believed I knew a lad in Scotland would exceed this in foresight, let
+him be as dexterous in his art as he would.
+
+As soon as I entered the room, I was surprised to find myself
+encompassed and surrounded by a circle of the most beautiful females
+that ever my eyes beheld. In the centre of this angelic tribe was seated
+a heavenly youth, with the most winning comeliness of aspect that ever
+pleased the sight of any beholder of either sex; his face was divinely
+fair, and tinged only with such a sprightly blush as a painter would use
+to colour the picture of health with, and the complexion was varnished
+over by a blooming like that of flourishing fruit, which had not yet
+felt the first nippings of an unkind and an uncivil air; with this
+beauty was joined such a smiling draught of all the features as is the
+result of pleasantry and good humour. His eyes were large, full of
+lustre, majestic, well set, and the soul shone so in them, as told the
+spectators plainly how great was the inward vivacity of his genius; the
+hair of his head was thick, and reclined far below his shoulders; it was
+of a fine silver colour, and hung down in ringlets like the curling
+tendrils of a copious vine. He was by the women entertained, according
+to the claim which so many perfections joining in a youth just ripening
+into manhood might lay to the benevolent dispositions of the tender sex.
+One was holding the basin of water, another washing a hand, a third with
+a towel drying his face, which another fair had greedily snatched the
+pleasure of washing before, while a fourth was disposing into order his
+silver hairs with an ivory comb, in a hand as white, and which a monarch
+might have been proud to have had so employed in adjusting the crown
+upon his head; a fifth was setting into order his cravat; a sixth stole
+a kiss, and blushed at the innocent pleasure, and mistook her own
+thoughts as if she kissed the angel and not the man; and they all rather
+seemed to adore than to love him, as if they had taken him not for a
+person that enjoyed the frequent gift of the second-sight, but as if he
+had been some little prophet peculiarly inspired; and while they all
+thus admired and wondered, they all consulted him as an oracle. The
+surprise of seeing a young man so happy amidst the general concurring
+favours of the fair, made me be for awhile lost in a kind of delightful
+amazement, and the consideration of what bliss he was possessed made me
+scarce believe my own eyes, when they told me it was Duncan Campbell,
+who I had left an unhappy orphan at Edinburgh. But so it was, though he
+was much altered in stature, being now shot up pretty fast in his growth
+since I had seen him, and having gained a kind of a fixed comportment,
+such as we may daily observe in those who are taking leave of their
+minority, and stepping into a stage of maturer life.
+
+The first remarkable thing I knew him do in London, being in this
+splendid company, where there were so many undoubted witnesses of
+quality too, that had ocular proof of his predictions at that public
+tavern: I choose to record it here in the first place according to its
+due order. It was in the year 1698.
+
+Among this angelical class of beauties were Dr. W--lw--d's lady and
+daughter. Upon earth there was not sure a more beautiful creature than
+the daughter was; she was the leading light of all the sparkling tribe;
+and Otway's character suits her exactly; for she was among ten thousand
+eminently fair. One would imagine prosperous and lucky fortune was
+written upon her face, and that nothing unhappy could be read in so fair
+a book; and it was therefore the unanimous consent of all, that by way
+of good omen to the rest, his predictions should begin to be opened
+luckily that day, and that therefore he should first of all be consulted
+about her.
+
+Accordingly, the mother, to be satisfied of his talent before she
+proceeded to any other questions, asked him in writing if he knew the
+young lady, her name, and who she was. After a little ruminating and
+pondering upon the matter, and taking an exact view of the beauty, he
+wrote down her name, told Mrs. W--lw--d she was her daughter, and that
+her father was a doctor. Convinced by his so readily telling the name
+and quality of persons he had never seen in his lifetime, that fame had
+not given a false character of his capacity, she proceeded in her
+questions as to her future fortune. He gazed afresh at her very eagerly
+for some time, and his countenance during that time of viewing her
+seemed to be ruffled with abundance of disturbance and perplexity. We
+all imagined that the youth was a little touched at the heart himself
+with what he saw, and that instead of telling hers, he had met in her
+bright eyes with his own destiny, the destiny of being for ever made a
+slave and a captive to so many powerful and almost irresistible charms.
+
+At length, after having a long debate within himself, which we thought
+proceeded from the strugglings of love and passion, he fetching a great
+sigh, which still convinced us more, took the pen and wrote to Mrs.
+W--lw--d, that he begged to be excused, and that his pen might remain as
+dumb and silent as his tongue on that affair. By this answer we
+concluded, one and all, that our former conjectures were true, and we
+joined in pressing him the more earnestly to deliver his real and
+sincere opinion concerning the accidents upon which the future fortunes
+of her life were to turn and depend. He showed many mighty reluctances
+in the doing it; and I have often since considered him in the same
+anguish as the late great Dr. Ratcliff, who was endeavouring by study to
+save a certain fair one, whom he loved with a vehemence of temper, and
+who was, as his reason told him, got far away beyond the reach of the
+art of physic to recover. At last he wrote in plain terms that his
+backwardness and unwillingness to tell it, arose from his wishes that
+her fortune would be better than his certain foreknowledge of it told
+him it would be, and begged that we would rest satisfied with that
+general answer, since it was in so particular a case, where he himself
+was a well-wisher in vain, to the lady about whom he was consulted. The
+young lady herself thinking that if she knew any disasters that were to
+befall her she might, by knowing the nature of them beforehand, and the
+time when they were likely to happen, be able, by timely prudence and
+forecast, to avert those evils, with many beseechings urged him to
+reveal the fatal secret. After many struggles to avoid it, and as many
+instances made to him both by mother and daughter for the discovery of
+his prescience in that point, he complied with very great difficulty;
+and blotting the paper with tears that trickled fast from his eyes, he
+gave her the lamentable scroll, containing the words that follow; viz.,
+I wish it had not fallen to my lot to tell this lady, whom everybody
+that but once looks at her must admire, though they must not have leave
+to love, that she is not much longer to be possessor of that lovely
+face, which gains her such a number of adorers. The smallpox will too
+soon turn a ravisher, and rifle all those sweets and charms that might
+be able to vanquish a king and to subdue a conqueror of mighty battles.
+Her reign is doomed, alas! to be as short as it is now great and
+universal; I believe she has internal beauties of the mind, not the
+least inferior to those external excellences of the body; and she might,
+perhaps, by the power of her mind alone, be absolute queen of the
+affections of men, if the smallpox threatened not too surely to be her
+farther enemy, and, not contented to destroy the face, was not
+perversely bent to destroy the whole woman. But I want words to express
+my sorrow. I would not tell it if you did not extort the baneful secret
+from my bosom. This fair creature, whose beauty would make one wish her
+immortal, will, by the cruel means of the smallpox, give us too sudden a
+proof of her mortality. But neither the mother nor herself ought too
+much to repine at this, seeing it appears to be the decree of
+Providence, which is always to be interpreted as meant for our good, and
+seeing it may be the means of translating her the sooner only to her
+kindred angels, whose beauty she so much resembles here on earth, and to
+be among the lowest class of whom, is better than being the greatest
+beauty of the world here below, and wearing an imperial crown. While I
+comfort you, I cannot help the force of nature, which makes me grieve
+myself; and I only give you, because you compel me to it, so particular
+and so exact an answer to so particular and so exacting a question.
+
+The mother, who took the paper, was prudent enough to conceal from the
+daughter what he said; but nature would force its way, and bubbled from
+her eyes; and the daughter perceiving that, pressed hard to see it, and
+wept at the consideration that hard fate, though she knew not
+particularly what way, was to befall her. Never surely was anything so
+beautiful in tears, and I obtained of the mother to see the writing. At
+last, in general terms, to free her from a suspense of mind, it was told
+her that some trouble should happen to her that should diminish her
+beauty. She had courage enough to hear that misfortune with disdain, and
+crying, If that be all, I am armed, I don't place much pride in that
+which I know age must shortly after destroy, if trouble did not do it
+before; and she dried up her tears; and, if what Mr. Bruyere says, be
+true, viz., that the last thing a celebrated woman thinks of when she
+dies, is the loss of her beauty, she showed an admirable pattern of
+female philosophy, in bearing such a cruel prediction with such
+unspeakable magnanimity, as exceeded even the patience of stern
+stoicism, considering she was a woman, to whom beauty is more dear than
+life.
+
+If any evil, that is impending over people's heads, could be evaded by
+foreknowledge, or eluded by art, she had the fairest opportunity of
+having this prediction annulled, which would have been more to the
+satisfaction of the predictor than knowing it verified, than ever any
+woman had. Her mother was specifically told that the fatal distemper
+should be the smallpox; her father was, and is still, a very eminent
+physician; and distempers of that kind, especially, are much more easily
+prevented by care, than cured by art, and by art more easily set aside,
+when there is a timely warning given to a physician to prepare the body
+against the danger of the poison, than when the distemper has once
+catched hold of a body at unawares, when it is unpurged of any gross
+humours that may accompany it. But neither the foreknowledge and caution
+of the mother, nor the skill and wisdom of the great physician her
+father, were sufficient to ward off the approaching harm, that was
+written in the books of fate. Not many suns had finished their yearly
+courses, before she was forced to submit to the inevitable stroke of
+death, after the infectious and malicious malady had first ravished her
+beauty, rioted in all her sweets, and made an odious deformed spectacle
+of the charmer of mankind. The death of the daughter worked hard upon
+the mother's bowels, and dragged her speedily after her, with a broken
+heart to the grave.
+
+This lady, whose fortune so great and so distinguished an assembly had
+chosen to hear as a happy forerunner and lucky omen of all their own,
+which were to be asked afterwards in their turns, proving so contrary to
+their expectations, already unfortunate in the prediction, and having
+been in tears about the matter, disheartened all the rest of the
+beauties from consulting him farther that day. The person who kept the
+tavern, by name, Mrs. Irwin, alleged that as some people were very
+fortunate, and others unfortunate upon the same day, so one lady might
+be before told a mishap one minute, and another lady all the prosperity
+in nature the very next minute following, and therefore that what the
+unfortunate lady had heard was not to be taken as ominous, or as what
+could malignantly influence the day, neither ought it to be the least
+hinderance to any who had the curiosity of being let into the secrets of
+time beforehand. However, whether the ladies were convinced or no; if
+she prevailed over their belief in that point, she could not prevail
+over their humour, which, though they might not believe the former
+prediction ominous to themselves, were naturally awed for fear of the
+like, peradventure, for a time, and so it was agreed, _nemine
+contradicente_, as a witty lady wrote it down, That no more petitions
+should for that day be presented by any of that company to his dumb, yet
+oracular, majesty. Mrs. Irwin, however, would have her way; said she did
+not presume to such honour as to call herself of that company, and that
+therefore she might consult him without breaking through the votes of
+the assembly. Many endeavoured to dissuade her, but as she was
+passionately fond of knowing future events; and had a mighty itch to be
+very inquisitive with the oracle about what might happen, not only to
+herself, but her posterity; it was agreed that he should have the
+liberty of satisfying her curiosity, since she presumed her fortune was
+sure to be so good, and was so forward and eager for the knowledge of
+it. But, alas! such is too often the fantastical impulse of nature
+unluckily depraved, that it carries us often into wishes of knowing,
+what when known we would be glad to unknow again, and then our memory
+will not let us be untaught.
+
+Mrs. Irwin was at that time in a pretty commodious way of business,
+everything in plenty round about her, and lived more like a person of
+distinction, that kept such a cellar of wine, open house, and a free
+table, than like one who kept a tavern. She brought in her pretty
+children, that were then almost babies, the youngest having not long
+been out of the nurse's arms, or trusted to the use of its own legs.
+These children she loved as a mother should love children; they were the
+delight of her eyes all day, and the dream of her imagination all night.
+All the passions of her soul were confined to them; she was never
+pleased but when they were so, and always angry if they were crossed;
+her whole pride was centered in them, and they were clothed and went
+attended more like the infants of a princess, than of a vintner's
+relict. The fortune of these was what she had near at heart, and of
+which she was so eager of being immediately apprised. Her impatience was
+proportionable to the love she had for them, and which made her wish to
+foreknow all the happiness that was like to attend them. She sat
+cheerfully down, presented one to him, and smiling, wrote the question
+in general terms, viz., is this boy to be happy or unhappy. A melancholy
+look once more spread itself all over the face of the predictor, when he
+read the too inquisitive words, and he seemed mightily to regret being
+asked a question, to which he was by his talent of foreseeing compelled
+to give so unwelcome an answer. The colour of the poor woman flushed and
+vanished alternately, and very quick, and she looked not quite like the
+picture of despair, but a disconsolate woman, with little hopes on one
+hand, and great doubts and dismal fears on the other. She professed she
+read great evil in the troubles of his face, thanked him for his good
+nature, told him that they all knew that though he could foretell he
+could not alter the acts and decretals of fate, and therefore desired
+him to tell her the worst; for that the misfortunes, were they never so
+great, would be less dreadful to her than remaining in the state of fear
+and suspension. He at last wrote down to her that great and unexpected
+and even unavoidable accidents would involve the whole family in new
+calamities, that the son she asked him about would have the bitterest
+task of hardship to go through withal, while he lived, and that to
+finish all more unhappily, he would be basely and maliciously brought to
+an untimely end, by some mortal enemy or other, but that she should not
+trouble herself so much on that head, she would never see it, for it
+would happen some years after she was departed from the world. This
+melancholy account closed up the book of predictions for that day, and
+put a sad stop to all the projected mirth and curiosity. Now I must tell
+the reader how and when the event answered the prediction. And in a few
+words, it was thus; poor Mrs. Irwin, by strange accidents, decayed in
+the world, and dying poor, her sons were forced to be put out
+apprentices to small trades, and the son, whom the above-mentioned
+prediction concerned, was, for stealing one cheese from a man in the
+Haymarket, severely prosecuted at the Old Bailey, and on Wednesday, the
+23rd of December, 1713, hanged at Tyburn, with several other criminals.
+
+The two foregoing passages are of so tragical a nature, that it is time
+I should relieve the minds of my readers with some histories of ladies
+who consulted him with more success and advantage, to whom his
+predictions were very entertaining, when they so came to pass in their
+favour, the relation whereof will consequently be agreeable to all
+readers who have within them a mixture of happy curiosity and good
+nature.
+
+Two ladies, who were the most remarkable beauties in London, and most
+courted, turned at the same time their thoughts to matrimony; and being
+satiated, I may say wearied, with the pleasure of having continually
+after them a great number and variety of adorers, resolved each, about
+the same time, to make a choice of their several men, to whom they
+thought they could give most happiness, and from whom they might receive
+most. Their names, for they are both persons of distinction, shall be
+Christallina and Urbana. Christallina was a virgin, and Urbana a young
+widow. Christallina engrossed the eyes, the hearts, and the sighs of the
+whole court; and wherever she appeared, put any court lady out of her
+place, that had one before in the heart of any youth; and was the most
+celebrated toast among the _beau monde_. Urbana's beauty made as
+terrible havock in the city; all the citizens' daughters that had many
+admirers, and were in fair hopes of having husbands when they pleased
+themselves, as soon as Urbana had lost her old husband, found that they
+every day lost their lovers; and it was a general fear among the
+prettiest maids, that they should remain maids still, as long as Urbana
+remained a widow. She was the monopolizer of city affection, and made
+many girls, that had large stocks of suitors, bankrupts in the trade of
+courtship, and broke some of their hearts, when her charms broke off
+their amours. Well, but the day was near at hand when both the belles of
+the court and the city damsels were to be freed from the ravages which
+these two tyrants, triumphant in beauty and insolent in charms, made
+among the harvest of love. Each had seen her proper man, to whom the
+enjoyment of their person was to be dedicated for life. But it being an
+affair of so lasting importance, each had a mind to be let into the
+knowledge of the consequences of such a choice, as far as possible,
+before they stepped into the irrevocable state of matrimony. Both of
+them happened to take it into their heads, that the best way to be
+entirely satisfied in their curiosity, was to have recourse to the great
+predictor of future occurrences, Mr. Duncan Campbell, whose fame was at
+that time spread pretty largely about the town. Christallina and Urbana
+were not acquainted with each other, only by the report which fame had
+made of beauty. They came to Mr. Campbell's on the same day, and both
+with the same resolution of keeping themselves concealed and under
+masks, that none of the company of consulters, who happened to be there,
+might know who they were. It happened that on that very day, just when
+they came, Mr. Campbell's rooms were more than ordinarily crowded with
+curious clients of the fair sex, so that he was obliged to desire these
+two ladies, who expressed so much precaution against, and fear of having
+their persons discovered, to be contented with only one room between
+them, and with much ado they complied with the request, and condescended
+to sit together _incog._ Distant compliments of gesture passed between
+them, the dress and comportment of each making them appear to be persons
+of figure and breeding, and after three or four modish courtesies, down
+they sat, without so much as once opening their lips, or intending so to
+do. The silence between them was very formal and profound for near half
+an hour, and nothing was to be heard but the snapping of fans, which
+they both did very tunably, and with great harmony, and played as it
+were in concert.
+
+At last, one of the civil, well-bred mutes, happening to sneeze, the
+other very gracefully bowed, and before she was well aware, out popped
+the words, Bless you, madam. The fair sneezer returned the bow, with
+an--I thank you, madam. They found they did not know one another's
+voices, and they began to talk very merrily together, with pretty great
+confidence, and they taking a mutual liking from conversation, so much
+familiarity grew thereupon instantly between them, that they began not
+only to unmask, but to unbosom themselves to one another, and confess
+alternately all their secrets. Christallina owned who she was, and told
+Urbana the beau and courtier that had her heart. Urbana as frankly
+declared that she was a widow, that she would not become the lady's
+rival, that she had pitched upon a second husband, an alderman of the
+city. Just by that time they had had their chat out, and wished one
+another the pleasure of a successful prediction, it came to
+Christallina's turn to visit the dumb gentleman, and receive from his
+pen oracular answers to all the questions she had to propose. Well, he
+accordingly satisfied her in every point she asked him about; but while
+she was about this, one of Mr. Campbell's family going with Urbana to
+divert her a little, the widow rallied at the virgin as a fool, to
+imagine that she should ever make a conquest of the brightest spark
+about the court, and then let fly some random bolts of malice to wound
+her reputation for chastity. Now it became the widow's turn to go and
+consult; and the same person of Mr. Campbell's family in the mean time
+entertained Christallina. The maid was not behindhand with the widow;
+she rallied against the widow, represented her as sometimes a coquette,
+sometimes a lady of pleasure, sometimes a jilt, and lifted up her hands
+in wonder and amazement that Urbana should imagine so rich a man as an
+alderman such a one, should fall to her lot. Thus Urbana swore and
+protested that Christallina could never arrive at the honour of being
+the wife to the courtly Secretarius, let Mr. Campbell flatter her as he
+would; and Christallina vowed that Campbell must be a downright wizard
+if he foretold that such a one as Urbana would get Alderman Stiffrump as
+a husband, provided a thing so improbable should come to pass.
+
+However, it seems, Duncan had told them their own names and the names of
+their suitors, and told them farther, how soon they were both to be
+married, and that too directly to their heart's content, as they said
+rejoicingly to themselves, and made their mutual gratulations.
+
+They went away each satisfied that she should have her own lover, but
+Christallina laughed at Mr. Campbell for assigning the alderman to
+Urbana; and Urbana laughed at him for promising the courtier to the arms
+of Christallina.
+
+This a pretty good figure of the tempers of two reigning toasts with
+regard to one another.
+
+First, their curiosity made them, from resolving to be concealed,
+discover one another wilfully; from utter strangers grow as familiar as
+old friends in a moment, swear one another to secrecy, and exchange the
+sentiments of their hearts together; and, from being friends, become
+envious of each other's enjoying a similitude of happiness; the
+compliments made on either side face to face, were, upon the turning of
+the back, turned into reflections, detraction, and ridicule; each was a
+self-lover and admirer of her own beauty and merit, and a despiser of
+the other's.
+
+However, Duncan Campbell, proved at last to be in the right; Urbana was
+wrong in her opinion of Christallina's want of power over Secretarius,
+and Christallina was as much out in her opinion that Urbana would miss
+in her aim of obtaining Stiffrump; for they both proved in the right of
+what they thought with regard to their own dear single persons, and
+were made happy according to their expectations, just at the time
+foretold by Mr. Campbell.
+
+Christallina's ill wishes did not hinder Urbana from being mistress of
+Alderman Stiffrump's person and stock, nor did Urbana's hinder
+Christallina from showing herself a shining bride at the Ring, in
+Secretarius's gilded chariot, drawn by six prancers of the proud Belgian
+kind, with her half dozen of liveries with favours in their hats,
+waiting her return at the gate of Hyde Park.
+
+Both loved and both envied, but both allowed of Mr. Campbell's
+foreknowledge.
+
+Having told you two very sorrowful passages, and one tolerably
+successful and entertaining; I shall now relate to you another of my own
+knowledge, that is mixed up with the grievous and the pleasant, and
+chequered, as it were, with the shade and the sunshine of fortune.
+
+Though there are vicissitudes in every stage of life under the sun, and
+not one ever ran continually on with the same series of prosperity; yet
+those conditions which are the most liable to the signal alterations of
+fortune, are the conditions of merchants; for professed gamesters I
+reckon in a manner as men of no condition of life at all; but what comes
+under the statute of vagabonds.
+
+It was, indeed, as the reader would guess, a worthy and a wealthy
+merchant, who was to run through these different circumstances of being.
+He came and visited our Mr. Campbell in the year 1707, he found him
+amidst a crowd of consulters; and being very eager and solicitous to
+know his own fortune just at that critical juncture of time, he begged
+of him, if possible, to adjourn his other clients to the day following,
+and sacrifice that one wholly to his use; which as it was probably more
+important than all the others together, so he wrote down that he would
+render the time spent about it more advantageous to Mr. Campbell; and,
+by way of previous encouragement, threw him down ten guineas as a
+retaining fee.
+
+Mr. Campbell, who held money in very little esteem, and valued it so
+much too little, that he has often had my reprehensions on that head,
+paused a little, and after looking earnestly in the gentleman's face,
+and reading there, as I suppose, in that little space of time in
+general, according to the power of the second-sight, that what concerned
+him was highly momentous, wrote him this answer; That he would comply
+with his requests, adjourn his other clients to the day following, and
+set apart all the remnant of that, till night, for inspecting the future
+occurrences of which he had a mind to be made a master.
+
+There is certainly a very keen appetite in curiosity; it cannot stay for
+satisfaction, it is pressing for its necessary repast, and is without
+all patience: hunger and thirst are not appetites more vehement and more
+hard and difficult to be repressed than that of curiosity; nothing but
+the present now is able to allay it. A more expressive picture of this I
+never beheld than in the faces of some, and the murmurs and complaints
+of others, in that little inquisitive company, when the unwelcome note
+was given about signifying an adjournment for only twenty-four hours.
+
+The colour of a young woman there came and went a hundred times, if
+possible, in the space of two minutes; she blushed like a red rose this
+moment, and in the switch of an eyelash she was all over as pale as a
+white one: the suitor, whose name her heart had gone pit-a-pat for the
+space of an hour to be informed of from the pen of a seer, was now
+deferred a whole day longer; she was once or twice within an ace of
+swooning away, but he comforted her in particular, by telling her,
+though he said it only by way of jest, that the day following would be a
+more lucky day to consult about husbands than the present that she came
+on. The answer was a kind of cordial to her hopes, and brought her a
+little better to herself.
+
+Two others, I remember, sisters and old maids, that it seems were
+misers, women ordinarily dressed and in blue aprons, and yet, by
+relation, worth no less than two thousand pounds each, were in a peck of
+troubles about his going and leaving them unsatisfied. They came upon an
+inquiry after goods that were stolen, and they complained that by next
+morning at that time, the thief might be got far enough off, and creep
+into so remote a corner, that he would put it beyond the power of the
+devil and the art of conjuration to find him out and bring him back
+again. The disturbance and anxiety that was to be seen in their
+countenances was like that which is to be beheld in the face of a great
+losing gamester, when his all, his last great stake, lies upon the
+table, and is just sweeping off by another winning hand into his own
+hat.
+
+The next was a widow who bounced, because, as she pretended, he would
+not tell her what was best to do with her sons, and what profession it
+would be most happy for them to be put to; but in reality all the cause
+of the widow's fuming and fretting, was not that she wanted to provide
+for her sons, but for herself; she wanted a second husband, and was not
+half so solicitous about being put in a way of educating those children
+she had already, as of knowing when she should be in a likelihood of
+getting more. This was certainly in her thoughts, or else she would
+never have flounced about in her weed, from one end of the room to the
+other, and all the while of her passion, smile by fits upon the
+merchant, and leer upon a young pretty Irish fellow that was there. The
+young Irishman made use of a little eye-language; she grew appeased,
+went away in quite a good humour, scuttled too airily down stairs for a
+woman in her clothes, and the reason was certainly that she knew the
+matter before, which we took notice of presently after: the Irishman
+went precipitately after her down stairs without taking his leave.
+
+But neither were the two misers for their gold, the virgin for a first
+husband, nor the widow for a second, half so eager as another married
+woman there was for the death of her spouse. She had put the question in
+so expecting a manner for a lucky answer, and with so much keen desire
+appearing plainly in her looks, that no big-bellied woman was ever more
+eager for devouring fruit; no young, hasty bridegroom, just married to a
+beauty, more impatient for night and enjoyment, than she was to know
+what she thought a more happy moment, the moment of her husband's last
+agonising gasp. As her expectation was the greatest, so was her
+disappointment, too, and consequently her disorder upon his going and
+leaving her unresolved. She was frantic, raging, and implacable; she was
+in such a fury at the delay of putting off her answer to the day
+following, that in her fury she acted as if she would have given herself
+an answer which of the two should die first, by choking herself upon the
+spot, with the indignation that swelled in her stomach and rose into her
+throat on that occasion. It may look like a romance to say it, but
+indeed they were forced to cut her lace, and then she threw out of the
+room with great passion; but yet had so much of the enraged wife left,
+beyond the enraged woman, as to return instantly up stairs, and signify
+very calmly, she would be certain to be there next day, and beseeched
+earnestly that she might not meet with a second disappointment.
+
+All this hurry and bustle created a stay a little too tedious for the
+merchant, who began to be impatient himself, especially when word was
+brought up that a fresh company was come in; but Mr. Campbell was denied
+to them; and to put a stop to any more interruptions, the merchant and
+the dumb gentleman agreed to slip into a coach, drive to a tavern in the
+city, and settle matters of futurity over a bottle of French claret.
+
+The first thing done at the tavern, was Mr. Campbell's saluting him upon
+a piece of paper by his name, and drinking his health. The next paper
+held a discourse of condolence for a disaster that was past long since;
+namely, a great and considerable loss that happened to his family, in
+the dreadful conflagration of the city of London. In the third little
+dialogue which they had together, he told the merchant that losses and
+advantages were general topics, which a person unskilled in that art
+might venture to assign to any man of his profession; it being next to
+impossible that persons who traffic should not sometimes gain, and
+sometimes lose. But, said Mr. Duncan Campbell, I will sketch out
+particularly, and specify to you some future misfortunes with which you
+will unavoidably meet; it is in your stars, it is in destiny, that you
+should have some trials, and therefore when you are forewarned, take a
+prudent care to be forearmed with patience, and by longanimity, and
+meekly and resignedly enduring your lot, render it more easy, since
+impatience can't avert it, and will only render it more burdensome and
+heavy. He gave these words to the merchant; who pressed for his opinion
+that moment. By your leave, resuming the pen, said the dumb gentleman,
+in writing, we will have this bottle out first and tap a fresh one, that
+you may be warmed with courage enough to receive the first speculative
+onset of ill fortune, that I shall predict to you, with a good grace,
+and that may perhaps enable you to meet it when it comes to reduce
+itself into action, with a manful purpose and all becoming resolution.
+The merchant agreed to the proposal, and put on an air of the careless
+and indifferent as well as he could, to signify that he had no need to
+raise up an artificial courage from the auxiliary forces of the grape.
+But nature, when hard pressed, will break through all disguises, and not
+only notwithstanding the air of pleasantry he gave himself, which
+appeared forced and constrained, but in spite of two or three sparkling
+and enlivening bumpers, a cloud of care would ever and anon gather and
+shoot heavily across his brow, though he laboured all he could to dispel
+it as quickly, and to keep fair weather in his countenance. Well, they
+had cracked the first bottle, and the second succeeded upon the table,
+and they called to blow a pipe together. This pipe Mr. Campbell found
+had a very ill effect; it is certainly a pensive kind of instrument, and
+fills a mind, anything so disposed, with disturbing thoughts, black
+fumes, and melancholy vapours, as certainly as it doth the mouth with
+smoke. It plainly took away even the little sparks of vivacity which the
+wine had given before; so he wrote for a truce of firing those sort of
+noxious guns any longer, and they laid down their arms by consent, and
+drank off the second bottle. A third immediately supplied its place, and
+at the first glass, the opening of the bottle, Mr. Campbell began to
+open to him his future case, in the following words: Sir, you have now
+some ventures at sea from such and such a place, to such a value. Don't
+be discomforted at the news which you certainly will have within three
+months, but it will be false at last, that they are by three different
+tempests made the prey of the great ocean, and enrich the bottom of the
+sea, the palace of Neptune. A worse storm than all these attends you at
+home, a wife who is, and will be more, the tempest of the house wherein
+she lives. The high and lofty winds of her vanity will blow down the
+pillars of your house and family; the high tide of her extravagance will
+roll on like a resistless torrent, and leave you at low water, and the
+ebb of all your fortunes. This is the highest and the most cutting
+disaster that is to befall you; your real shipwreck is not foreign but
+domestic; your bosom friend is to be your greatest foe, and even your
+powerful undoer for a time; mark what I say, and take courage, it shall
+be but for a time, provided you take courage; it will upon that
+condition be only a short and wholesome taste of adversity given to you,
+that you may relish returning prosperity with virtue, and with a
+greater return of thanks to Him that dispenses it at pleasure to
+mankind. Remember, courage and resignation is what I advise you to; use
+it, as becomes you, in your adversity, and believe that as I foretold
+that adversity, so I can foretell a prosperity will again be the
+consequence of those virtues; and the more you feel the one ought not to
+cast you down, but raise your hopes the more, that he who foretold you
+that so exactly, could likewise foretell you the other. The merchant was
+by this put into a great suspense of mind, but somewhat easier by the
+second prediction being annexed so kindly to the first fatal one. They
+crowned the night with a flask of Burgundy, and then parting, each went
+to their respective homes.
+
+The reader may perchance wonder how I, who make no mention of my being
+there, as in truth I was not at the tavern, should be able to relate
+this as of my own knowledge; but if he pleases to have patience to the
+end of the story, he will have entire satisfaction in that point.
+
+About half a year after, the merchant came again, told him that his
+prediction was too far verified, to his very dear cost, and that he was
+now utterly undone, and beyond any visible means of a future recovery,
+and doubting lest the other fortunate part of the prediction was only
+told him by way of encouragement, for groundless doubts and fears always
+attend a mind implunged in melancholy, besought him very earnestly to
+tell him candidly and sincerely if there was no real prospect of good,
+and rid him at once of the uneasiness of such a suspension of thought;
+But pray too, said he, with all the vehemence of repeated expostulation,
+satisfy me if there are any farther hopes on this side the grave?
+
+To this Duncan Campbell made a short, but a very significant reply in
+writing. May the heavens preserve you from a threatening danger of life.
+Take care only of yourself, great and mighty care; and if you outlive
+Friday next, you will yet be great and more fortunate than ever you was
+in all the height of your former most flourishing space of life. He
+coloured inordinately when Duncan Campbell said Friday, and conjured him
+to tell him as particularly as he could what he meant by Friday. He told
+him he could not particularise any farther, but that great danger
+threatened him that day; and that without extraordinary precaution it
+would prove fatal to him, even to death. He shook his head, and went
+away in a very sorrowful plight. Friday past, Saturday came, and on that
+very Saturday morning came likewise the joyful tidings, that what
+ventures of his were given over for lost at sea, were all come safe into
+the harbour. He came the moment he received those dispatches from his
+agent, to Mr. Duncan Campbell's apartment, embraced him tenderly, and
+saluted him with much gladness of heart, before a great roomful of
+ladies, where I happened to be present at that time; crying out in a
+loud voice, before he knew what he said, that Mr. Campbell had saved his
+life, that Friday was his birthday, and he had intended with a pistol to
+shoot himself that very day. The ladies thought him mad; and he,
+recovered from his ecstacy, said no more, but sat down, till Mr.
+Campbell dismissed all his clients; and then we three went to the tavern
+together, where he told me the whole little history or narrative, just
+as is above related.
+
+The fame which Mr. Duncan Campbell got by the foregoing, and several
+other predictions of the like kind, was become very large and extensive,
+and had spread itself into the remotest corners of this metropolis. The
+squares rung with it, it was whispered from one house to another through
+the more magnificent streets, where persons of quality and distinction
+reside; it catched every house in the city, like the news of stock from
+Exchange-alley; it run noisily through the lanes and little
+thoroughfares where the poor inhabit; it was the chat of the tea-table,
+and the babble of the streets; and the whole town, from the top to the
+bottom, was full of it. Whenever any reputation rises to a degree like
+this, let it be for what art or accomplishment, or on what account
+soever it will, malice, envy, and detraction, are sure to be the
+immediate pursuers of it with full mouth, and to hunt it down if
+possible, with full cry. Even the great Nostradamus, though favoured by
+kings and queens, which always without any other reason creates enemies,
+was not more pursued by envy and detraction for his predictions in
+Paris, and throughout France, than our Duncan Campbell was in London,
+and even throughout England. Various, different, and many were the
+objections raised to blot his character and extenuate his fame, that
+when one was confuted another might not be wanting to supply its place,
+and so to maintain a course and series of backbiting, according to the
+known maxim, Throw dirt, and if it does not stick, throw dirt
+continually, and some will stick.
+
+Neither is there any wonder; for a man, that has got applauders of all
+sorts and conditions, must expect condemners and detractors of all sorts
+and conditions likewise. If a lady of high degree, for example, should
+say smiling, though really thinking absolutely what she says, for fear
+of being thought over-credulous: Well, I vow, some things Mr. Campbell
+does are surprising after all; they would be apt to incline one to a
+belief that he is a wonder of a man; for one would imagine the things he
+does impossible: why, then, a prude, with an assumed, supercilious air
+and a scornful _tihee_, would, in order to seem more wise than she was,
+reply; Laud, madam, it is more a wonder to me that you can be imposed
+upon so. I vow to Gad, madam, I would as soon consult an almanack maker,
+and pin my faith upon what he pricks down; or believe, like my creed, in
+the cross which I make upon the hand of a gipsy. Lard, madam, I assure
+your la'ship he knows no more than I do of you. I assure you so, and
+therefore believe me. He has it all by hearsay. If the lady that
+believed it, should reply, that if he had notice of every stranger by
+hearsay he must be a greater man than she suspected, and must keep more
+spies in pay than a prime minister; the prude's answer would be with a
+loud laugh, and giggling out these words; Lard, madam, I assure you
+nothing can be more easy; and so take it for granted. Because she was
+inclined to say so, and had the act of wisdom on her side, forsooth,
+that she appeared hard of belief, which some call hard to be put upon,
+and the other lady credulous, which some though believing upon good
+grounds are called, and so thought, foolish; the prude's answer would be
+thought sufficient and convincing.
+
+Thus malice and folly, by dint of noise and impudence, and strong though
+empty assertions, often run down modesty and good sense. Among the
+common people it is the same, but only done in a different manner. For
+example, an ordinary person that had consulted, might say, as he walked
+along, there goes the dumb gentleman who writes down any name of a
+stranger at first sight. Steps up a blunt fellow, that takes
+stubbornness for sense, and says, That is a confounded lie; he is a
+cheat and an impostor, and you are one of his accomplices; he will tell
+me my name, I suppose, if you tell it him first: he is no more dumb
+than I am; he can speak and hear as well as us; I have been with those
+that say they have heard him; I wish I and two or three more had him in
+our stable, and I warrant you with our cartwhips we would lick some
+words out of his chaps, as dumb as you call him. I tell you it is all a
+lie, and all a bite. If the other desires to be convinced for himself by
+his own experience, the rougher rogue, who perhaps has stronger sinews
+than the other, answers, If you lie any farther I will knock you down;
+and so he is the vulgar wit, and the mouth of the rabble-rout, and thus
+the detraction spreads below with very good success, as it does above in
+another kind.
+
+As there are two comical adventures in his life, which directly suit and
+correspond with the foregoing reflections, this seems the most proper
+place to insert them in. The first consists of a kind of mob-way of
+usage he met with from a fellow who got to be an officer in the army,
+but by the following behaviour will be found unworthy of the name and
+the commission.
+
+In the year 1701, a lady of good quality came and addressed herself to
+him much after the following manner. She told him she had choice of
+lovers, but preferred one above the rest; but desired to know his name,
+and if she made him her choice what would be the subsequent fate of such
+a matrimony. Mr. Duncan Campbell very readily gave her down in writing
+this plain and honest reply; That of all her suitors she was most
+inclined to a captain, a distinguished officer, and a great beau, naming
+his name, and one that had a great many outward, engaging charms,
+sufficient to blind the eyes of any lady that was not thoroughly
+acquainted with his manner of living. He therefore assured her, and
+thought himself bound, being conjured so to do, having received his fee,
+though there was danger in such plain and open predictions, that he was
+a villain and a rogue in his heart, a profligate gamester, and that if
+she took him to her bed, she would only embrace her own ruin. The lady's
+woman, who was present, being in fee with the captain, resolving to give
+intelligence, for fear the officer, her so good friend, should be
+disappointed in the siege, slily shuffled the papers into her pocket,
+and made a present of them to the military spark. Fired with indignation
+at the contents, he vowed revenge; and in order to compass it, conspires
+with his female spy about the means. In fine, for fear of losing the
+lady, though he quarrelled with Duncan Campbell, a method was to be
+found out how to secure her by the very act of revenge. At last it was
+resolved to discover to her, that he had found out what she had been
+told by Mr. Campbell, but the way how he had been informed was to remain
+a secret. He did do so, and ended his discovery with these words:--I
+desire, madam, that if I prove him an impostor, you would not believe a
+word he says. The lady agreed to so fair a proposal. Then the captain
+swore that he himself would never eat a piece of bread more till he had
+made Mr. Campbell eat his words; nay, he insisted upon it that he would
+bring him to his tongue, and make him own by word of mouth, that what he
+had written before was false and calumnious. To which the lady answered
+again, that if he performed what he said, she would be convinced. This
+brave, military man, however, not relying upon his own single valour and
+prowess, to bring about so miraculous a thing as the making a person
+that was dumb to speak, he took with him for this end three lusty
+assistants to combine with him in the assassination. The ambuscade was
+settled to be at the Five Bells tavern, in Wych-street, in the Strand.
+After the ambush was settled with so much false courage, the business of
+decoying Mr. Campbell into it was not practicable any other way than by
+sending out false colours. The lady's woman, who was by her own interest
+tied fast to the interests of the beau, was to play the trick of
+Delilah, and betray this deaf and dumb Samson, as he will appear to be a
+kind of one in the sequel of the story, into the hands of these
+Philistines. She smooths her face over with a complimenting lie from her
+mistress to Mr. Campbell, and acted her part of deceit so well, that he
+promised to follow her to the Five Bells with all haste; and so she
+scuttled back to prepare the captain, and to tell him how lucky she was
+in mischief; and how she drew him out by smiles into perdition. The
+short of the story is, when they got him in among them, they endeavoured
+to assassinate him; but they missed of their aim; yet it is certain they
+left him in a very terrible and bloody condition; and the captain went
+away in as bad a plight as the person was left in, whom he assaulted so
+cowardly with numbers, and to such disadvantage. I was sent for to him
+upon this disaster, and the story was delivered to me thus, by one of
+the drawers of the tavern, when I inquired into it. They began to banter
+him, and speaking to him as if he heard, asked him if he knew his own
+fortune; they told him it was to be beaten to death. This was an odd way
+of addressing a deaf and dumb man. They added, they would make him speak
+before they had done. The boy seeing he made no reply, but only smiled,
+thought what passed between them was a jest with an old acquaintance,
+and withdrew about his business. The door being fastened, however,
+before they began the honourable attack, they vouchsafed to write down
+their intent in the words above mentioned, which they had uttered before
+to make sure that he should understand their meaning, and what this odd
+way of correction was for. All the while the maid who had brought him
+into it was peeping through a hole and watching the event, as appears
+afterwards. Mr. Campbell wrote them the following answer, viz., That he
+hoped for fair play, that he understood beargarden as well as they; but
+if a gentleman was amongst them he would expect gentlemanly usage. The
+rejoinder they made to this, consisted, it seems, not of words but of
+action. The officer in conjunction with another ruffian, one of the
+strongest of the three he had brought, commenced the assault. As good
+luck would have it, he warded off their first blows, it seems, with
+tolerable success, and a wine quart pot standing upon the table, Duncan
+took to his arms, and at two or three quick blows, well managed, and
+close laid in upon the assailants, felled them both to the ground. Here
+it was that the maid discovered her knowledge of it, and privity to the
+plot to the whole house; for she no sooner sees the famous leader, the
+valiant captain, lie sprawling on the floor with bleeding temples, but
+she shrieked out with all the voice she could exert, Murder, murder,
+murder! Alarmed at this outcry, the master and all the attendants of the
+tavern scampered up stairs, burst into the room, and found Duncan
+Campbell struggling with the other two, and the quart pot still fast
+clenched in his hand, which they were endeavouring to wrench from him.
+The drawers rescued him out of their hands, and inquired into the
+matter. The maid in a fright confessed the whole thing. The officer and
+his associate rubbed their eyes as recovering from a stunning sleep,
+reeled as they went to rise, paid the reckoning and slunk pitifully
+away; or, as the rakes' term for it is, they brushed off, and for all
+their odds had the worst of the lay. I, who had some authority with Mr.
+Campbell, by reason of my years, and the strict acquaintance I had with
+his mother, when I came and found him in that pickle, and had the whole
+relation told to me by the people of the house, though I could not
+forbear pitying him within my own mind, took upon me to reprehend him,
+and told him that these hardships would by Providence be daily permitted
+to fall upon him, for he met with them twenty times, while he continued
+in that irregular way of living and spending his time, that might be so
+precious to himself and many others, in drunkenness and debauchery; and
+I think the lessons I wrote down to him upon that head, though a little
+severe just at that juncture, were, notwithstanding, well timed, and
+did, as I guessed they would, make a more solid impression in him than
+at any other. In all these scuffles, whether it is that being deaf and
+dumb an affront works deeper upon a man, and so renders him far more
+fierce or resolute, it must be said, that, though nature has been kind
+in making him very strong, robust, and active withal, yet he has bore
+some shocks, one would imagine, beyond the strength of a man, having
+sometimes got the better of five or six ruffians in rencounters of the
+like kind.
+
+The next banter he met with was in a gentler way, from an unbelieving
+lady, and yet she came off with very ill success, and the banter turned
+all upon herself in the end.
+
+A lady of distinction, whose name shall therefore be concealed in this
+place, came with two or three of her special friends, who took her for
+the most merry, innocent, spotless virgin upon earth, and whose modesty
+was never suspected in the least by her relations or servants that were
+nearest about her; after having rallied Mr. Campbell with several
+frivolous questions, doubting his capacity, and vexing and teasing him
+with gay impertinences beyond all patience, was by him told, that he did
+not take fees in his profession to be made a jest of like a common
+fortuneteller, but to do real good to those who consulted him, as far as
+he was able by his predictions; that he was treated with more respect by
+persons of a higher condition, though her own was very good, and so
+offered her guinea back again with a bow and a smile. She had a little
+more generosity of spirit than not to be a little nettled at the
+proffer she had caused by so coarse an usage. She affected appearing
+grave a little, and told him she would be serious for the future, and
+asked him to set down her name, which she had neglected before, to ask
+other questions that were nothing to the purpose. He promised to write
+it down, but pausing a little longer than ordinary about it, she
+returned to her former way of uncivil merriment and ungallant raillery.
+She repeated to him in three or four little scraps of paper, one after
+another, as fast as she could write them, the same words, viz., That he
+could not tell her name, nor whether she was maid, wife, or widow; and
+laughed as if she would split her sides, triumphing to the rest of her
+companions over his ignorance and her own wit, as if she had posed him,
+and put him to an entire stand. But see what this overweening opinion of
+security ended in: the man of the second-sight was not to be so easily
+baffled. Vexed at being so disturbed, and coming out of his brown study,
+he reaches the paper and begins to write. Now it was the lady's turn to
+suffer, she had deserved hearty punishment, and it came into her hands
+with the note, to a degree of severity, as you will perceive by the
+contents of it just now. She read it, and swooning away, dropped from
+her chair. The whole room being in a bustle, I, that was in the outward
+chamber, ran in: while Mr. Campbell was sprinkling water in her face, a
+lady snatched up the note to read it, at which he seemed mightily
+displeased; I, therefore, who understood his signs, recovered it out of
+her hands by stratagem, and ran to burn it, which I did so quick that I
+was not discovered in the curiosity which I must own I satisfied myself
+in by reading it first; a curiosity raised too high by so particular an
+adventure, to be overcome in so little a time of thought, as I was to
+keep it in my hands, and so I came by the knowledge of it myself,
+without being informed by Mr. Campbell. This shows how a sudden
+curiosity, when there is not time given to think and correct it, may
+overcome a man as well as a woman; for I was never over-curious in my
+life, and though I was pleased with the oddness of the adventure, I
+often blushed to myself since for the unmanly weakness of not being able
+to step with a note from one room to another to the fireside, without
+peeping into the contents of it. The contents of it were these: Madam
+since you provoke me, your name is ----. You are no widow, you are no
+wife, and yet you are no maid; you have a child at nurse at such a
+place, by such a gentleman, and you were brought to bed in
+Leicestershire. The lady, convinced by this answer of his strange and
+mystical power, and pleased with his civility in endeavouring to conceal
+from others the secret, after so many repeated provocations, though she
+showed great disorder for that day, became one of his constant attenders
+some time after, and would not take any step in her affairs without his
+advice, which she often has said since, she found very much to her
+advantage. She was as serious in her dealings with him afterwards, and
+improved by being so, as she was gay and turbulent with him before, and
+smarted for it. In fine, she was a thorough convert, and a votary of
+his; and the only jest she used afterwards to make, concerning him, was
+a civil witticism to his wife; to whom she was wont, every now and then,
+smiling, to address herself after this manner: Your husband, madam, is a
+devil, but he is a very handsome and a very civil one.
+
+Not long after this came another lady, with a like intent, to impose
+upon him; and was resolved, as she owned, to have laughed him to scorn
+if she had succeeded in her attempt. She had very dexterously dressed
+herself in her woman's habit, and her woman in her own; her footman
+squired the new-made lady in a very gentlemanly dress, hired for the
+purpose of a disguise, from Monmouth-street. The strange and unknown
+masqueraders entered Mr. Campbell's room with much art. The fellow was
+by nature of a clean make, and had a good look, and from following a
+genteel master when he was young, copied his gait a little, and had some
+appearance of a mien, and a tolerable good air about him. But this being
+the first time of his being so fine, and he a little vain in his temper,
+he over-acted his part; he strutted too much; he was as fond of his
+ruffles, his watch, his sword, his cane, and his snuff box, as a boy of
+being newly put into breeches; and viewed them all too often to be
+thought the possessor of any such things long. The affectation of the
+chambermaid was insufferable; she had the toss of the head, the jut of
+the bum, the sidelong leer of the eye, the imperious look upon her lady,
+now degraded into her woman, that she was intolerable, and a person
+without the gift of the second-sight would have guessed her to have been
+a pragmatical upstart, though it is very probable that during that time
+she fancied herself really better than her mistress; the mistress acted
+her part of maid the best; for it is easier for genteel modesty to act a
+low part, than for affected vanity to act a high one. She kept her
+distance like a servant, but would, to disguise things the better, be
+every now and then pert, according to their way, and give occasion to be
+chid. But there is an air of gentility inborn and inbred to some people;
+and even when they aim to be awkward a certain grace will attend all
+their minutest actions and gestures, and command love, respect, and
+veneration. I must therefore own that there was not need of a man's
+being a conjuror to guess who ought to be the lady and who the maid; but
+to know who absolutely was the lady, and who was the maid did require
+that skill. For how many such real ladies have we that are made so from
+such upstarts, and how many genteel waiting-women of great descent that
+are born with a grace about them, and are bred to good manners. Mr.
+Campbell's art made him positive in the case; he took the patches from
+the face of the maid, and placed them on the mistress's; he pulled off
+her hood and scarf, and gave it the lady, and taking from the lady her
+riding-hood, gave it the maid in exchange; for ladies at that time of
+day were not entered into that fashion of cloaking themselves. Then he
+wrote down that he should go out, and ought to send his maid in to
+undress them quite, and give the mistress her own clothes and the maid
+hers and with a smile wrote down both their names, and commended her
+contrivance; but after that it was remarked by the lady that he paid her
+less respect than she expected, and more to her footman, who was in
+gentleman's habit, whom he took by his side, and told a great many fine
+things; whereas he would tell the lady nothing farther. The lady nettled
+at this, wrote to him that she had vanity enough to believe that she
+might be distinguished from her maid in any dress, but that he had shown
+his want of skill in not knowing who that gentleman was. Mr. Campbell
+told her her mistake in sharp terms; and begging her pardon, assured her
+he knew several chambermaids as genteel and as well-born as her, and
+many mistresses more awkward and worse born than her maid; that he did
+not go therefore by the rule of guess and judging what ought to be, but
+by the rule of certainty and the knowledge of what actually was. She,
+however, unsatisfied with that answer, perplexed him mightily to know
+who the man was. He answered, he would be a great man. The lady laughed
+scornfully, and said she wanted to know who he was, not what he would
+be. He answered again, he was her footman, but that she would have a
+worse. She grew warm, and desired to be informed, why, since he knew the
+fellow's condition, he respected her so little and him so much, and
+accused him of want of practising manners, if he had not want of
+knowledge. He answered, Madam, since you will be asking questions too
+far, this footman will advance himself to the degree of a gentleman, and
+have a woman of distinction to his wife; while you will degrade yourself
+by a marriage to be the wife of a footman; his ambition is laudable,
+your condescension, mean, therefore I give him the preference; I have
+given you fair warning and wholesome advice, you may avoid your lot by
+prudence; but his will certainly be what I tell you.
+
+This coming afterwards to pass exactly as was predicted, and his
+disappointing so many that had a mind to impose upon him, has rendered
+him pretty free from such wily contrivances since, though now and then
+they have happened, but still to the mortification and disappointment of
+the contrivers. But as we have not pretended to say, with regard to
+these things, that he has his genius always at his elbow or his beck, to
+whisper in his ear the names of persons, and such little constant events
+as these; so, that we may not be deemed to give a fabulous account of
+his life and adventures, we think ourselves bound to give the reader an
+insight into the particular power and capacity which he has for bringing
+about these particular performances, especially that of writing down
+names of strangers at first sight, which I don't doubt will be done to
+the satisfaction of all persons who shall read the succeeding chapter,
+concerning the gift of the second-sight.
+
+
+
+
+  CHAPTER VII.
+
+    CONCERNING THE SECOND-SIGHT.
+
+
+Mr. Martin lately published a book, entituled, A Description of the
+Western Isles of Scotland, called by the ancient geographers, Hebrides.
+It contains many curious particulars relating to the natural and civil
+history of those islands, with a map of them; and in his preface he
+tells us that, perhaps, it is peculiar to those isles that they have
+never been described, till now, by any man that was a native of the
+country, or had travelled them, as himself has done; and in the
+conclusion of the said preface he tells us, he has given here such an
+account of the second-sight as the nature of the thing will bear, which
+has always been reckoned sufficient among the unbiassed part of mankind;
+but for those that will not be satisfied, they ought to oblige us with a
+new scheme, by which we may judge of matters of fact. The chief
+particulars he has given us concerning the second-sight, are here set
+down by way of abstract or epitome, that they may not be too tedious to
+the reader.
+
+1. In the second-sight, the vision makes such a lively impression on the
+seers, that they neither see nor think of anything else but the vision
+as long as it continues, and then they appear pensive or jovial,
+according to the object which was presented to them.
+
+2. At the sight of a vision the eyelids of the person are erected, and
+the eyes continue staring till the object vanish, as has often been
+observed by the author and others present.
+
+3. There is one in Skye, an acquaintance of whom observed, that when he
+sees a vision, the inner part of his eyelids turns so far upwards, that,
+after the object disappears, he must draw them down with his fingers,
+and sometimes employs others to draw them down, which he finds to be
+much the easier way.
+
+4. The faculty of the second-sight does not lineally descend in a
+family, as some imagine; for he knows several parents that are endowed
+with it, but not their children, and so on the contrary; neither is it
+acquired by any previous compact; and after a strict inquiry, he could
+never learn from any among them that this faculty was communicable any
+way whatsoever.
+
+NOTE. That this account is differing from the account that is given by
+Mr. Aubrey, a gentleman of the Royal Society; and I think Mr. Martin's
+reason here against the descent of this faculty from parents to children
+is not generally conclusive. For though he may know parents endowed with
+it and not children, and so vice versa, yet there may be parents who
+are endowed with it, being qualified, as Mr. Aubrey has said, viz., both
+being second-sighted, or even one to an extraordinary degree, whose
+children may have it by descent. And as to this faculty being any
+otherwise communicable, since the accounts differ, I must leave it to a
+farther examination.
+
+5. The seer knows neither the object, time, nor place of a vision before
+it appears; and the same object is often seen by different persons
+living at a considerable distance from one another. The true way of
+judging as to the time and circumstance of an object, is by observation;
+for several persons of judgment, without this faculty, are more capable
+to judge of the design of a vision, than a novice that is a seer. As an
+object appears in the day or night, it will come to pass sooner or later
+accordingly.
+
+6. If an object be seen early in the morning, which is not frequent, it
+will be accomplished in a few hours afterwards; if at noon, it will
+commonly be accomplished that very day; if in the evening, perhaps that
+night; if after candles be lighted, it will be accomplished that night;
+it is later always in accomplishment by weeks, months, and sometimes
+years, according to the time of the night the vision is seen.
+
+7. When a shroud is perceived about one, it is a sure prognostic of
+death; the time is judged according to the height of it about the
+person; for if it be not seen above the middle, death is not to be
+expected for the space of a year, and perhaps some months longer; and as
+it is frequently seen to ascend higher towards the head, death is
+concluded to be at hand in a few days, if not hours, as daily experience
+confirms. Examples of this kind were shown the author, when the persons,
+of whom the observations were made, enjoyed perfect health.
+
+There was one instance lately of a prediction of this kind, by a seer
+that was a novice, concerning the death of one of the author's
+acquaintance; this was communicated to a few only, and with great
+confidence; the author being one of the number, did not in the least
+regard it, till the death of the person, about the time foretold,
+confirmed to him the certainty of the prediction. The foresaid novice is
+now a skilful seer, as appears from many late instances; he lives in the
+parish of St. Mary's, the most northern in Skye.
+
+8. If a woman be seen standing at a man's left hand, it is a presage
+that she will be his wife, whether they are married to others, or
+unmarried, at the time of the apparition. If two or three women are seen
+at once standing near a man's left hand, she that is next him will
+undoubtedly be his wife first, and so on, whether all three, or the man,
+be single or married at the time of the vision; of which there are
+several late instances of the author's acquaintance. It is an ordinary
+thing for them to see a man, that is to come to the house shortly after;
+and though he be not of the seer's acquaintance yet he not only tells
+his name, but gives such a lively description of his stature,
+complexion, habit, &c, that upon his arrival he answers the character
+given of him in all respects. If the person so appearing be one of the
+seer's acquaintance, he can tell by his countenance whether he comes in
+good or bad humour. The author has been seen thus, by seers of both
+sexes, at some hundreds of miles' distance; some that saw him in this
+manner had never seen him personally, and it happened according to their
+visions, without any previous design of his to go to those places, his
+coming there being purely accidental; and in the nineteenth page of his
+book he tells us, that Mr. Daniel Morrison, a minister, told him, that
+upon his landing in the island Rona, the natives received him very
+affectionately, and addressed themselves to him with this salutation;
+God save you, Pilgrim! you are heartily welcome here, for we have had
+repeated apparitions of your person amongst us; viz., after the manner
+of the second-sight.
+
+9. It is ordinary with them to see houses, gardens, and trees, in places
+void of all three, and this in process of time used to be accomplished;
+of which he gives an instance in the island of Skye.
+
+10. To see a spark of fire fall upon one's arm, or breast, is a
+forerunner of a dead child to be seen in the arms of those persons, of
+which there are several fresh instances.
+
+To see a seat empty at the time of one's sitting in it, is a presage of
+that person's death quickly after.
+
+When a novice, or one that has lately obtained the second-sight, sees a
+vision in the night-time without doors, and comes near a fire, he
+presently falls into a swoon.
+
+Some find themselves, as it were, in a crowd of people, having a corpse,
+which they carry along with them; and after such visions the seers come
+in sweating, and describe the people that appeared; if there are any of
+their acquaintance among them, they give an account of their names, and
+also of the bearers. But they know nothing concerning the corpse.
+
+All those that have the second-sight, do not always see these visions at
+once, though they are together at the time; but if one, who has this
+faculty, designedly touch his fellow seer, at the instant of a vision's
+appearing, then the second sees it as well as the first.
+
+11. There is the way of foretelling death by a cry, that they call
+_taisk_, which some call a _wraith_, in the lowland. They hear a loud
+cry without doors, exactly resembling the voice of some particular
+person, whose death is foretold by it, of which he gives a late
+instance, which happened in the village Rigg, in Skye isle.
+
+12. Things are also foretold by smelling, sometimes, as follows: Fish or
+flesh is frequently smelt in the fire, when at the same time neither of
+the two are in the house, or, in any probability, like to be had in it
+for some weeks or months. This smell several persons have who are endued
+with the second-sight, and it is always accomplished soon after.
+
+13. Children, horses, and cows, have the second-sight, as well as men
+and women advanced in years.
+
+That children see it, it is plain, from their crying aloud at the very
+instant that a corpse or any other vision appears to an ordinary seer;
+of which he gives an instance in a child when himself was present.
+
+That horses likewise see it is very plain, from their violent and sudden
+starting, when the rider, or seer in company with them, sees a vision of
+any kind by night or day. It is observable of a horse, that he will not
+go forward that way, till he be led about at some distance from the
+common road, and then he is in a sweat; he gives an instance of this in
+a horse in the Isle of Skye.
+
+That cows have the second-sight appears from this; that if a woman
+milking a cow happens to see a vision by the second-sight, the cow runs
+away in a great fright at the same time, and will not be pacified for
+some time after.
+
+In reference to this, Paracelsus, tom. ix. l. _de arte presagâ_, writes
+thus; "Horses also have their auguries, who perceive, by their sight and
+smell, wandering spirits, witches, and spectres, and the like things;
+and dogs both see and hear the same."
+
+Here in the next place the author answers objections that have lately
+been made against the reality of the second-sight.
+
+First, it is objected, that these seers are visionary and melancholy
+people, who fancy they see things that do not appear to them or anybody
+else.
+
+He answers, the people of these isles, and particularly the seers, are
+very temperate, and their diet is simple and moderate in quantity and
+quality; so that their brains are not, in all probability, disordered by
+undigested fumes of meat or drink. Both sexes are free from hysteric
+fits, convulsions, and several other distempers of that sort. There are
+no madmen among them, nor any instance of self-murder. It is observed
+among them, that a man drunk, never has a vision of the second-sight;
+and he that is a visionary would discover himself in other things as
+well as in that; nor are such as have the second-sight, judged to be
+visionaries by any of their friends or acquaintance.
+
+Secondly, it is objected, that there are none among the learned able to
+oblige the world with a satisfactory account of these visions; therefore
+they are not to be believed.
+
+He answers, if everything of which the learned are not able to give a
+satisfactory account, shall be condemned as false and impossible, we
+shall find many other things, generally believed, which must be rejected
+as such.
+
+Thirdly, it is objected, that the seers are impostors, and the people
+who believe them are credulous, and easy to be imposed upon.
+
+He answers, the seers are generally illiterate, and well-meaning people,
+and altogether void of design; nor could he ever learn that any of them
+made the least gain of it; neither is it reputable among them to have
+that faculty; beside, the people of the Isles are not so credulous as to
+believe an impossibility, before the thing foretold be accomplished; but
+when it actually comes to pass, afterwards it is not in their power to
+deny it, without offering violence to their senses and reason; beside,
+if the seers were deceivers, can it be reasonable to imagine that all
+the islanders, who have not the second-sight, should combine together
+and offer violence to their understandings and senses, to force
+themselves to believe a lie from age to age? There are several persons
+among them, whose birth and education raise them above the suspicion of
+concurring with an imposture merely to gratify an illiterate and
+contemptible sort of persons. Nor can a reasonable man believe, that
+children, horses, and cows, could be engaged in a combination to
+persuade the world of the reality of a second-sight.
+
+Every vision that is seen comes exactly to pass according to the rules
+of observation, though novices and heedless persons do not always judge
+by those rules; concerning which he gives instances.
+
+There are visions seen by several persons, in whose days they are not
+accomplished; and this is one of the reasons why some things have been
+seen, that are said never to have come to pass; and there are also
+several visions seen, which are not understood till they are
+accomplished.
+
+The second-sight is not a late discovery, seen by one or two in a
+corner, or a remote isle; but it is seen by many persons of both sexes,
+in several isles, separated about forty or fifty leagues from one
+another; the inhabitants of many of these isles never had the least
+converse by word or writing; and this faculty of seeing visions having
+continued, as we are informed by tradition, ever since the plantation of
+these isles, without being disproved by the nicest sceptic after the
+strictest inquiry, seems to be a clear proof of its reality.
+
+It is observable, that it was much more common twenty or thirty years
+ago than at present; for one in ten does not see it now, that saw it
+then.
+
+The second-sight is not confined to the Western Isles alone, the author
+having an account that it is in several parts of Holland, but
+particularly in Bommel, where a woman has it, for which she is courted
+by some, and dreaded by others. She sees a smoke about one's face, which
+is the forerunner of the death of a person so seen, and she actually
+foretold the deaths of several that lived there. She was living in that
+town a few winters ago.
+
+The second-sight is likewise in the Isle of Man, as appears by this
+instance: Captain Leathes, the chief commander of Belfast, in his voyage
+1690, lost thirteen men by a violent storm; and upon his landing in the
+Isle of Man, an ancient man, clerk to a parish there, told him
+immediately that he had lost thirteen men there; the captain inquired
+how he came to the knowledge of that; he answered that it was by
+thirteen lights, which he had seen come into the churchyard; as Mr.
+Sacheverel tells us in his late description of the Isle of Man. Note,
+that this is like the sight of the corpse-candles in Wales, which is
+also well attested.
+
+Here the author adds many other instances concerning the second-sight,
+of which I shall set down only a few.
+
+A man in Knockow, in the parish of St. Mary's, the northernmost part of
+Skye, being in perfect health, and sitting with his fellow-servants at
+night, was on a sudden taken ill, dropped from his seat backward, and
+then fell a vomiting; at which the family was much concerned, he having
+never been subject to the like before; but he came to himself soon
+after, and had no sort of pain about him. One of the family, who was
+accustomed to see the second-sight, told them that the man's illness
+proceeded from a very strange cause, which was thus: An ill-natured
+woman, whom he named, who lives in the next adjacent village of
+Bornskittag, came before him in a very angry and furious manner, her
+countenance full of passion, and her mouth full of reproaches, and
+threatened him with her head and hands, till he fell over, as you have
+seen him. This woman had a fancy for the man, but was like to be
+disappointed as to her marrying of him. This instance was told the
+author by the master of the family, and others who were present when it
+happened.
+
+Sir Norman Macleod and some others, playing at tables, at a game called
+in Irish, Falmermore, wherein there are three of a side, and each of
+them throw the dice by turns, there happened to be one difficult point
+in the disposing of one of the tablemen; this obliged the gamester to
+deliberate before he was to change his man, since upon the disposing of
+it, the winning or losing of the game depended; at length the butler,
+who stood behind, advised the player where to place the man, with which
+he complied, and won the game. This being thought extraordinary, and Sir
+Norman hearing one whisper him in the ear, asked who advised him so
+skilfully? He answered it was the butler; but this seemed more strange,
+for it was generally thought he could not play at tables. Upon this Sir
+Norman asked him how long it was since he had learned to play? and the
+fellow owned that he had never played in his life, but that he saw the
+spirit Brownie, a spirit usually seen in that country, reaching his arm
+over the player's head, and touching the part with his finger where the
+tableman was to be placed. This was told the author by Sir Norman, and
+others who happened to be present at the time.
+
+Daniel Bow, _alias_ Black, an inhabitant of Bornskittag, who is one of
+the precisest seers in the Isles, foretold the death of a young woman in
+Minginis, within less than twenty-four hours before the time, and
+accordingly she died suddenly in the fields, though at the time of the
+prediction she was in perfect health; but the shroud appearing close
+about her head, was the ground of his confidence that her death was at
+hand.
+
+The same person foretold the death of a child in his master's arms, by
+seeing a spark of fire fall on his left arm; and this was likewise
+accomplished soon after the prediction.
+
+Some of the inhabitants of Harris, sailing round the Isle of Skye, with
+a design to go to the opposite mainland, were strangely surprised with
+an apparition of two men hanging down by the ropes that secured the
+mast, but could not conjecture what it meant; they pursued their voyage,
+but the wind turning contrary, they were forced into Broad-ford, in the
+Isle of Skye, where they found Sir Donald Macdonald keeping a sheriff's
+court, and two criminals receiving sentence of death there. The ropes
+and mast of that very boat were made use of to hang those criminals.
+This was told the author by several, who had this instance related to
+them by the boat's crew.
+
+Several persons, living in a certain family, told the author that they
+had frequently seen two men standing at a gentle-woman's left hand, who
+was their master's daughter; they told the men's names, and being her
+equals, it was not doubted but she would be married to one of them; and
+perhaps to the other after the death of the first. Some time after a
+third man appeared, who seemed always to stand nearest to her of the
+three, but the seers did not know him, though they could describe him
+exactly; and within some months after, this man who was seen last,
+actually came to the house, and fully answered the description given of
+him by those who never saw him but in a vision; and he married the woman
+shortly after. They live in the Isle of Skye, and both themselves and
+others confirmed the truth of this instance when the author saw them.
+
+Archibald Macdonald, of the parish of St. Mary's, in the Isle of Skye,
+being reputed famous in his skill of foretelling things to come, by the
+second-sight, happening to be in the village Knockow one night, and
+before supper, told the family that he had just then seen the strangest
+thing he ever saw in his life, viz., a man with an ugly long cap, always
+shaking his head; but that the strangest of all was a little kind of a
+harp which he had, with four strings only, and that it had two hart's
+horns fixed in the front of it. All that heard this odd vision fell a
+laughing at Archibald, telling him that he was dreaming, or had not his
+wits about him, since he pretended to see a thing which had no being,
+and was not so much as heard of in any part of the world. All this could
+not alter Archibald's opinion, who told them that they must excuse him
+if he laughed at them after the accomplishment of the vision. Archibald
+returned to his own house, and within three or four days after, a man
+with a cap, harp, &c., came to the house, and the harp, strings, horns,
+and cap, answered the description of them at first view, and he shook
+his head when he played; for he had two bells fixed to his cap. This
+harper was a poor man, who made himself a buffoon for his bread, and was
+never seen before in those parts, and at the time of the prediction he
+was in the Isle of Barray, which is about twenty leagues distant from
+that part of Skye. This relation is vouched by Mr. Daniel Martin, and
+all his family, and such as were then present; and they live in the
+village where this happened.
+
+One Daniel Nicholson, minister of St. Mary's, in Skye, the parish in
+which Mr. Archibald Macdonald lived, told the author, that one Sunday,
+after sermon, at the chapel Uge, he took an occasion to inquire of
+Archibald, if he still retained that unhappy faculty of seeing the
+second-sight, and wished him to get rid of it, if possible; for, said
+he, it is no true character of a good man. Archibald was highly
+displeased, and answered, that he hoped he was no more unhappy than his
+neighbours, for seeing what they could not perceive. I had, said he, as
+serious thoughts as my neighbours in time of hearing a sermon to-day,
+and even then I saw a corpse laid on the ground, close to the pulpit;
+and I assure you it will be accomplished shortly, for it was in the
+day-time. There were none in the parish then sick, and few are buried
+at that little chapel, nay, sometimes, not one in a year. Yet when Mr.
+Nicholson returned to preach in the said chapel, a fortnight or three
+weeks after, he found one buried in the very spot named by Archibald.
+This story is vouched by Mr. Nicholson the minister, and several of the
+parishioners still living.
+
+Note, that it is counted by many an argument of somewhat evil attending
+upon this faculty of the second-sight, because there are instances given
+of some persons who have been freed of it upon using some Christian
+practices; but I shall hereafter show that this opinion cannot be
+entirely true.
+
+Sir Norman Macleod, who has his residence in the Isle of Bernera, which
+lies between the isles of North Uist and Harris, went to the Isle of
+Skye about business, without appointing any time for his return; his
+servants, in his absence, being altogether in the large hall at night;
+one of them, who had the second-sight, told the rest they must remove,
+for there would be abundance of other company in the hall that night.
+One of his fellow-servants answered that there was very little
+likelihood of that, because of the darkness of the night, and the danger
+of coming through the rocks that lie round the isle; but within an hour
+after, one of Sir Norman's men came to the house, bidding them provide
+lights, &c., for his master had newly landed.
+
+Sir Norman being told of this, called for the seer and examined him
+about it. He answered, that he had seen the spirit Brownie, in human
+shape, come several times and make a show of carrying an old woman, that
+sat by the fire, to the door, and at last seemed to carry her out by
+neck and heels, which made him laugh heartily, and gave occasion to the
+rest to conclude him mad, to laugh so much without any reason. This
+instance was told the author by Sir Norman himself.
+
+Four men from the Isle of Skye and Harris went to Barbadoes, and stayed
+there some years; who though they had wont to see the second-sight in
+their native country, never saw it in Barbadoes; but upon their return
+to England, the first night after their landing, they saw the
+second-sight; as the author was told by several of their acquaintance.
+
+John Morrison, who lives in Bernera, of Harris, wears the plant called
+_fuga dæmonum_ sewed in the neck of his coat, to prevent his seeing of
+visions, and says, he never saw any since he first carried that plant
+about him.
+
+A spirit, by the country people called Brownie, was frequently seen in
+all the most considerable families in the isles, and north of Scotland,
+in the shape of a tall man, having very long brown hair; but within
+these twenty years past he has been seen but rarely.
+
+There were spirits also that appeared in the shape of women, horses,
+swine, cats, and some like fiery bulls, which would follow men in the
+fields; but there have been but few instances of these for upwards of
+forty years past.
+
+These spirits used also to form sounds in the air, resembling those of a
+harp, pipes, crowing of a cock, and of the grinding of hand-mills; and
+sometimes voices have been heard in the air at night, singing Irish
+songs; the words of which songs some of the author's acquaintances still
+retain; one of them resembled the voice of a woman who died some time
+before, and the song related to her state in the other world. All these
+accounts, the author says, he had from persons of as great integrity as
+any are in the world. So far Mr. Martin, whose account is so long, that
+I have given the reader only a short abridgment thereof; and shall
+therefore satisfy myself, without relating any further passages, by
+directing the reader to others also, learned men, who have written on
+the same subject. Laurentius Ananias printed a volume in Latin, at
+Venice, anno 1581, about the nature of demons; where, in the third book,
+he writes concerning the second-sight. The learned Camerarius does the
+like, and names a person of his own acquaintance whom he testifies to
+have had that gift. St. Austin himself testifies something (not very
+different from what we now call the gift of the second-sight) of one
+Curina, who lived in the country of Hippo, in Africa. Bonaysteau tells
+us something like it in his _Disc. de Excell. et Dig. Hominis_,
+concerning the spirit of Hermotimus. So do likewise Herodotus and
+Maximus Tyrius, about the spirit of Aristæus. Cardan does the same in
+his _De Rerum Variet._ 1. 8. c. 84, of his kinsman Baptista Cardan, a
+student at Pavia. Baptista Fulgosus tells us of what we call the
+second-sight, in other words, in his _Fact. et Dict. Memorab._ 1. i. c.
+6. Among our own countrymen, the Lord Henry Howard, in the book he writ
+against supposed prophecies, in his seventeenth chapter, tells us a
+wonderful story of this kind of sight; and sure that noble lord may be
+looked upon as an unexceptionable testimony, in a story he relates of
+his own knowledge, he having otherwise little faith in things of this
+kind. Mr. Cotton Mather, a minister of New England, in his relation of
+the wonders of the invisible world, inserted in his Ecclesiastical
+History of that country, printed in London, anno 1702, in folio, has
+given us several instances of this kind, as also of many other
+diabolical operations. Mr. Baxter's book concerning The Certainty of the
+World of Spirits, has the like proofs in it. Mr. Aubrey, Fellow of the
+Royal Society, has written largely concerning second-sighted persons; so
+has Mr. Beaumont, in his book of Genii and Familiar Spirits, who has
+collected almost all the other accounts together; and many others, whose
+very names it would be tedious to recite. However, as there are a few
+more passages, very curious in themselves, I will venture so far upon
+the reader's patience, as not only to recite the names of the authors,
+but the accounts themselves, in as succinct and brief a manner as it is
+possible for any one to do.
+
+Mr. Th. May, in his History, lib. viii. writes, that an old man, like a
+hermit, second-sighted, took his leave of king James I. when he came
+into England; he took little notice of Prince Henry, but addressing
+himself to the Duke of York, since King Charles I., fell a weeping to
+think what misfortunes he should undergo; and that he should be one of
+the most miserable and most unhappy princes that ever was.
+
+A Scotch nobleman sent for one of these second-sighted men out of the
+Highlands, to give his judgment of the then great George Villiers, Duke
+of Buckingham. As soon as ever he saw him; Pish, said he, he will come
+to nothing, I see a dagger in his breast; and he was stabbed in the
+breast by Captain Felton, as has been at large recounted in some of the
+foregoing pages.
+
+Sir James Melvin hath several the like passages in his history.
+
+A certain old man in South Wales, told a great man there of the fortune
+of his family, and that there should not be a third male generation. It
+has fallen out accordingly.
+
+Sir William Dugdale with his own mouth informed several gentlemen, that
+Major-General Middleton (since lord) went into the Highlands of Scotland
+to endeavour to make a party for King Charles I. An old gentleman, that
+was second-sighted, came and told him that his endeavour was good, but
+he would be unsuccessful; and, moreover, that they would put the king to
+death; and that several other attempts would be made, but all in vain;
+but that his son would come in, but not reign in a long time; but would
+at last be restored. This Lord Middleton had a great friendship with the
+laird Bocconi, and they made an agreement, that the first of them that
+died should appear to the other in extremity. The Lord Middleton was
+taken prisoner at Worcester fight, and was prisoner in the Tower of
+London, under three locks. Lying in his bed, pensive, Bocconi appeared
+to him; my Lord Middleton asked him if he were dead or alive? He said,
+Dead; and that he was a ghost; and told him that within three days he
+should escape, and he did so, in his wife's clothes; when he had done
+his message, he gave a frisk, and said--
+
+    Givanni, Givanni, 'tis very strange,
+    In the world to see so sudden a change;
+
+and then gathered up and vanished. This account Sir William Dugdale had
+from the Bishop of Edinburgh; and this account he hath writ in a book of
+Miscellanies, which is now reposited, with other books of his, in the
+Museum at Oxford.
+
+Thus the reader sees what great authorities may be produced to prove
+that wonderful and true predictions have been delivered by many persons
+gifted with the second-sight. The most learned men in almost all
+nations, who are not in all likelihood deceived themselves; the most
+celebrated and authentic historians, and some divines in England, who,
+it is not to be thought, have combined together and made it their
+business to obtrude upon us falsehoods; persons of all ranks, from the
+highest to the lowest, in Scotland, who, it would be even madness to
+think would join in a confederacy to impose tricks upon us, and to
+persuade us to the greatest of impostures as solemn truths delivered
+from their own mouths; all these, I say, have unanimously, and, as it
+were, with one voice, asserted, repeated, and confirmed to us, that
+there have been at all times, and in many different nations, and that
+still there are persons, who, possessed with the gift of a second sight,
+predict things that wonderfully come to pass; and seem to merit very
+little less than the name of prophets for their miraculous discoveries.
+Now, if any man should come, and without giving the least manner of
+reason for it (for there is no reason to be given against such
+assertions), declare his disbelief of all these authentic, though
+strange accounts, can he with reason imagine that his incredulity shall
+pass for a token of wisdom? Shall his obstinacy confute the learned?
+Shall his want of faith be thought justly to give the lie to so many
+persons of the highest honour and quality, and of the most undoubted
+integrity? In fine, shall his infidelity, by a reverse kind of power to
+that which is attributed to the philosopher's stone, be able to change
+the nature of things, turn and transmute truth into falsehood, and make
+a downright plain matter of fact to be no more than a chimera, or an
+_ens rationis_? And shall a manifest experience be so easily exploded?
+
+Taking it, therefore, for granted, that no modest man whatsoever, though
+never so hard of belief, which is certainly as great a weakness as that
+of too much credulity, will make bold openly to declare his disbelief of
+things so well attested; and taking it much more for granted still, that
+it is impossible for any man of common sense to have the front of
+declaring his disbelief of them in such a manner as to urge it for an
+argument and a reason why others should disbelieve them too; taking
+this, I say, as I think I very well may, for granted, I think there
+remains nothing farther for me to offer, before I conclude this chapter,
+except a few remarks as to the similitude there is between those actions
+which I have related above to have been performed by Mr. Campbell, and
+these actions which so many learned, ingenious, and noble authors, as I
+have just now quoted, have asserted to have been performed by persons
+whom they knew to be gifted with the second-sight.
+
+As to what is said several pages above, concerning Duncan Campbell when
+a boy at Edinburgh, that he even told his little companions who would
+have success at their little matches when they played at marbles, and
+that he informed a great gamester there, whose name I have disguised
+under that of Count Cog, what times he should choose to play if he would
+win, as ludicrous as it may have appeared to be, and as much as it may
+have seemed to my readers to carry with it nothing better than the face
+of invention and the air of fiction, yet if they will be at the pains
+of comparing that passage of Duncan Campbell's with the account given in
+this chapter from the mouth of Sir Norman Macleod, concerning a man,
+who, though he never played at tables in his life, instructed a skilful
+gamester, when he was at a stand, to place one of his men right, upon
+which the whole game depended, which the ignorant fellow, when asked how
+he came to do it, said he was directed to by the spirit Brownie;
+whoever, I say, will be at the pains of comparing these passages
+together, will find they bear a very near resemblance, and that the way
+we may most reasonably account for Duncan Campbell's prediction when he
+was a boy, must be, that he was at that time directed by his little
+genius or familiar spirit, which I described in the precedent pages, as
+this fellow was by the spirit Brownie, according to Sir Norman Macleod's
+assertion; which spirit Brownie, as Mr. Martin, a very good and credited
+writer, assures us, in his History of the Western Islands, dedicated to
+the late Prince George of Denmark, is a spirit usually seen all over
+that country.
+
+If the reader recollects, he will remember likewise, that in the little
+discourse which I mentioned to have been held between me and this Duncan
+Campbell, when a boy, concerning his little genius, I there say, the boy
+signified to me that he smelt venison, and was sure that some one would
+come to his mother's house shortly after; accordingly I came thither
+that morning from the death of a deer, and ordered a part of it to be
+brought after me to her house. Now Mr. Martin's twelfth observation
+about the second-sight, in this chapter, clears it plainly up that this
+knowledge in the boy proceeded from the gift of second-sight. Not to
+give the reader too often the trouble of looking back in order to judge
+of the truth of what I say, I will here repeat that observation, which
+is as follows: Things are also foretold by smelling sometimes: for
+example, fish or flesh is frequently smelt in the fire, when, at the
+same time, neither of the two are in the house, or, in any probability,
+like to be had in it for some weeks or months. This smell several
+persons have, who are, endued with the second-sight, and it is always
+accomplished soon after.
+
+But I will here omit any farther remarks by way of accounting how he
+compassed his predictions when a boy, either by the intervention of his
+genius, or the gift of a second-sight; and examine how nearly those
+things, which I have related to have been done by him in his more
+advanced years, when he took up the profession of a predictor, in
+London, correspond with the accounts given us in this chapter about a
+second-sight, and how near a resemblance the things done by him bear to
+those things that are so well attested to have been performed by others,
+through the efficacious power of this wonderful faculty.
+
+First, then, if we have a mind to make a tolerable guess which way Mr.
+Campbell came acquainted that the death of the beautiful young lady,
+Miss W--lw--d was so near at hand, and that, though she was so
+universally admired she would die unmarried, the accounts given of other
+second-sighted persons in the like cases, will put us in the most
+probable way of guessing right. This is explained by the seventh
+observation in this chapter, where it is said from Mr. Martin, that when
+a shroud is perceived about one, it is a sure prognostic of death; the
+time is judged according to the height of it, about the person; for if
+it be not seen above the middle, death is not to be expected for the
+space of a year or longer, but as it comes nearer to the head it is
+expected sooner; if to the very head, it is concluded to be at hand
+within a few days, if not hours. Of this we have an example, of which
+Mr. Martin was an eye-witness, concerning the death of his own
+acquaintance; but he did not in the least regard it, till the death of
+the person, about the time foretold, confirmed to him the certainty of
+the prediction.
+
+Secondly, as to the ignominious death that Irwin came to, and which he
+predicted to his mother so long before, when she was in flourishing
+circumstances, and when there was no appearance that any of her children
+should be brought to a beggarly condition, and learn among base gangs of
+company to thieve, and be carried to the gallows; the story told in this
+chapter of some of the inhabitants of Harris, sailing round the Isle of
+Skye, and seeing the apparition of two men hanging by the ropes on the
+mast of their vessel, and when they came to the opposite mainland,
+finding two criminals just sentenced to death by Sir Donald Macdonald,
+and seeing their own very mast and ropes made choice of for their
+execution, clears up the manner how Mr. Campbell might predict this of
+Irwin likewise, by the force of the second-sight.
+
+Thirdly, as to Mr. Campbell's telling Christallina the belle and chief
+toast of the court, and Urbana the reigning beauty of the city, that
+they should shortly be married, and who were to be their husbands, it is
+a thing he has done almost every day in his life to one woman or other,
+that comes to consult him about the man she is to be married to; the
+manner he probably takes in doing this may be likewise explained by the
+foregoing story in this chapter about the servants, who said they saw
+three men standing by the left hand of their master's daughter; and that
+he that was nearest would marry her first, whom they plainly and exactly
+described, though they had never seen him but in their vision, as
+appeared afterwards. For within some months after, the very man
+described did come to the house, and did marry her. Vide the eighth
+observation of the second-sight.
+
+Fourthly, as to the predictions delivered by Mr. Campbell to the
+merchant, which are set down at length in the foregoing chapter, I know
+no better way at guessing the manner how the second-sight operated in
+him at that time, than by comparing them to these two instances, which I
+briefly repeat because they are set down at length before, in this
+chapter. And first it may be asked, how did the second-sight operate in
+Mr. Campbell, when it gave him to know that the merchant's ships, which
+repeated intelligences had in appearance confirmed to be lost, were at
+that time safe, and would return securely home into the harbour
+designed? The best way of accounting for it, that I know, is by the
+story that Sir Norman Macleod is above affirmed to have told with his
+own mouth, concerning a servant of his, who rightly foretold his
+returning home and landing on the Isle of Bernera one night, where his
+residence is, when there was very little or no likelihood of it, because
+of the darkness of the night, and the danger of coming through the rocks
+that lie round the isle. When Sir Norman examined him about it, he
+answered that he knew it by a vision of the spirit Brownie; and hence it
+may be the most probably conjectured that Mr. Campbell's knowledge of
+the merchant's ships being safe came from a vision of his particular
+genius, or familiar spirit, which we spoke of before. What I have
+already instanced in, is, I think, sufficient with regard to the
+wonderful things which Mr. Campbell has performed, either by the
+intervention of a genius, or the power of a second-sight. But as he has
+frequently done a great many amazing performances, which seem to be of
+such a nature that they can't be well and clearly explained to have been
+done either by the intervention of his familiar spirit and genius, or by
+the power of the second-sighted faculty, we must have recourse to the
+third means by which only such predictions and practises can be
+compassed, before we expound these new mysteries, which appear like
+incredible riddles, and enigmas at the first; and this third means which
+we must have recourse to for expounding these strange acts of his, is a
+due consideration of the force and power of natural magic, which,
+together with a narrative of the acts, which he seems magically to bring
+about, will be the subject of the following chapter.
+
+
+
+
+  CHAPTER VIII.
+
+
+But before we proceed to our disquisitions concerning the power and
+efficacy of natural magic, and examine what mysterious operations may be
+brought about and compassed by magical practises, and before we take a
+farther survey of what Mr. Campbell has performed in this kind, that
+relates to his profession and the public part of his life, which
+concerns other people as well as himself; I shall here relate some
+singular adventures that he passed through in his private life, and
+which regard only his own person. In order to this, I must return back
+to the year 1702, about which time some unaccountable turns of fortune
+attended him in his own private capacity, which must be very surprising
+and entertaining to my readers, when they find a man, whose foresight
+was always so great a help and assistance to others, who consulted him
+in their own future affairs, helpless, as it has been an observation
+concerning all such men in the account of the second-sight, and blind in
+his own future affairs, tossed up and down by inevitable and spiteful
+accidents of fortune, and made the may-game of chance and hazard, as if
+that wayward and inconstant goddess, was resolved to punish him, when
+she catched him on the blind side, for having such a quick insight and
+penetrating faculty in other people's matters, and scrutinizing too
+narrowly into her mysteries, and so sometimes preventing those fatal
+intentions of hers, into which she would fain lead many mortals
+hood-winked, and before they knew where they were. In this light, these
+mighty and famous seers seem to be born for the benefit and felicity of
+others, but at the same time to be born to unhappiness themselves. And
+certainly, inasmuch as we consider them as useful and beneficial often,
+but always satisfactory to persons who are curious in their enquiries
+about their fortunes, it will be natural to those of us who have the
+least share of generosity in our minds, to yield our pity and compassion
+to them, when they are remarkably unfortunate themselves; especially
+when that calamity seems more particularly to light upon them for their
+ability, and endeavour to consult the good fortune of other folks.
+
+About the above-mentioned year, 1702, Duncan Campbell grew a little
+tired of his profession; such a multitude of followers troubled him,
+several of whom were wild youths, and came to banter him, and many more
+too inquisitive females to tease him with endless impertinences, and
+who, the more he told them, had still the more to ask, and whose
+curiosity was never to be satisfied: and besides this, he was so much
+envied, and had so many malicious artifices daily practised against him,
+that he resolved to leave off his profession. He had, I know, followed
+it pretty closely from the time I first saw him in London, which was, I
+think, in the beginning of the year 1698, till the year 1702, with very
+good success; and in those few years he had got together a pretty round
+sum of money. Our young seer was now at man's estate, and had learned
+the notion that he was to be his own governor, so far as to be his own
+counsellor too in what road of life he was to take, and this
+consideration no doubt worked with a deeper impression on his mind, than
+it usually does on others that are in the same blossom and pride of
+manhood, because it might appear more natural for him to believe that he
+had a sufficient ability to be his own proper adviser, who had given so
+many others, and some more aged than himself, counsel, with very good
+success. Now every experienced person knows, that when manhood is yet
+green, it is still in the same dangerous condition as a young plant,
+which is liable to be warped by a thousand cross fortuitous accidents,
+if good measures be not taken to support it against all the contingent
+shocks it may meet with from the weather or otherwise. Now, it was his
+misfortune to be made averse to business, which he loved before, by
+having too much of it, and to be so soured by meeting with numerous
+perplexities and malicious rubs laid in his way by invidious people,
+(who are the useless and injurious busy-bodies that always repine at the
+good of others, and rejoice to do harm to the diligent and assiduous,
+though they reap no profit by it themselves), that he was disgusted and
+deterred entirely from the prosecution of a profession by which he got
+not only a competent but a copious and plentiful subsistence. Nay,
+indeed, this was another mischief arising to him from his having so much
+business, that he had got money enough to leave it off, when the
+perplexities of it had made him willing to do so, and to live very
+comfortably and handsomely, like a gentleman, without it, for a time;
+and we know the youngest men are not wont to look the farthest before
+them, in matters that concern their own welfare. Now, inasmuch as he had
+thus taken a disgust to business and application, and was surfeited, as
+I may say, with the perplexities of it, it must be as natural for him,
+we know, to search for repose in the contrary extreme, viz., recreation
+and idleness, as it is for a man to seek rest after toil, to sleep after
+a day's labour, or to sit down after a long and tiresome walk. But there
+are two very distinct sorts of idleness, and two very different kinds of
+recreation; there is a shameful idleness which is no better than
+downright sloth; and there is a splendid kind of indolence, where a man
+having taken an aversion to the wearisomeness of a business which
+properly belongs to him, neglects not however to employ his thoughts,
+when they are vacant from what they ought more chiefly to be about, in
+other matters not entirely unprofitable in life, the exercise of which
+he finds he can follow with more abundant ease and satisfaction. There
+are some sorts of recreations, too, that are mean, sordid, and base;
+others that are very innocent, though very diverting, and that will give
+one the very next most valuable qualifications of a gentleman, after
+those which are obtained by a more serious application of the mind. The
+idea which I have already given my readers of our Duncan Campbell, will
+easily make them judge, before I tell them, which way, in these two
+ways, his genius would naturally lead him; and that, when he grew an
+idle man, he would rather indulge himself with applying his mind to the
+shining trifles of life, than be wholly slothful and inactive; and that
+when he diverted himself he would not do it after a sordid, base
+manner, as having a better taste and a relish for good company; but that
+his recreations would still be the recreations of a gentleman. And just,
+accordingly, as my readers would naturally judge beforehand in his case,
+so it really happened. The moment he shook off business, and dismissed
+the thoughts of it, his genius led him to a very gallant way of life; in
+his lodgings, in his entertainments, in paying and receiving visits, in
+coffee-houses, in taverns, in fencing-schools, in balls, and other
+public assemblies, in all ways, in fine, both at home and abroad, Duncan
+Campbell was a well-comported and civil fine gentleman; he was a man of
+pleasure, and nothing of the man of business appeared about him. But a
+gentleman's life, without a gentleman's estate, however shining and
+pleasant it may be for a time, will certainly end in sorrow, if not in
+infamy; and comparing life, as moralists do, to a day, one may safely
+pronounce this truth to all the splendid idlers I have mentioned, that
+if they have sunshiny weather till noon, yet the afternoon of their life
+will be very stormy, rainy and uncomfortable, and perhaps just at the
+end of their journey, to carry on the metaphor throughout, close in the
+darkest kind of night. Of this, as I was a man of years and more
+experienced in the world than he, I took upon me to forewarn Mr.
+Campbell, as soon as I perceived the first dangerous fit of this elegant
+idleness had seized him. But when will young men, by so much the more
+headstrong as they have less of the beard, be guided and brought to
+learn! and when shall we see that happy age, in which the grey heads of
+old men shall be clapped upon the shoulders of youth! I told him, that
+in this one thing he ought to consult me, and acknowledge me to be a
+true prophet, if I told him the end of the seeming merry steps in life
+he was now taking, would infallibly bring him to a labyrinth of
+difficulties, out of which if he extricated himself at all, he would at
+least find it a laborious piece of work. His taste had been already
+vitiated with the sweets which lay at the top of the bitter draught of
+fortune, and my honest rugged counsel came too late to prevail, when his
+fancy had decoyed and debauched his judgment, and carried it over into
+another interest. I remember I writ down to him the moral story, where
+vicious Pleasure and Virtue are pictured by the philosopher to appear
+before Hercules, to court him into two several paths. I told him more
+particularly, since he had not an estate to go through with the
+gentlemanly life, as he called it, that, if he followed the alluring
+pleasures which endeavoured to tempt Hercules, he would involve himself
+at last in a whole heap of miseries, out of which it would be more than
+an Herculean labour for him to disentangle himself again. If he had been
+a man that could have ever heard with either, I would have told the
+reader in a very familiar idiom, that he turned the deaf ear to me; for
+he did not mind one syllable or tittle of the prescriptions I set down
+for him, no more than if he had never read them; but, varying the phrase
+a little, I may say at least, when he should have looked upon my counsel
+with all the eyes he had, he turned the blind side upon it. I was
+resolved to make use of the revenge natural to a man of years, and
+therefore applied that reproachful proverb to him, which we ancients
+delight much in making use of to youths that follow their own false and
+hot imaginations, and will not heed the cooler dictates of age,
+experience, and wisdom. Accordingly, I wrote down to him these words,
+and left him in a seeming passion: I am very well assured, young man,
+you think me that am old, to be a fool; but I that am old, absolutely
+know you, who are a young fellow, to be a downright fool, and so I leave
+you to follow your own ways, till sad and woful experience teaches you
+to know it your own self, and makes you come to me to own it of your own
+accord. As I was going away, after this tart admonition and severe
+reprimand, I had a mind to observe his countenance, and I saw him smile,
+which I rightly construed to be done in contempt of the advice of age,
+and in the gaiety and fulness of conceit, which youth entertains of its
+own fond opinions and hair-brained rash resolves. He was got into the
+company of a very pretty set of gentlemen, whose fortunes were far
+superior to his; but he followed the same genteel exercises, as fencing,
+&c., and made one at all their public entertainments; and so being at an
+equal expense with those who could well afford to spend what they did
+out of their estates, he went on very pleasantly for a time, still
+spending and never getting, without ever considering that it must, by
+inevitable consequence, fall to his lot at last to be entirely reduced
+to a state of indigence and want. And what commonly heightens the
+misfortune of such men, and so of all gentlemen's younger brothers, who
+live upon the ready money that is given them for their portions, is,
+that the prosperity they live in for a time gains them credit enough
+just to bring them in debt, and render them more miserable than those
+very wretches who never had either any money or credit at all. They run
+themselves into debt out of shame, and to put off the evil day of
+appearing ruined men as long as they can, and then, when their tempers
+are soured by adversity, they grow tired of their own lives; and then,
+in a quarrel, they or some other gentleman, may be, is run through, or
+else being hunted by bailiffs, they exercise their swords upon those
+pursuers. Thus, where gentlemen will not consider their circumstances,
+their very prosperity is a cause of, and aggravates their misery; their
+very pride, which was a decent pride at first, in keeping up and
+maintaining their credit, subjects them too often to the lowest and the
+meanest acts, and their courage, which was of a laudable kind, turns
+into a brutish and savage rage; and all the fine, esteemed, flourishing,
+and happy gentleman ends, and is lost in the contemned, poor and
+miserable desperado, whose portion at last is confinement and a gaol,
+and sometimes even worse, and what I shall not so much as name here.
+Into many of these calamities Mr. Campbell had brought himself before it
+was long, by his heedlessness, and running, according to the wild
+dictates of youth, counter to all sound and wholesome advice. He had, it
+seems, run himself into debt, and one day as he was at a coffee-house,
+the sign of the Three Crowns, in Great Queen-street, in rushed four
+bailiffs upon him, who being directed by the creditor's wife, had
+watched him into that house, and told him they had a warrant against
+him, and upon his not answering, they being unacquainted with his being
+deaf and dumb, offered to seize his sword. He startled at their offering
+of violence, and taking them for ruffians, which he had often met with,
+repelled the assaulters, and drawing his sword, as one man, more bold
+than the rest, closed in with him, he shortened his blade, and in the
+fall pinned the fellow through the shoulder, and himself through the
+leg, to the floor. After that he stood at bay with all the four
+officers, when the most mischievous assailant of them all, the
+creditor's wife, ventured to step into the fray, and very barbarously
+took hold of that nameless part of the man, for which, as she was a
+married woman, nature methinks should have taught her to have a greater
+tenderness, and almost squeezed and crushed those vitals to death. But
+at last he got free from them all, and was going away as fast as he
+could, not knowing what consequences might ensue. But the woman who
+aimed herself at committing murder, in the most savage and inhuman
+manner, ran out after him, crying out, Murder! murder! as loud as she
+could, and alarmed the whole street. The bailiffs following the woman,
+and being bloody from head to foot, by means of the wound he received,
+gave credit to the outcry. The late Earl Rivers's footmen happening to
+be at the door, ran immediately to stop the supposed murderer, and they
+indeed did take him at last, but perceived their mistake, and discovered
+that instead of being assistants in taking a man whom they thought to be
+a murderer endeavouring to make his escape from the hands of justice,
+they had only been tricked in by that false cry to be adjutants to a
+bailiff in retaking a gentleman, who, by so gallant a defence, had
+rescued himself from the dangers of a prison; and when they had
+discovered this their mistake they were mighty sorry for what they had
+done. The most active and busy among the earl's footmen was a Dutchman,
+and the earl happening to be in a room next the street, and hearing the
+outcry of murder, stepped to the window, and seeing his own servants in
+the midst of the bustle, examined the Dutchman how the matter was, and,
+being told it, he chid the man for being concerned in stopping a
+gentleman that was getting free from such troublesome companions. But
+the Dutchman excused himself, like a Dutchman, by making a very merry
+blunder for a reply; _Sacramente_, said he, to his lord, if I had
+thought they were bailiffs, I would have fought for the poor dumb
+gentlemen, but then why had he not told me they were bailiffs, my lord?
+
+In short, Duncan Campbell was carried off as their prisoner; but the
+bailiff that was wounded was led back to the coffee-house, where he
+pretended the wound was mortal, and that he despaired of living an hour.
+The proverb, however, was of the fellow's side, and he recovered sooner
+than other people expected he could. As soon as all danger was over, an
+action for damages and smart money, as their term is, was brought
+against Mr. Campbell; the damages were exaggerated and the demand was so
+extravagant, that Duncan Campbell was neither able, just at that time,
+nor willing, had he been able, to pay so much, as he thought, in his
+own wrong, and having no bail, and being ashamed to make his case known
+to his better sort of friends, who were both able and willing to help
+him at a dead lift, he was hurried away to gaol by the bailiffs, who
+showed such a malignant and insolent pleasure, as commonly attends
+powerful revenge, when they put him into the Marshalsea. There he lay in
+confinement six weeks, till at last four or five of his chief friends
+came by mere chance to hear of it; immediately they consulted about his
+deliverance, and unanimously resolved to contribute for his enlargement,
+and they accordingly went across the water together, and procured it out
+of hand.
+
+Two of his benefactors were officers, and were just then going over to
+Flanders. Duncan Campbell, to whom they communicated their design, was
+resolved to try his fortune in a military way, out of a roving kind of
+humour, raised in him partly by his having taken a sort of aversion to
+his own profession in town, and partly by his finding that he could not
+live, without following a profession, as he had done, any longer. He,
+over a bottle, frankly imparted his mind to them at large; he signified
+to them that he hoped, since they had lately done him so great a favour
+in freeing him from one captivity, they would not think him too urgent
+if he pressed for one favour farther, upon natures so generous as
+theirs, by whom he took as great a pleasure in being obliged, as he
+could receive in being capable of obliging others. He wrote to them that
+the favour he meant was to redeem him from another captivity, almost as
+irksome to him as that out of which they had lately ransomed him. This
+captivity, continued he, is being either forced to follow my old
+profession, which I have taken an entire disgust to, for a maintenance,
+or being forced to live in a narrower way than suits with my genius, and
+the better taste I have of higher life. Such a state, gentlemen, you
+know, is more unpalatable than half-pay; it is like either being forced
+to go upon the forlorn hope, or else like a man's being an entirely
+cashiered and broken officer, that had no younger brother's fortune, and
+no other support but his commission. Thus, though you have set my body
+at liberty, my soul is still under an imprisonment, and will be till I
+leave England, and can find means of visiting Flanders, which I can do
+no otherwise than by the advantage of having you for my convoy. I have
+a mighty longing to experience some part of a military life, and I
+fancy, if you will grant me your interest, and introduce me to the
+valiant young Lord Lorne, and be spokesmen for a dumb man, I shall meet
+with a favourable reception; and as for you, gentlemen, after having
+named that great patron and pattern of courage and conduct in the field,
+I can't doubt but the very name I bear, if you had not known me, would
+have made you take me for a person of a military genius, and that I
+should do nothing but what would become a British soldier, and a
+gentleman; nothing, in fine, that should make you repent the
+recommendation.
+
+These generous and gallant friends of his, it seems, complied with his
+request, and promised they would make application for him to the Lord
+Lorne, and Duncan Campbell had nothing to do but to get his bag and
+baggage ready, and provide himself with a pass. His baggage was not very
+long a getting together, and he had it in tolerable good order, and as
+for his pass, a brother of the Lord Forbes was so kind as to procure him
+one upon the first application Duncan made to him.
+
+Accordingly, in a few days afterwards, they went on board, and having a
+speedy and an easy passage, arrived soon at Rotterdam. Duncan met with
+some of his English acquaintance in that town, and his mind being pretty
+much bent upon rambling, and seeing all the curiosities, customs, and
+humours he could, in all the foreign places he was to pass through, he
+went, out of a frolic, with some gentlemen, next day, in a boat to an
+adjacent village, to make merry over a homely Dutch entertainment, the
+intended repast being to consist of what the boors there count a great
+delicacy, brown bread and white beer. He walked out of sight from his
+company, and they lost one another; and strolling about by himself at an
+unseasonable hour, as they call it there after the bell has tolled,
+Duncan Campbell, who neither knew their laws, nor if he had, was capable
+of being guided by the notice which their laws ordain, was taken into
+custody in the village, for that night, and carried away the next day to
+Williamstadt, where he was taken for a spy, and put into a close
+imprisonment for three or four days.
+
+But some Scotch gentlemen, who had been in company with Mr. Campbell at
+Mr. Cloysterman's, a painter in Covent-garden, made their application to
+the magistrate and got him released; he knew his friends the officers,
+that carried him over, were gone forward to the camp, and that there was
+no hope of finding them at Rotterdam, if he should go thither, and so he
+resolved, since he had had so many days punishment in Williamstadt, to
+have three or four days pleasure there too, by way of amends, before he
+would set out on his journey after his friends. But on the third night
+he got very much in drink; and as he went very boisterously and
+disorderly along, a sentry challenged him; and the want of the sense of
+hearing had like to have occasioned the loss of his life. The sentry
+fired at him and narrowly missed him; he was taken prisoner, not without
+some resistance, which was so far innocent, as that he knew not any
+reason why he should be seized; but very troublesome and unwarrantable
+in so orderly a town; so the governor's secretary, after the matter was
+examined into, judging it better for the unhappy gentleman's future
+safety, advised him to return home to his own country, and accordingly
+bespoke him a place in a Dutch ship called Yowfrow Catherine, for his
+passage to England.
+
+Duncan Campbell had taken up this humour of rambling, first, of his own
+accord, and the troubles which he had run himself into by it, we may
+reasonably suppose had pretty well cured him of that extravagant itch;
+and there is little doubt to be made but that he rejoiced very heartily
+when he was got on board the ship to return to England; and that in his
+new resolutions he had reconciled himself to the prosecution of his
+former profession, and intended to set up for a predictor again as soon
+as he could arrive at London. But now fortune had not a mind to let him
+go off so; he had had his own fancy for rambling, and now she was
+resolved to have hers, and to give him his bellyful of caprice.
+Accordingly, when the Dutch ship, called Yowfrow Catherine, was making
+the best of her road for London, and each person in the vessel was
+making merry, filled with the hopes of a quick and prosperous passage, a
+French privateer appeared in sight, crowding all the sails she could,
+and bearing towards them with all haste and diligence. The privateer was
+double-manned, and carried thirty guns; the Dutch vessel was defenceless
+in comparison; and the people on board had scarce time to think, and to
+deplore that they should be made a prey of, before they actually were
+so, and had reason enough given them for their sorrow. All the
+passengers, to a single man, were stripped, and had French seamen's
+jackets in exchange for their clothes. Duncan Campbell had now a taste
+given him of the fate of war, as well as of the humour of travelling,
+and wished himself again, I warrant him, among his greatest crowd of
+consulters, as tiresome as he thought business to be, instead of being
+in the middle of a crew of sea savages. The town where the dumb prisoner
+was at last confined was Denain. There happened to be some English
+friars there, who were told by the others who he was, and to them he
+applied himself in writing, and received from them a great deal of civil
+treatment. But a certain man of the order of Recollects, happening to
+see him there, who had known him in England, and what profession he
+followed, caused him to be called to question, as a man that made use of
+ill means to tell fortunes. When he was questioned by a whole society of
+these religious men, he made them such pertinent and satisfactory
+answers in writing, that he convinced them he had done nothing for which
+he deserved their reprimand; and they unanimously acquitted him. The
+heads of his defence, as I have been informed, were these:--
+
+First, he alleged that the second-sight was inborn and inbred in some
+men; and that every country had had examples of it more or less; but
+that the country of Scotland, in which he was educated from an infant,
+abounded the most of any with those sort of people; and from thence he
+said he thought he might very naturally draw this conclusion, that a
+faculty that was inborn and inbred to men, and grown almost a national
+faculty among a people who were remarkably honest, upright, and
+well-meaning people, could not, without some impiety, be imputed to the
+possessors of it as a sin; and when one of the fathers rejoined that it
+was remarked by several writers of the second-sight, that it must be
+therefore sinful, because it remained no longer among the people when
+the doctrines of Christianity were fully propagated, and the light of
+the gospel increased among them; and that afterwards it affected none
+but persons of vicious lives and an ill character; to this objection Mr.
+Campbell replied, that he knew most (even ingenious) writers had made
+that remark concerning the second-sight, but begged leave to be excused,
+if he ventured to declare that it was no better than a vulgar and
+common error; and the reasons were these, which he alleged in his own
+behalf; and to confirm his assertion, he told them men of undoubted
+probity, virtue, and learning, both of their own religion, viz., the
+Roman Catholic, and also of the reformed religion, and in several
+nations, had been affected, and continued all their lives to be
+affected, with this second-sighted power, and that there could be,
+therefore, no room to fix upon it the odious character of being a sinful
+and vicious, not to say that some called it still worse, a diabolical
+talent. He said he would content himself with making but two instances,
+because he believed those two would be enough to give content to them,
+his judges too, in that case. In his first instance he told them that
+they might find somewhat relating to this in Nicolaus Hemingius, who, in
+his tracts _de Superstitionibus Magicis_, printed at Copenhagen, anno
+1575, informs the world, that Petrus Palladius, a bishop of See-landt,
+and professor of divinity at Copenhagen, could, from a part of his body
+affected, foretell from what part of the heavens tempests would come,
+and was seldom deceived. One of the fathers immediately asked him if he
+understood Latin? To this Duncan Campbell replied, No. Oh! said the
+friar, then, I don't remember that book was ever translated into
+English, that you mention. But, rejoined Duncan Campbell, the passage I
+mentioned to you, I have read in an English book, and word for word,
+according to the best of my memory, as I have written it down to you. In
+what English book? said the friar. I don't remember the name of the
+book, Duncan Campbell answered, but very well remember the passages, and
+that it was in a book of authority, and which bore a credit and good
+repute in the world; and you, being scholars, may, if you please, have
+recourse to the learned original, and I doubt not but you'll find what I
+say to be a truth. For the second instance, he told them, that in Spain,
+there are those they call Saludadores, that have this kind of gift.
+There was, continued he, in writing, one of your own religion, venerable
+fathers, and of a religious order, nay, a friar too, that had this gift.
+He was a noted Dominican, said he, and though I forget his name, you
+may, by writing a letter to England, learn his name. He was a devout
+Portuguese, belonging to Queen Catherine Dowager's chapel, and had the
+second-sight to a great degree, and was famous and eminent for it. They
+then asked him what was the full power he had to do by the
+second-sight. He answered, that as they had intimated that they had
+perused some of the skilful writers concerning the second-sight, he did
+not doubt but they had found, as well as he could tell them, that as to
+the extent of people's knowledge in that secret way, it reached both
+present, past, and future events. They foresee murders, drownings,
+weddings, burials, combats, manslaughters, &c., all of which there are
+many instances to be given. They commonly foresee sad events a little
+while before they happen; for instance, if a man's fatal end be hanging,
+they will see a gibbet, or rope about his neck; if beheading, they will
+see a man without a head; if drowning, they will see water up to his
+throat; if stabbing, they will see a dagger in his breast; if unexpected
+death in his bed, they will see a windingsheet about his head. They
+foretell not only marriages, but of good children; what kind of life men
+shall lead, and in what condition they shall die; also riches, honours,
+preferments, peace, plenty, and good weather. It is likewise usual with
+persons that have lost anything to go to some of these men, by whom they
+are directed how, with what persons, and in what place they shall find
+their goods. It is also to be noted that these gifts bear a latitude, so
+that some have it in a far more eminent degree than others; and what I
+have here written down to you, you need not take as a truth from me; but
+as it concerned me so nearly, I remember the passage by heart, and you
+will find it very near word for word in Dr. Beaumont's book Of Familiar
+Spirits. Aye, said the friars, but you have a genius too that attends
+you, as we are informed. So, replied Duncan Campbell, have all persons
+that have the second-sight in any eminent degree; and to prove this I
+will bring no less a witness than King James, who, in his Demonology,
+book the third and chapter the second, mentions also a spirit called
+Brownie, that was wont formerly to haunt divers houses, without doing
+any evil, but doing, as it were, necessary turns up and down the house;
+he appeared like a rough man, nay, some believed that their house was
+all the 'sonsier,' as they called it, that is, the more lucky or
+fortunate, that such spirits resorted there. With these replies the
+friars began to own they were very well satisfied, and acquiesced in the
+account he had given of himself as a very good, true, and honest
+account; but they told him they had still a farther accusation against
+him, and that was, that he practised magic arts, and that he used, as
+they had been informed, unlawful incantations. To this he made answer,
+that there were two kinds of magic, of which he knew they that were men
+of learning could not be ignorant. The art of magic, which is wicked and
+impious, continued he, is that which is professed, and has been
+professed at all times in the world, by witches, magicians, diviners,
+enchanters, and such like notorious profligates; who, by having an
+unnatural commerce with the devil, do many strange, prodigious, and
+preternatural acts, above and beyond all human wisdom; and all the
+arguments I ever did, or ever will deduce, continued he, from that black
+art, is a good and shining argument; it is this, O fathers: I draw a
+reason from these prodigious practices of wizards, magicians,
+enchanters, &c, and from all the heathen idolatry and superstition, to
+prove that there is a Deity; for from these acts of theirs, being
+preternatural and above human wisdom, we may consequently infer that
+they proceed from a supernatural and immaterial cause, such as demons
+are. And this is all the knowledge I ever did or ever will draw from
+that black hellish art. But, fathers, there is another kind of art
+magic, called natural magic, which is directly opposite to theirs, and
+the object of which art is to do spiritual good to mankind, as the
+object of theirs is to torment them, and induce them to evil. They
+afflict people with torments, and my art relieves them from the torments
+they cause. The public profession of these magical arts has, as you
+know, fathers, it is a common distinction, between black and white
+magic, been tolerated in some of the most famous universities of
+Christendom, though afterwards for a very good reason in politics,
+making it a public study to such a degree was very wisely retrenched by
+prohibition. If this, therefore, be a fault in your own opinions, hear
+my accusers, but if not, you will not only excuse, but commend me.
+
+The friars were extremely well pleased with his defence, but one of them
+had a mind to frighten him a little if he could, and asked him what he
+would say if he could produce some witches lately seized, that would
+swear he had been frequently at their unlawful assemblies, where they
+were making their waxen images and other odd mischievous inventions in
+black magic, to torment folks; what if I can produce such evidence
+against you, wrote the father to him, by way of strengthening the
+question, will you not own that we have convicted you then? And when he
+had wrote the note, he gave it Duncan Campbell, with a look that seemed
+to express his warmth and eagerness in the expostulation. Duncan
+Campbell took the paper and read it, and far from being startled,
+returned this answer, with a smile continuing in his face while he wrote
+it. No, said he, fathers, by your leave, they will only prove me a good
+magician by that oath, and themselves more plainly witches. They will
+prove their love to torment good folks, and only show their hatred to
+me, an innocent man, but wise enough to torment them by hindering them
+from tormenting others. The fathers were well pleased with the
+shrewdness of the answer; but Duncan Campbell had a mind to exert his
+genius a little farther with the good friar, who thought likewise he had
+put him a very shrewd question; so taking up another sheet of paper,
+Fathers, said he, shall I entertain you with a story of what passed upon
+this head, between two religious fathers, as you all of you are, and a
+prince of Germany, in which you will find that mine ought to be reputed
+a full answer to the question the last learned father was pleased to
+propose to me? The story is somewhat long, but very much to the purpose
+and entertaining; I remember it perfectly by heart, and if you will have
+patience while I am writing it, I do not doubt but that I shall not only
+satisfy you, but please you and oblige you with the relation. The author
+I found it in, quotes it from Fromannus, (I think the man's name was so,
+and I am sure my author calls him a very learned man,) in his third book
+of Magical Incantation, and though I do not understand the language the
+original is writ in, yet I dare venture to say upon the credit of my
+English author, from whom I got the story by heart, that you will find
+me right whenever you shall be pleased to search.
+
+The friars were earnest for the story, and expressed a desire that he
+would write it down for them to read, which he did in the following
+words. Note--that I have since compared Mr. Duncan Campbell's manuscript
+with the author's page out of which he took it, and find it word for
+word the same; which shows how incomparable a memory this deaf and dumb
+gentleman has got, besides his other extraordinary qualifications. The
+story is this:--
+
+A prince of Germany invited two religious fathers, of eminent virtue
+and learning, to a dinner. The prince, at table, said to one of them:
+Father, think you we do right in hanging persons, who are accused by ten
+or twelve witches, to have appeared at their meetings or sabbaths? I
+somewhat fear we are imposed on by the devil, and that it is not a safe
+way to truth, that we walk in by these accusations; especially since
+many great and learned men everywhere begin to cry out against it, and
+to charge our consciences with it; tell me, therefore, your opinion. To
+whom the fathers, being somewhat of an eager spirit, said; What should
+make us doubtful in this case? Or what should touch our consciences,
+being convicted by so many testimonies? Can we make it a scruple,
+whether God will permit innocent persons should be so traduced? there is
+no cause for a judge to stick at such a number of accusations, but he
+may proceed with safety. To which, when the prince had replied, and much
+had been said _pro_ and _con_ on both sides about it, and the father
+seemed wholly to carry the point, the prince at length concluded the
+dispute; saying, I am sorry for you, father, that in a capital cause you
+have condemned yourself, and you cannot complain if I commit you to
+custody; for no less than fifteen witches have deposed that they have
+seen you, ay, start not! you your ownself, at their meetings; and to
+show you that I am not in jest, I will presently cause the public acts
+to be brought for you to read them. The father stood in a maze, and with
+a dejected countenance had nothing here to oppose but confusion and
+silence, for all his learned eloquence.
+
+As soon as Mr. Campbell had wrote down the story, the fathers perused
+it, and seemed mightily entertained with it. It put an end to all
+farther questions, and the man whom they had been trying for a conjuror,
+they joined in desiring, upon distinct pieces of paper, under their
+several hands, to come frequently and visit them, as being not only a
+harmless and innocent, but an extraordinary well-meaning, good, and
+diverting companion. They treated him for some time afterwards during
+his stay, with the friendship due to a countryman, with the civility
+that is owing to a gentleman, and with the assistance and support which
+belonged to a person of merit in distress. Money they had none
+themselves, it seems, to give him, being Mendicants by their own
+profession; but they had interest enough to get him quite free from
+being prisoner; he participated of their eleemosynary table, had a cell
+allowed him among them in what they call their Dormitory; he had an odd
+coat and a pair of trowsers made out of some of their brown coarse
+habits, by the poor unfashionable tailor, or botcher, belonging to the
+convent, and at last they found means of recommending him to a master of
+a French vessel that was ready to set sail, to give him a cast over the
+channel to England; and to provide him with the necessaries of life till
+he got to the port. This French vessel was luckier than the Dutch one
+had been before to our dumb gentleman; it had a quick and prosperous
+passage, and arrived at Portsmouth; and as soon as he landed there, he
+having experienced the misfortunes and casualties that a man in his
+condition, wanting both speech and hearing, was liable to, in places
+where he was an utter stranger to everybody, resolved to make no stay,
+but move on as fast as he could towards London. When he came to Hampton
+town, considering the indifferent figure he made in those odd kind of
+clothes, which the poor friars had equipped him with, and that his long
+beard and an uncombed wig added much to the disguise, he was resolved to
+put on the best face he could, in those awkward circumstances, and
+stepped into the first barber's shop he came at to be trimmed and get
+his wig combed and powdered. This proved a very lucky thought to him;
+for as soon as he stepped into the first barber's shop, who should prove
+to be the master of it, but one Tobit Yeats, who had served him in the
+same capacity at London, and was but newly set up in the trade of a
+barber-surgeon, at Hampton town, and followed likewise the profession of
+schoolmaster. This Tobit Yeats had shaved him quite, before he knew him
+in that disguise; and Mr. Campbell, though he knew him presently, had a
+mind to try if he should be known himself first; at length the barber
+finding him to be a dumb man, by his ordering everything with motions of
+the hand and gestures of the body, looked at him very earnestly,
+remembered him, and in a great surprise called for pen, ink, and paper,
+and begged to know how he came to be in that disguise; whether he was
+under any misfortune, and apprehension of being discovered, that made
+him go in so poor and so clownish a habit, and tendered him any
+services, as far as his little capacity would reach, and desired him to
+be free, and command him; if he was able to assist him in anything.
+These were the most comfortable words that Duncan Campbell had read a
+great while. He took the pen and paper in his turn; related to him his
+whole story, gave the poor barber thanks for his good natured offer, and
+said he would make so much use of it, as to be indebted to him for so
+much money as would pay the stage-coach, and bear him in his travelling
+expenses up to London, from whence he would speedily return the favour
+with interest. The poor honest fellow, out of gratitude to a master
+whose liberality he had formerly experienced, immediately furnished Mr.
+Duncan Campbell with that little supply, expressing the gladness of his
+heart that it lay in his power; and the stage-coach being to set out
+within but a few hours, he ran instantly to the inn to see if he could
+get him a place. By good luck, there was room, and but just room for one
+more, which pleased Duncan Campbell mightily, when he was acquainted
+with it by his true and trusty servant the barber; for he was as
+impatient to see London again, it seems, as he had been before to quit
+it. Well, he had his wish; and when he came to London, he had one wish
+more for Fortune to bestow upon him, which appeared to begin to grow
+kind again, after her fickle fit of cruelty was over; and this wish was,
+that he might find his former lodgings empty, and live in the same house
+as he did when he followed his profession. This too succeeded according
+to his desire, and he was happily fixed once more to his heart's content
+in his old residence, with the same people of the house round about him,
+who bore him all that respect and affection, and showed all that
+readiness and willingness to serve him on every occasion and at every
+turn, which could be expected from persons that let lodgings in town to
+a gentleman, whom they esteemed the best tenant they ever had in their
+lives, or ever could have.
+
+Immediately the tidings of the dumb gentleman's being returned home from
+beyond sea, spread throughout all the neighbourhood; and it was noised
+about from one neighbourhood to another, till it went through all ranks
+and conditions, and was known as well in a day or two's time, all the
+town over, as if he had been some great man belonging to the state, and
+his arrival had been notified to the public in the gazette, as a person
+of the last importance. And such a person he appeared indeed to be taken
+for, especially among the fair sex, who thronged to his doors, crowd
+after crowd, to consult with him about their future occurrences in life.
+
+These curious tribes of people were as various in their persons, sex,
+age, quality, profession, art, trade, as they were in the curiosity of
+their minds, and the questions they had intended to propound to this
+dumb predictor of strange events, that lay yet as embryos in the womb of
+time, and were not to come, some of them, to a maturity for birth, for
+very many years after; just as porcelain clay is stored up in the earth
+by good artificers, which their heirs make china of, half a century, and
+sometimes more than an age, afterwards.
+
+These shoals of customers, who were to fee him well for his advice, as
+we may suppose, now he stood in need of raising a fresh stock, were
+unquestionably as welcome and acceptable to him as they appeared too
+troublesome to him before, when he was in a state of more wealth and
+plenty.
+
+Fortune, that does nothing moderately, seemed now resolved, as she had
+been extremely cruel before, to be extremely kind to him. He had nothing
+to do from early in the morning till late at night, but to read
+questions, and resolve them as fast as much-frequented doctors write
+their prescriptions and recipes, and like them also to receive fees as
+fast. Fortune was indeed mightily indulgent to the wants she had so
+suddenly reduced him to, and relieved him as suddenly by these knots of
+curiosos, who brought him a glut of money. But one single fair lady,
+that was one of his very first consulters after his return, and who had
+received satisfactory answers from him in other points, before he went
+abroad, proved, so good fortune would have it, worth all the rest of his
+customers together, as numerous as they were, and as I have accordingly
+represented them.
+
+This lady was the relict or widow of a gentleman of a good estate, and
+of a very good family, whose name was Digby, and a handsome jointure she
+had out of the estate. This lady, it seems, having been with him in
+former days, and seen him in a more shining way of life, (for he had
+taken a humour to appear before all his company in that coarse odd dress
+made out of the friar's habit, and would not be persuaded by the people
+of the house to put on a nightgown till he could provide himself with a
+new suit,) was so curious, among other questions, as to ask him whether
+he had met with any misfortunes, and how he came to be in so slovenly
+and wretched a habit? Here Mr. Campbell related the whole story of his
+travels to her, and the crosses and disappointments he had met with
+abroad. The tears, he observed, would start every now and then into her
+eyes when she came to any doleful passage, and she appeared to have a
+mighty compassionate kind of feeling, when she read of any hardship more
+than ordinarily melancholy that had befallen him. Mr. Campbell, it is
+certain, had then a very good presence, and was a handsome and portly
+young man; and as a great many young gentlemen derive the seeming
+agreeableness of their persons from the tailor and peruke-maker, the
+shoemaker and hosier, so Mr. Campbell's person, on the other hand, gave
+a good air and a good look to the awkward garb he had on; and I believe
+it was from seeing him in this odd trim, as they called it, the ladies
+first took up the humour of calling him 'the handsome sloven:' add to
+this that he looked his misfortune in the face with a jolly countenance,
+and smiled even while he was penning the relation of his calamities; all
+which are certainly circumstances that first sooth a generous mind into
+a state of compassion, and afterwards heighten it in the breast wherein
+it is conceived. Hence it came that this pretty and good natured widow,
+Mrs. Digby, when she had expressed her commiseration of him by her
+looks, began to take the pen and express it in very tender terms.
+Neither did she think that expression in words a sufficient testimony of
+the compassion she bore to him; the generosity of her mind did lead her
+to express it in a more substantial manner still, and that was to show
+it plainly by a very benevolous action. She laid a purse of twenty
+guineas before the table, and at the same time smiling, pointed to the
+table, as signifying her desire that he would accept it, and running to
+the door, dropped a curtsy, and skuttled away; and by the same civil act
+as she obliged him, she put it out of his power to refuse being so
+obliged; so that, though the present was very handsome, the manner of
+giving it was still handsomer. If being a handsome young man of merit in
+distress, and bearing his misfortunes with an equal mind, are powerful
+motives to excite compassion in the mind of a generous lady, so the
+generosity of a young agreeable widow, expressed in so kind and so
+benevolous a way, to a young gentleman, when he had been tasting nothing
+but the bitter draughts of fortune before, must stir up an affection in
+a mind that had any sense of gratitude; and truly just such was the
+effect that this lady's civility had upon Mr. Duncan Campbell. He
+conceived from that moment a very great affection for her; and resolved
+to try whether he could gain her, which he had no small grounds to hope,
+from the esteem which she appeared to bear towards him already. I
+remember Mr. Dryden makes a very beautiful observation of the near
+alliance there is between the two passions of pity and love in a woman's
+breast, in one of his plays. His words are these; For pity still
+foreruns approaching love, as lightning does the thunder. Mr. Bruyere, a
+most ingenious member of the French Academy, has made another remark,
+which comes home to our present purpose. He says, That many women love
+their money better than their friends; but yet value their lovers more
+than their money. According to the two reflections of these fine writers
+upon the tempers of the fair, Mr. Campbell had hopes enough to ground
+his courtship upon; and it appeared so in the end, by his proving
+successful; she from being a very liberal and friendly client, became at
+last a most affectionate wife. He then began to be a housekeeper, and
+accordingly took a little neat one, and very commodious for his
+profession, in Monmouth-court. Here I must take leave to make this
+observation; that if Mr. Campbell inherited the talents of his
+second-sighted mother, he seemed likewise to be an heir to his father,
+Mr. Archibald Campbell, both in his strange and accidental sufferings by
+sea, and likewise in his being relieved from them after as accidental
+and strange a manner, by an unexpected marriage, just like his father's.
+And here we return again to take a new survey of him in the course of
+his public practice as a predictor. The accounts I shall give of his
+actions here, will be very various in their nature from any I have yet
+presented to the reader; they are more mysterious in themselves, and yet
+I shall endeavour to make the manner of his operating in this kind as
+plain as I think I have the foregoing ones, and then I flatter myself
+they must afford a fresh entertainment for every reader that has any
+curiosity and a good taste for things of so extraordinary a kind. For
+what I have all along propounded to myself from the beginning and in the
+progress to the end of this history, is to interweave entertaining and
+surprising narratives of what Mr. Campbell has done, with curious and
+instructive inquiries into the nature of those actions, for which he has
+rendered himself so singularly famous. It was not, therefore, suitable
+to my purpose, to clog the reader with numerous adventures, almost all
+of the same kind, but out of a vast number of them to single some few of
+those that were most remarkable, and that were mysteries, but mysteries
+of very different sorts. I leave that method of swelling distorted and
+commented trifles into volumes, to the writers of fable and romance; if
+I was to tell his adventures, with regard, for example, to women, that
+came to consult him, I might perhaps have not only written the stories
+of eleven thousand virgins that died maids, but have had relations to
+give of as many married women and widows, and the work would have been
+endless. All that I shall do therefore is to pick out one particular,
+each of a different kind, that there may be variety in the
+entertainment. Upon application to this dumb man, one is told in the
+middle of her health, that she shall die at such a time; another, that
+she shall sicken, and upon the moment of her recovery, have a suitor and
+a husband; a third, who is a celebrated beauty with a multitude of
+admirers round about her, that she shall never become a wife; a fourth,
+that is married, when she shall get rid of an uneasy husband; a fifth,
+that hath lost her goods, who stole them, where and when they shall be
+restored; a sixth, that is a merchant, when he shall be undone, and how
+and when he shall recover his losses, and be as great on the Exchange as
+ever; a seventh, that is a gamester, which will be his winning, and
+which his losing hour; an eighth, how he shall be involved in a
+law-suit, and whether the suit will have an adverse or a prosperous
+issue; a ninth, that is a woman, with choice of lovers, which she shall
+be most happy with for life; and so on to many others, where every
+prediction is perfectly new and surprising, and differs from the other
+in almost every circumstance. When a man has so extensive a genius as
+this at foretelling the future occurrences of life, one narrative of a
+sort is enough in conscience to present the reader with, and several of
+each kind would not methinks be entertaining, but tiresome; for he that
+can do one thing in these kinds by the power of prediction, can do ten
+thousand; and those who are obstinate in extenuating his talents, and
+calling his capacity in question, and that will not be convinced by one
+instance of his judgment, would not own the conviction if ten thousand
+instances were given them. The best passages I can recommend to their
+perusal are those where persons who came purposely to banter him under
+the colour of consulting him, and covered over their sly intentions with
+borrowed disguises, and came in masquerades, found all the jest turned
+upon themselves in the end, which they meant to our famous predictor,
+and had the discouragement of seeing their most concealed and deepest
+laid plots discovered, and all their most witty fetches and wily
+contrivances defeated, till they were compelled universally to
+acknowledge, that endeavouring to impose upon the judgment of our seer
+by any hidden artifice and cunning whatsoever, was effectually imposing
+upon their own. His unusual talent in this kind was so openly known, and
+so generally confessed, that his knowledge was celebrated in some of the
+most witty weekly papers that ever appeared in public. Isaac
+Bickerstaff, who diverted all the _beau monde_, for a long space of time
+with his lucubrations, takes occasion in several of his papers to
+applaud the speculations of this dumb gentleman in an admirable vein of
+pleasantry and humour, peculiar to the writer, and to the subject he
+writ upon. And when that bright author, who joined the uttermost
+facetiousness with the most solid improvements of morality and learning
+in his works, laid aside the title of a Tatler, and assumed the name of
+a Spectator and censor of men's actions, he still, every now and then,
+thought our Duncan Campbell a subject worthy enough to employ his
+farther considerations upon. I must take notice of one letter sent
+concerning him to the Spectator, in the year 1712, which was at a time
+when a lady wanted him, after he had removed from Monmouth-street to
+Drury-lane.
+
+     MR. SPECTATOR,--
+
+     About two years ago I was called upon by the younger part of a
+     country family, by my mother's side related to me, to visit Mr.
+     Campbell, the dumb man; for they told me that was chiefly what
+     brought them to town, having heard wonders of him in Essex. I,
+     who always wanted faith in such matters, was not easily prevailed
+     on to go; but lest they should take it ill, I went with them,
+     when, to my own surprise, Mr. Campbell related all their past
+     life; in short, had he not been prevented, such a discovery would
+     have come out, as would have ruined their next design of coming
+     to town, viz., buying wedding clothes. Our names, though he had
+     never heard of us before, and we endeavoured to conceal, were as
+     familiar to him as to ourselves. To be sure, Mr. Spectator, he is
+     a very learned and wise man. Being impatient to know my fortune,
+     having paid my respects in a family Jacobus, he told me, after
+     his manner, among several other things, that in a year and nine
+     months I should fall ill of a new fever, be given over by my
+     physicians, but should with much difficulty recover; that the
+     first time I took the air afterwards, I should be addressed to by
+     a young gentleman of a plentiful fortune, good sense, and a
+     generous spirit. Mr. Spectator, he is the purest man in the
+     world, for all he said is come to pass, and I am the happiest she
+     in Kent. I have been in quest of Mr. Campbell these three months,
+     and cannot find him out; now hearing you are a dumb man too, I
+     thought you might correspond and be able to tell me something;
+     for I think myself highly obliged to make his fortune, as he has
+     mine. It is very possible your worship, who has spies all over
+     this town, can inform me how to send to him; if you can, I
+     beseech you be as speedy as possible, and you will highly oblige
+     your constant reader and admirer,
+
+                                                   DULCIBELLA THANKLEY.
+
+
+  THE SPECTATOR'S ANSWER.
+
+     Ordered, that the inspector I employ about wonders, inquire at
+     the Golden-lion opposite to the Half-moon tavern, in Drury-lane,
+     into the merit of this silent sage, and report accordingly. Vide
+     the 7th volume of Spectators, No. 474, being on Wednesday,
+     September the 3rd, 1712.
+
+But now let us come to those passages of his life the most surprising of
+all, during the time that he enjoyed this reputation, and when he proved
+that he deserved the fame he enjoyed. Let us take a survey of him while
+he is wonderfully curing persons labouring under the misfortune of
+witchcraft, of which the following story will be an eminent instance,
+and likewise clear up how he came by his reputation in Essex, as
+mentioned in the above-mentioned letter to the Spectator.
+
+In the year 1709, Susanna Johnson, daughter to one Captain Johnson, who
+lived at a place adjacent to Rumford, in Essex, going one morning to
+that town to buy butter at the market, was met there by an old miserable
+looking woman, just as she had taken some of her change of the
+marketwoman, in copper, and this old woman rather demanded than begged
+the gentlewoman to give her a penny. Miss Johnson reputing her to be one
+of those hateful people that are called sturdy beggars, refused it her,
+as thinking it to be no act of charity, and that it would be rather
+gratifying and indulging her impudence, than supplying or satisfying her
+indigence. Upon the refusal, the old hag, with a face more wrinkled
+still, if possible, by anger, than it was by age, took upon her to storm
+at young Miss Johnson very loudly, and to threaten and menace her; but
+when she found her common threats and menaces were of no avail, she
+swore she would be revenged of the young creature in so signal a manner,
+that she should repent the denial of that penny from her heart before
+she got home, and that it should cost her many pounds to get rid of the
+consequences of that denial and her anger. The poor innocent girl
+despised these last words likewise, and, getting up on horseback,
+returned homewards; but just as she got about half way, her horse
+stopped, and no means that she could use would make him advance one
+single step; but she stayed awhile, to see if that would humour him to
+go on. At last the beast began to grow unruly, and snorted and trembled
+as if he had seen or smelt something that frightened him, and so fell a
+kicking desperately, till he threw the girl from the saddle, not being
+able to cling to it any longer, though a pretty good horsewoman of her
+years; so much were the horse's motions and plungings more than
+ordinarily violent.
+
+As Providence would have it, she got not much harm by the fall,
+receiving only a little bruise in the right shoulder; but she was
+dreadfully frightened. This fear added wings to her feet, and brought
+her home as speedily of herself as she usually came on horseback. She
+immediately, without any other sign of illness than the palid colour
+with which fear had disordered the complexion of her face, alarmed all
+the family at home with the story, took her bed upon it, complained of
+inward rackings of the belly, and was never at ease unless she lay
+doubled up together, her head to her knees, and her heels to her rump,
+just like a figure of 8. She could not be a single moment out of that
+posture without shrieking out with the violence of anxious torments and
+racking pains.
+
+In this condition of misery, amidst this agony of suffering, and in this
+double posture, was the poor wretched young gentlewoman brought to town;
+physicians were consulted about her, but in vain; she was carried to
+different hospitals for assistance, but their endeavours likewise proved
+ineffectual; at last she was conducted to the College of Physicians; and
+even the collective wisdom of the greatest sages and adepts in the
+science of physic was posed to give her any prescription that would do
+her service, and relieve her from the inexplicable malady she laboured
+under. The poor incurable creature was one constant subject of her
+complaining mother's discourse in every company she came into. It
+happened at last, and very providentially truly, that the mother was
+thus condoling the misfortune of her child among five or six ladies, and
+telling them, among other things, that by the most skilful persons she
+was looked upon to be bewitched, and that it was not within the power of
+physic to compass her recovery. They all having been acquainted with our
+Mr. Duncan Campbell, unanimously advised her to carry her daughter to
+his house, and consult with him about her. The mother was overjoyed at
+these tidings, and purposed to let no time slip where her child's health
+was so deeply concerned. She got the ladies to go with her and her
+child, to be eye-witnesses of so extraordinary a piece of practice, and
+so eminent a trial of skill.
+
+As soon as this dismal object was brought into his room, Mr. Duncan
+Campbell lifted up her head and looked earnestly in her face, and in
+less than a minute's time signified to the company, that she was not
+only bewitched, but in as dreadful a condition almost as the man that
+had a legion of fiends within him.
+
+At the reading of these words the unhappy creature raised up her head,
+turned her eyes upwards, and a smile, a thing she had been a stranger to
+for many months, overspread her whole face, and such a kind of colour as
+is the flushing of joy and gladness, and with an innocent tone of voice
+she said, she now had a firm belief she should shortly be delivered. The
+mother and the rest of the company were all in tears, but Mr. Campbell
+wrote to them that they should be of good heart, be easy and quiet for a
+few moments, and they should be convinced that it was witchcraft, but
+happily convinced by seeing her so suddenly well again. This brought the
+company into pretty good temper; and a little after, Mr. Campbell
+desired she might be led up stairs into his chamber and left there alone
+with him for a little while; this occasioned some small female
+speculation, and as much mirth as their late sorrow, alleviated with the
+hopes of her cure, would permit.
+
+This you may be sure was but a snatch of mirth, just as the nature of
+the thing would allow of; and all sorts of waggery being laid instantly
+aside, and removed almost as soon as conceived, the poor young thing was
+carried in that double posture up stairs. She had not been much above
+half an hour there, when by the help only of Mr. Campbell's arm she was
+led down stairs, and descended into that roomful of company as a miracle
+appearing in a machine from above; she was led backward and forward in
+the room, while all gazed at her for awhile with joyful astonishment,
+for no arrow was ever more straight than she. Mr. Campbell then
+prevailed with her to drink a glass of wine, and immediately after she
+evacuated wind, which she had not done for some months before, and found
+herself still more amended and easy; and then the mother making Mr.
+Campbell some small acknowledgment at that time, with the promise of
+more, and her daughter giving thanks, and all the company commending his
+skill, took their leaves and departed, with great demonstrations of joy.
+I shall here, to cut the story short, signify, that she came frequently
+afterwards to make her testimonials of gratitude to him, and continues
+to enjoy her health to this very day, at Greenwich, where she now lives,
+and will at any time, if called upon, make oath of the truth of this
+little history, as she told me herself with her own mouth.
+
+The next thing, therefore, it behoves me to do in this chapter, is, to
+give some satisfactory account of magic, by which such seeming
+mysterious cures and operations are brought about.
+
+This task I would perform in the most perspicuous and most convincing
+manner I can; for magic, I know, is held to be a very hard and difficult
+study by those learned, and universally unlawful and diabolical by those
+unlearned, who believe there is such a science attainable by human
+genius. On the other hand, by some learned men, who believe there is no
+such science, it is represented as an inconsistent system of
+superstitions and chimeras; and again laughed at as such by the
+unlearned, who are of an incredulous temper; what I would therefore
+undertake to do in this place is to show the learned men, who believe
+there is such an art, that the attainment to a tolerable knowledge of
+the manner how magical practices may be brought about, is no such
+difficult matter as they have represented it to themselves; and by doing
+this I shall make the system of it so plain, that while the learned
+approve of it, the unlearned too, who are not of an unbelieving kind,
+may understand clearly what I say; and the learned men who have rejected
+this science as chimerical, may be clearly convinced it is real; and
+then there is nothing left but obstinate unbelieving ignorance, which I
+shall not here pretend by arguments to lead into sense, but leave it to
+the work of time. In fine, I will endeavour to induce men of sense to
+say, that what has been accounted mysterious, is delivered in a plain,
+easy, and convincing manner, and to own that they approve, while men of
+the lower class of understanding shall confess and acknowledge that they
+themselves understand it; and that what has hitherto been represented as
+arduous and difficult to a great genius, is adapted and rendered not
+only clear, but familiar to persons of middling talents. In this work,
+therefore, I shall follow the strictest order I can, which of all things
+render a discourse upon any subject the most clear; and that it may be
+plain to the commonest capacity, I will first set down what order I
+intend to follow.
+
+First, I will speak of magic in general.
+
+Secondly, Of magic under its several divisions and subdivisions.
+
+Thirdly, Concerning the object of art, as it is good or bad.
+
+Fourthly, Of the persons exercising that art in either capacity, of good
+or bad, and by what means they become capacitated to exercise it.
+
+In the fifth place, I shall come to the several objections against the
+art of magic, and the refutation of those objections.
+
+The first objection shall be against the existence of good and bad
+spirits; the refutation of which will consist in my proving the
+existence of spirits, both good and bad, by reason and by experience.
+
+The second objection that will be brought, is to contain an allegation
+that there are no such persons as witches now, and an argument to
+support that allegation, drawn from the incapacity and impossibility of
+any thing's making, while itself is incarnate, a contract with a spirit.
+This objection will be answered by proving the reality of witches from
+almost universal experience, and by explaining rationally the manner how
+the devils hold commerce with witches; which explanation is backed and
+authorised by the opinion of the most eminent divines, and the most
+learned physicians.
+
+From hence, sixthly and lastly, We shall conclude on the side of the
+good magic, that as there are witches on the one hand that may afflict
+and torment persons with demons, so on the other hand there are lawful
+and good magicians that may cast out demons from people that are
+possessed with them.
+
+And first as to magic in general. Magic consists in the spirit by faith,
+for faith is that magnet of the magicians by which they draw spirits to
+them, and by which spirits they do great things, that appear like
+miracles.
+
+Secondly, Magic is divided into three sorts, viz., divine, natural, and
+diabolical. And natural magic is again subdivided into two kinds, simple
+and compound; and natural compound magic is again likewise divided into
+two kinds, viz., natural-divine magic, and natural-diabolical magic.
+Now, to give the reader a clear and a distinct notion of each several
+species of magic here mentioned, I set down the following definitions:
+Divine magic is a celestial science, in which all operations that are
+wonderfully brought about, are performed by the Spirit of God. Natural
+magic is a science in which all the mysterious acts that are wrought,
+are compassed by natural spirits. But as this natural magic may be
+exercised about things either in a manner indifferent in themselves, or
+mere morally good, and then it is mere natural magic; or else about
+things theologically good, and transcendently bad; and then it is not
+merely and natural magic, but mixed and compound. If natural magic be
+exercised about the most holy operations, it is then mixed with the
+divine, and may then be called, not improperly, natural-divine magic.
+But if natural magic troubles itself about compassing the wickedest
+practices, then is it promiscuous with the demoniacal, and may not
+improperly be called natural-diabolical magic.
+
+Thirdly, The object of this art is doing wonders out of the ordinary
+appearing course of nature, which tend either to great good or bad, by
+the help and mediation of spirits good and bad.
+
+Fourthly, As to the persons exercising that art in either way, whether
+good or bad, and by what means they become capacitated to act it, the
+notion of this may be easily deduced from the notions of the art itself,
+as considered above in its each different species; for as all magic
+consists in a spirit, every magician acts by a spirit.
+
+Divine magicians, that are of God, are spoke of in the sacred Book, and
+therefore I shall not mention the passages here, but pass them over, as
+I ought in a book like this, with a profound and reverential silence, as
+well as the other passages which speak of natural and demoniacal
+magicians; and in all I shall speak of them in this place, I shall only
+speak of them with regard to human reason and experience, and conclude
+this head with saying, that natural magicians work all things by the
+natural spirits of the elements; but that witches and demoniacal
+magicians, as Jannes and Jambres in Egypt were, work their magical
+performances by the spirit of demons, and it is by the means of these
+different spirits that these different magicians perform their different
+operations.
+
+These things thus distinctly settled and explained, it is now we must
+come and ground the dispute between those who believe there are no such
+things as magicians of any kind, and those who assert there are of all
+the kinds above specified.
+
+Those who contend there are, have recourse to experience, and relate
+many well-witnessed narratives, to prove that there have been in all
+times, and that there are still, magicians of all these kinds. But those
+who contend that there are no such persons, will give no ear to what the
+others call plain experience; they call the stories, let whatever
+witnesses appear to justify them, either fabulous legends invented by
+the authors, or else tricks of intellectual legerdemain imposed by the
+actors, upon the relators of those actions. Since, therefore, they say,
+though the believers in magic brag of experience never so much, it may
+be but a fallible experience; they reasonably desire to know whether
+these gentlemen that stand for magic can answer the objections which
+they propose, to prove that the practice of magic, according to the
+system laid down, is inconsistent with reason, before they will yield
+their assent. Let the stories be never so numerous, appear never so
+credible, these unbelieving gentlemen desire to be tried by reason, and
+aver till that reason is given they will not be convinced by the number
+of stories, because, though numerous, they are stories still; neither
+will they believe them because they appear credible, because seeming so
+is not being so, and appearances, though never so fair, when they
+contradict reason, are not to be swallowed down with an implicit faith
+as so many realities. And thus far, no doubt, the gentlemen who are on
+the unbelieving side are very much in the right of it. The learned
+gentlemen, on the other hand, who are persuaded of this mighty
+mysterious power being lodged in the hands of magicians, answer, that
+they will take upon them to refute the most subtle objections brought by
+the learned unbelievers, and to reconcile the practicability of magical
+mysteries by the capacity of men who study that art, to right rules and
+laws of reasoning, and to show that some stories, though never so
+prodigious, which are told of magicians, demand the belief of wise men
+on two accounts; because as experience backs reason on the one hand,
+reason backs experience on the other, and so the issue of the whole
+argument, whether there are magicians or not, is thrown upon both
+experience and reason. These arguments on each side, I shall draw up
+fairly _pro_ and _con_; for I do not pretend to be the inventor of them
+myself, they belong to other authors many years ago; be it enough for me
+to boast of, if I can draw them up in a better and closer form together
+than they have yet appeared in. In that I take upon myself a very great
+task; I erect myself as it were into a kind of a judge; I will sum up
+the evidences on both sides, and I shall, wherever I see occasion,
+intimate which side of the argument bears the most weight with me; but
+when I have enforced my opinion as far as I think needful, my readers,
+like a jury, are still at liberty to bring in their verdict just as they
+themselves shall see fit; and this naturally leads me where I promised
+to come to in the fifth part of this discourse, to the several
+objections against the power of art magic, and the refutation of those
+objections.
+
+_The First Objections being against the Existence of Spirits, and the
+Refutations thereof._
+
+The first objection which they who reject magic make use of, is, denying
+that there are any such things as spirits, about which, since those who
+defend the art say it entirely exerciseth itself, the objectors contend,
+that if they can make out that there are no such beings as spirits, all
+pretensions to the art must be entirely groundless, and for the future
+exploded.
+
+To make this part out, that there are no spirits, the first man they
+produce on their side is undoubtedly one of very great credit and
+authority, inasmuch as he has justly borne for many centuries the title
+of a prince of philosophers. They say that Aristotle in his book _de
+Mundo_, reasons thus against the existence of spirits, viz., That since
+God can do all things of himself, he doth not stand in need of
+ministering angels and demons. A multitude of servants showing the
+weakness of a prince.
+
+The gentlemen who defend the science make this reply, they allow the
+credit and authority of Aristotle as much as the objectors; but as the
+objectors themselves deny all the authorities for the spirits, and
+desire that reason may be the only ground they go upon, so the refuters,
+on their parts desire, that Aristotle's _ipse dixit_ may not be
+absolutely passed upon them for argument; but that his words may be
+brought to the same touchstone of reason, and proved if they are
+standard. If this argument, say they, will hold good, Aristotle should
+not suppose intelligences moving the celestial spheres; for God
+sufficeth to move all without ministering spirits; nor would there be
+need of a sun in the world, for God can enlighten all things by himself,
+and so all second causes were to be taken away; therefore, there are
+angels and ministering spirits in the world, for the majesty of God, not
+for his want of them, and for order, not for his omnipotency. And here
+if the objectors return and say, who told you that there are spirits; Is
+not yours a precarious hypothesis? May not we have leave to recriminate
+in this place? Pray, who told Aristotle that there were intelligences
+that moved the celestial spheres? Is not this hypothesis as precarious
+as any man may pretend that of spirits to be? And we believe there are
+few philosophers at present who agree with Aristotle in that opinion;
+and we dare pronounce this to be ours, that Aristotle took his
+intelligences from the Hebrews, who went according to the same
+whimsical, though pretty notion, which first gave rise to the fiction of
+the nine muses. But more than all this, it is a very great doubt among
+learned men, whether this book _de Mundo_ be Aristotle's or no.
+
+The next thing the objectors bring against the existence of spirits, is,
+that it is nonsense for men to say that there are such beings of which
+it is impossible for a man to have any notion, and they insist upon it
+that it is impossible for any man to form an idea of a spiritual
+substance. As to this part, the defendants rejoin, that they think our
+late most judicious Mr. Locke, in his elaborate and finished Essay on
+the Human Understanding, has fairly made out, that men have as clear a
+notion of a spiritual substance as they have of any corporeal substance,
+matter, or body; and that there is as much reason for admitting the
+existence of the one, as of the other; for that if they admit the
+latter, it is but humour in them to deny the former. It is in book the
+2nd, chap. 29, where he reasons thus: "If a man will examine himself
+concerning his notion of pure substance in general he will find he has
+no other idea of it, but only a supposition of he knows not what support
+of such quality which are capable of producing simple ideas in us, which
+qualities are commonly called accidents. Thus, if we talk or think of
+any particular sort of corporeal substance, as horse, stone, &c., though
+the idea we have of either of them be but the complication or collection
+of those several simple ideas, or sensible qualities which we use to
+find united in the thing called horse, or stone; yet because we cannot
+conceive how they should subsist alone, not one in another, we suppose
+them to exist in, and be supported by some common subject; which support
+we denote by the name of substance, though it be certain we have no
+clear or distinct idea of that thing we suppose a support. The same
+happens concerning the operations of our mind, viz., thinking,
+reasoning, and fearing, &c., which we concluding not to subsist of
+themselves, and not apprehending how they can belong to body, we are apt
+to think these the actions of some substance which we call spirit;
+whereby it is evident, that having no other notion of matter, but
+something wherein those many sensible qualities which affect our senses
+do subsist, by supposing a substance wherein thinking, knowing,
+doubting, and a power of moving, &c., do subsist, we have as clear a
+notion of the nature or substance of spirit, as we have of body: the one
+being supposed to be, without knowing what is, the substratum to those
+simple ideas which we have from without; and the other supposed, with a
+like ignorance of what it is, to be the substratum of these operations
+which we experiment in ourselves within. It is plain, then, that the
+idea of corporeal substance in matter, is as remote from our conceptions
+and apprehensions as that of spiritual substance, and therefore from our
+not having any notion of the substance of spirit, we can no more
+conclude its not existence, than we can for the same reason deny the
+existence of body; it being as rational to affirm there is no body,
+because we cannot know its essence, as it is called, or have the idea of
+the substance of matter, as to say, there is no spirit, because we know
+not its essence, or have no idea of a spiritual substance." Mr. Locke
+also, comparing our idea of spirit with our idea of body, thinks there
+may seem rather less obscurity in the former than the latter. Our idea
+of body he takes to be an extended solid substance, capable of
+communicating motion by impulse; and our idea of soul is a substance
+that thinks, and has a power of exciting motion in body by will or
+thought. Now, some perhaps will say they comprehend a thinking thing,
+which perhaps is true; but, he says, if they consider it well, they can
+no more comprehend an extended thing; and if they say, they know not
+what it is thinks in them, they mean they know not what the substance is
+of that thinking thing; no more, says he, do they know what the
+substance is of that solid thing; and if they say they know how not how
+they think, he says, neither do they know how they are extended, how the
+solid parts are united, or where to make extension, &c.
+
+The learned Monsieur le Clerc, who generally knows how far human reason
+can bear, argues consonantly to what is before delivered by Mr. Locke,
+in his _Coronis_, added to the end of the fourth volume of his
+Philosophical Works, in the third edition of them, where he writes as
+followeth:--
+
+"When we contemplate the corporeal nature, we can see nothing in it but
+extension, divisibility, solidity, mobility, and various determinations
+of quantity, or figures; which being so, it were a rash thing, and
+contrary to the laws of right reasoning, to affirm other things of
+bodies; and consequently from mere body nothing can be deduced by us,
+which is not joined in a necessary connection with the said properties;
+therefore those who have thought the properties of perceiving by sense,
+of understanding, willing, imagining, remembering, and others the like,
+which have no affinity with corporeal things, to have risen from the
+body, have greatly transgressed in the method of right reasoning and
+philosophising, which hath been done by Epicurus, and those who have
+thought as he did, having affirmed our minds to be composed of corporeal
+atoms: but whence shall we say they have had their rise? truly, they do
+not owe their rise to matter, which is wholly destitute of sense and
+thought, nor are they spontaneously sprung up from nothing, it being an
+ontological maxim of most evident truth, that nothing springs from
+nothing."
+
+Having thus given the reader the first objections made against the
+existence of spirits, and the refutations thereof, I must now frankly
+own on which side my opinion leans; and for my part, it seems manifest
+to me that there are two beings; we conceive very plainly and
+distinctly, viz., body and spirit, and that it would be as absurd and
+ridiculous to deny the existence of the one as of the other; and really,
+if the refuters have got the better in their way of reasoning, they have
+still a much greater advantage over the objectors, when they come to
+back these reasons with fresh arguments drawn from experience. Of this,
+there having been many undoubted narratives given in the foregoing
+pages, concerning the apparitions of spirits, I shall refer the reader
+back again to them, and only subjoin here one or two instances, which
+may, if required, be proved upon oath, of spirits seen by two persons of
+our Duncan Campbell's own acquaintance. In the year 1711, one Mrs.
+Stephens and her daughter were together with Mr. Campbell, at the house
+of Mr Ramell, a very great and noted weaver at Haggerstone, where the
+rainy weather detained them till late at night. Just after the clock
+struck twelve, they all of them went to the door to see if the rain had
+ceased, being extremely desirous to get home. As soon as ever they had
+opened the door and where all got together, there appeared before them a
+thing all in white, the face seemed of a dismal palid hue, but the eyes
+thereof fiery and flaming, like beacons, and of a saucer size. It made
+its approaches to them till it came up within the space of about three
+yards of them, there it fixed and stood like a figure agaze, for some
+minutes; and they all stood likewise stiff, like the figure, frozen with
+fear, motionless, and speechless; when all of a sudden it vanished from
+their eyes, and that apparition to the sight was succeeded by a noise,
+or the appearance of a noise, like that which is occasioned by the
+fighting of twenty mastiff dogs.
+
+Not long after, Mrs. Anne Stephens, who lived in Spitalfields, a woman
+well known by her great dealings with mercers upon Ludgate-hill, sitting
+in her house alone, and musing upon business, happened by accident to
+look behind her, and saw a dead corpse, to her thinking, lie extended
+upon the floor, just as a dead corpse should be, excepting that the foot
+of one leg was fixed on the ground, as it is in a bed when one lies with
+one knee up; she looked at it a long while, and by degrees at last stole
+her eyes from so unpleasing and unexpected an object. However, a strange
+kind of a curiosity overcame her fears, and she ventured a second time
+to turn her head that way, and saw it, as before, fixed for a
+considerable time longer, but durst not stir from her seat; she again
+withdrew her eyes from the horrible and melancholy spectacle, and
+resumed the courage, after a little reflection, of viewing it again, and
+resolved to ascertain herself if the vision was real, by getting up from
+her seat and going to it, but upon this third retrospection she found it
+vanished. This relation she writ down to Mr. Duncan Campbell, and has
+told before Mrs. Ramell, her own sister, and many other very creditable
+persons. Now as to these arguments from experience, I shall also deliver
+my opinion; I dispute not but that learned men, who have obstinate
+prepossessions, may produce plausible arguments why all things should be
+thought to be done by imposture which seem strange to them, and
+interfere with their belief; and truly thus far their humour may be
+indulged, that if only one person relates a very strange and surprising
+story, a man may be more apt to think it is possible for that person to
+lie, than that so strange a relation should be true; but if a
+considerable number of persons, of several countries, several religious,
+several professions, several ages, and those persons looked upon to be
+of as great sagacity as any the country afford, agree in relations of
+the same kind, thought very strange and are ready to vouch the truth of
+them upon oath, after having well considered circumstances, I think it a
+violation of the law of nature to reject all these relations as
+fabulous, merely upon a self-presuming conceit, unless a man can fairly
+show the things to be impossible, or can demonstrate wherein those
+persons were imposed on; for from hence I form the following conclusive
+argument. What is possible according to reason, grows probable according
+to belief; where the possibility is attested to have reduced itself into
+action by persons of known credit and integrity. Now, not only the
+possibility of the existence of spirits, but the actual existence
+thereof is proved above by logical demonstration; therefore are we to
+believe both by the course of logical reason and moral faith, that those
+existences have appeared to men of credit, who have attested the reality
+thereof upon oath.
+
+
+_Second Objection against the Existence of Witches._
+
+These objectors go on to say, that provided they should allow there is
+an existence of spirits, yet that would be still no argument how magic
+should subsist, because they deny that it is impossible for a man in his
+body to have a commerce, much less make a contract, with spirits; but
+here again the refuters allege they have both experience and reason on
+their sides. As a joint argument of reason and experience, they tell
+you, that the numerous witches which have in all countries been
+arraigned and condemned upon this occasion, are evident testimonies of
+this commerce and contract being held and made with spirits. They
+pretend to say, that these objectors call not their, the refuters,
+judgment so much in question, who contend that there is a magic art, as
+they call in question the judgment of all the wisest legislative powers
+in Christendom, who have universally agreed in enacting penal laws
+against such capital offenders.
+
+But here the objectors return and say, that it being impossible for us
+to show the manner how such a contract should be made, we can never, but
+without reason, believe a thing to be, of which we can form no perfect
+idea. The refuters, on the other hand, reply with the learned Father le
+Brune, it is manifest that we can see but two sorts of beings, spirits
+and bodies; and that since we can reason but according to our ideas, we
+ought to ascribe to spirits what cannot be produced by bodies. Indeed
+the author of the Republic of Learning, in the month of August, anno
+1686, has given us a rough draught for writing a good tract of
+witchcraft, which he looks upon as a desideratum; where among other
+things, he writes thus: Since this age is the true time of systems, one
+should be contrived concerning the commerce that may be betwixt demons
+and men.
+
+On this passage Father le Brune writes thus: "Doubtless here the author
+complies with the language of a great many persons, who, for want of
+attention and light, would have us put all religion in systems. Whatever
+regard I ought to have for many of those persons, I must not be afraid
+to say, that there is no system to be made of those truths, which we
+ought to learn distinctly by faith, because we must advance nothing
+here, but what we receive from the oracle. We must make a system to
+explain the effects of the loadstone, the ebbing and flowing of the sea,
+the motion of the planets; for that the cause of these effects is not
+evidently signified to us, and many may be conceived by us; and to
+determine us, we have need of a great number of observations, which by
+an exact induction may lead us to a cause that may satisfy all the
+phenomena. It is not the same in the truths of religion, we come not at
+them by groping, it were to be wished men spoke not of them, but after a
+decisive and infallible authority. It is thus we should speak of the
+power of demons, and of the commerce they have with men; it is of faith,
+that they have power, and that they attack men, and try to seduce them
+divers ways. It is true, indeed, they are sometimes permitted to have it
+over the just, though they have it not ordinarily, but over those that
+want faith, or fear not to partake of their works; and that to the last
+particularly, the disordered intelligences try to make exactly succeed
+what they wish; inspiring them to have recourse to certain practices by
+which those seducing spirits enter into commerce with men." Thus far
+Father le Brune. But still these objectors demand to know by what means
+this commerce may be held between demons and men, and urge us to
+describe the manner; or pretend that they have still reason to refuse
+coming into the belief of a thing which we would impose upon them,
+though wholly ignorant of it ourselves; to that the refuters answer
+thus; that both Christian divines and physicians agree as to the manner
+how, which they are so curious in inquiring after, that demons stir up
+raptures and ecstacies in men, binding or loosing the exterior senses,
+and that either by stopping the pores of the brain, so that the spirits
+cannot pass forth, as it is done naturally by sleep, or by recalling the
+sensitive spirits from the outward senses to the inward organs, which he
+there retains; so the Devil renders women witches ecstatical and
+magicians, who while they lie fast asleep in one place, think they have
+been in divers places, and done many things. This the learned objectors
+say proceeds from no demon, but from the disease called an epilepsy;
+but, on the other hand, the more learned refuters insist upon it, that
+these ecstacies are not epileptic seizures; this, say they, appears from
+Bodin, in his Theatre of Universal Nature, where he says, That those who
+are wrapped by the Devil, feel neither stripes nor cuttings, nor no
+wresting of their limbs, nor burning tortures, nor the application of a
+red hot iron; nay, nor is the beat of the pulse, nor the motion of the
+heart perceived in them; but afterwards, returning to themselves, they
+feel most bitter pains of the wounds received, and tell of things done
+at six hundred miles' distance, and affirm themselves to have seen them
+done. The ingenious Dr. Ader, makes an admirable physical distinction
+between this kind of ecstacy and a syncope, or stupor caused by narcotic
+medicines. Sennertus, in his Institutio Medica, writes of the demoniacal
+sopor of witches, who think they are carried through the air, dance,
+feast, and have copulation with the devil, and do other things in their
+sleep, and afterwards believe the same things waking. Now, he says,
+whether they are really so carried in the air, &c., or being in a
+profound sleep, or only dream they are so carried, and persist in that
+opinion after they are awake, these facts or dreams cannot be natural;
+for it cannot be that there should be so great an agreement in dreams,
+of persons differing in place, temperament, age, sex, and studies, that
+in one night, and at the same hour, they should, in concert, dream of
+one and the same such meeting, and should agree as to the place, number,
+and quality of the persons, and the like circumstances; but such dreams
+are suggested from a preternatural cause, viz., from the devil to his
+confederate, by the divine permission of an Almighty power, where
+punishments are to be permitted to be inflicted upon reprobate sinners.
+
+Whence also, to those witches, sincerely converted, and refusing to be
+any more present at those diabolical meetings, those dreams no longer
+happen, which is a proof that they proceeded not before from a natural
+cause.
+
+Here begins the great point of the dispute as to that branch of magic
+which we call natural magic. The objectors may tell us, that they will
+freely own that there may be an existence of spirits, that there may be
+an existence of witches, that by a divine power men may be influenced so
+far as to have a communication with good spirits, and that from thence
+they may become spiritual-divine magicians, they will likewise, perhaps,
+as freely grant, that by the intervention of a demon, things
+preternatural may be brought about by persons who have studied the
+demoniacal magic; but then what they principally insist upon is, that it
+must be contradictory to all human reason to imagine that there can be
+such a thing as natural magicians; and thus far they may form their
+argument. They say, that the persons, who contend for the magic art,
+own, that all that is brought about by magic, is by the assistance and
+help of a spirit, and that consequently what is effected by it must be
+preternatural; now, they say, it is a thing inconsistent, by a natural
+power, to bring about a preternatural effect; therefore, there can be no
+such thing as natural magic, which has within itself the efficacy of
+destroying those acts done by magicians in the diabolical.
+
+To this the refuters take leave to reply, that the foundation upon which
+the argument is built is wrong grounded; they have admitted that, in
+diabolical art magic, there may be a commerce held between men and
+spirits, by which several preternatural effects may be brought about;
+and the reason they assign for it there is, because there is a
+preternatural agent concerned therein, the devil; but then, say they, in
+natural magic you can pretend to no such agent, and therefore to no such
+preternatural effect. This argument contains within it two fallacies;
+first, as to the commerce held between a man and a demon, there is
+nothing preternatural in getting the acquaintance; the will of the man
+is entirely natural, either naturally good, or naturally corrupted; the
+black spirit that converseth with him, it is acknowledged is not so, but
+it is from the will of the man, not from the power vested in the devil,
+that the acquaintance first grows, therefore the acquaintance itself is
+natural, though it arises from the last corruption and depravations of
+nature; but being made with a preternatural existence, though the cause
+of the acquaintance be corruptedly natural, yet the intermediate cause
+or means after that acquaintance is not so, and therefore the effect of
+that intermediate cause may be wonderful, and seem to be out of the
+ordinary course of nature. Now, since it is generally allowed that there
+are natural spirits of the elements, as well as divine and infernal,
+what we have to prove is only this, that man by natural magic may have a
+commerce with natural spirits of their elements, as witches may have
+with the spirits or demons. Now, as we said before, the commerce itself
+depends upon the will of the person, and is therefore natural, and
+consequently may as well subsist between the one as the other; for the
+devil cannot force a man to hold a commerce with him whether he will or
+no. The second fallacy is calling the effect preternatural, no otherwise
+than as it connotates the agent that brought it about, which is a
+spiritual agent; for the effect is, in itself considered, natural, and
+brought about by second causes that are natural, by the devil's
+penetration, who is subtle enough to make use of them for such and such
+ends. Now men, by natural spirits, which are of a faculty thoroughly
+subtle, may as well with natural second causes compass the remedy of an
+evil spirit, as the devil is able to infect men with it. From these
+speculations a farther plain consequence may be deduced, how a man may,
+by the pure force of natural magic, cure a person that is infested with
+evils by a demon; for how is it that a demon infests anybody with his
+evil motions? It is true, he is a preternatural agent, but the evil
+effect he does is brought about by natural causes. For how does a demon
+stir up raptures or ecstacies in men? Why he does it, as we are told
+above, by binding or loosing the exterior senses, by stopping the pores
+of the brain, so that the spirits cannot pass forth; and this the art of
+physic can compass by its drugs, and sleep causes the same thing very
+naturally of itself; therefore, as the evil itself is natural, the
+remedy, that is natural, will certainly overcome it. But then, say you,
+why cannot those persons be cured by physicians? I answer, not because
+their remedies are not in themselves sufficient to cure the evils
+themselves, but because generally physicians do not administer their
+drugs as Christians, but as physicians; and when they prescribe them to
+the sick they generally prescribe to them only purely considered as
+patients, not as Christians, and therein they come to fail; because the
+agent, the devil, is a subtle spirit, that brings the evil, and alters
+its situation before the remedy, which would master it otherwise, can
+take any effect; which agent, the devil, is employed by the horrible and
+impious faith of the antiphysician, viz., the black magician; but if the
+physician would act the Christian at the same time, so far as to have a
+faith that things ordained in the course of nature for the good of man,
+would have its effects in spite of a devil, if taken with a good faith
+by the patient; that all good things ordained to be for the natural
+recovery of men, if they took it with thankfulness to the sender, would
+have due effect; why then the natural spirits of the elements would
+resist the farther agency of the demoniacal spirit, and then nothing but
+the natural evil, caused at first by the demon, remaining in the person,
+without the farther superintendency of the demon, might demonstratively
+be taken away by the mere natural remedy or medicine. And thus good and
+pious physicians, making use of such proper remedies as their skill
+teaches them, and having an honest faith, that the goods of nature
+intended for the use and benefit of man, if received by the patient with
+the same good faith, is above the power of the devil to frustrate, may
+not improperly be called natural magicians. These arguments of mine I
+shall now take leave to back by experience.
+
+Besides, what we have urged from reason, concerning the power of natural
+magic, we shall only subjoin, that divines themselves hold that natural
+magic, and also natural divinations and prophecies, are proved by
+quotations from that venerable writ which is their guide; and bring
+proofs from the same also, that by natural magic demons are also cast
+forth, but not all kinds of demons, and so many works of efficacy are
+wrought by natural magic: they tell you, such was the Pythonissa that
+raised the apparition to Saul, which appeared in a body of wind and air.
+Thus, if a person by natural magic should cast out demons, it does not
+follow that this was also from divine magic; and if demons are cast out
+by natural magic, by one that is in the fear of God, it does not follow
+that he is a true magician of God; but if it exorbitates to demoniacal,
+then it is condemned: and when natural magic keeps within its bounds,
+the divines tell us it is not condemned in the venerable book, which is
+the Christian's sure guide. But, inasmuch as the lawfulness even of
+natural magic has been called in question by others, I shall, in an
+Appendix joined to this treatise, examine that matter, both according to
+the reasons of our English laws, and according to the best stated rules
+of casuistry that I am a master of; still submitting my judgment to the
+superior judgment of those who are professed divines and lawyers; and if
+my opinions prove erroneous, I am willing to retract them; and
+therefore, in this place, there remains nothing farther for me to do,
+but only, as I have shown, on the one hand, how natural magic, and its
+powerful operations, are proved by reason, to show, on the other hand,
+how far reason in these cases is likewise backed and supported by
+well-evidenced practice, and notorious experience. And to do this, after
+having mentioned one memorable instance, which I refer the reader to in
+the body of the book, concerning the performances of Mr. Greatrix, to
+which a Lord Orrery was a witness, in Ireland; I shall, to avoid
+prolixity, bring the other testimonials of practice, from the success
+which our Duncan Campbell himself has had in this way on other
+occasions.
+
+In the year 1713, lived in Fenchurch-street, one Mr. Coates, a
+tobacco-merchant, who had been for many years sorely tormented in his
+body, and had had recourse for a cure to all the most eminent physicians
+of the age, even up to the great Dr. Ratcliff himself; but all this
+mighty application for relief was still in vain; each doctor owned him a
+wonder and a mystery to physic, and left him as much a wonder as they
+found him. Neither could the professors of surgery guess at his ailment,
+or resolve the riddle of his distemper; and after having spent, from
+first to last, above a thousand pounds in search of proper remedies,
+they found the search ineffectual; the learned all agreed that it could
+proceed from nothing else than witchcraft; they had now indeed guessed
+the source of his illness, but it was an illness of such a kind that,
+when they had found it out, they thought themselves not the proper
+persons to prescribe to him any remedies. That task was reserved, it
+seems, for our Duncan Campbell, who, upon somebody's information or
+other, was sent for to the bewitched patient Mr. Coates, who found him
+the wonder that the others had left him, but did wonders in undertaking
+and compassing his cure. I remember, one of the ingredients made use of
+was boiling his own water, but I cannot tell how it was used; and, upon
+turning over the books of some great physicians since, I have found,
+that they themselves have formerly delivered that as one part of the
+prescriptions for the cure of patients in like cases. But as there are
+other things which Mr. Campbell performs, that seem to require a mixture
+of the second-sight, and of this natural magic, before they can be
+brought about, I will entertain the reader with one or two passages of
+that sort likewise, and so conclude the history of this so singular a
+man's life and adventures.
+
+In the year 1710, a gentlewoman lost about six pounds' worth of Flanders
+lace, and inasmuch as it was a present made to her husband, she was
+concerned as much as if it had been of twenty times the value; and a
+lady of her acquaintance coming to visit her, to whom she unfolded,
+among other things in discourse, this little disaster, the lady,
+smiling, replied with this question, Did you never hear, madam, of Mr.
+Duncan Campbell? It is but making your application to him, things that
+are lost are immediately found; the power of his knowledge exceeds even
+the power of laws; they but restrain, and frighten, and punish robbers,
+but he makes thieves expiate their guilt by the more virtuous way of
+turning restorers of the goods they have stolen. Madam, rejoined the
+losing gentlewoman, you smile when you tell me this; but really, as much
+a trifle as it is, since it was a present to my husband, I cannot help
+being sensibly concerned at it, a moment's disappointment to him in the
+least thing in nature, creates in me a greater uneasiness than the
+greatest disappointment to my single self could do in things of moment
+and importance. What makes me smile, said the lady, when I speak of it,
+or think of it, is the oddness and peculiarity of this man's talent in
+helping one to such things; but, without the least jest, I assure you,
+that I know, by experience, these things come within the compass of his
+knowledge; and I must seriously tell you, for your farther satisfaction,
+that he has helped me, and several of my friends, to the finding again
+things lost, which were of great value. And is this, without laughing,
+true? said the losing fair, very gravely and demurely, like a person
+half believing, and desirous to be fully confirmed in such a belief. The
+lady she advised with did then ascertain her of the truth of the matter,
+alleging that, for a single half-guinea, he would inform her of her
+things, and describe the person that conveyed them away. No sooner was
+this gentlewoman convinced, but she was eager for the trial; solicited
+her friend to conduct her to Mr. Campbell, and, upon the first word of
+consent, she was hooded and scarfed immediately, and they coached it
+away in a trice to Mr. Campbell's house, whom they luckily found within.
+
+The ladies had not been long seated before he wrote down the name of
+this new client of his, exactly as it was, viz., Mrs. Saxon. Then she
+was in good hopes, and with much confidence propounded to him the
+question about the lace. He paused but a very little while upon the
+matter, before he described the person that took it, and satisfied her
+that in two or three days she would be mistress of her lace again, and
+find it in some book, or corner of her room. She presented him a
+half-guinea, and was very contentedly going away, but Mr. Campbell very
+kindly stopped her, and signified to her, that, if she had no more to
+offer to him, he had something of more importance to reveal to her. She
+sat full of expectation while he wrote this new matter; and the paper he
+delivered to her contained the following account: As for the loss of a
+little bit of lace, it is a mere trifle; you have lost a great many
+hundreds of pounds, which your aunt (naming her name) left you, but you
+are bubbled out of that large sum. For while you was artfully required
+down stairs about some pretended business or other, one Mr. H--tt--n,
+conveyed your aunt's Will out of the desk, and several other things of
+value; and writing down the names of all the persons concerned, which
+put Mrs. Saxon in a great consternation, he concluded this paper, with
+bidding her go home with a contented mind, she should find her lace in a
+few days; and as she found that prediction proved true, she should
+afterwards come and consult about the rest.
+
+When she came home, it seems, big at first with the thoughts of what she
+had been told, she rifled and ransacked every corner, but no lace was to
+be met with; all the next day she hunted in the like manner, but
+frightened the whole time as if she thought the devil was the only
+person could bring it, but all to no purpose; the third day her
+curiosity abated, she gave over the hopes of it, and took the prediction
+as a vain delusion, and that what she gave for it was only more money
+thrown away after what had been lost before. That very day, as it
+commonly happens in such cases, when she least dreamt of it, she lighted
+on it by accident and surprise. She ran with it in her hand immediately
+to her husband, and now she had recovered it again, told him of the loss
+of it, and the whole story of her having been at Mr. Campbell's about
+it; and then, amplifying the discourse about what he had told her
+besides, as to more considerable affairs, she said she resolved to go
+and consult him a little farther about them, and begged her husband to
+accompany her. He would fain have laughed her out of that opinion and
+intent, but the end was, she persuaded him into it, and prevailed upon
+him to seem at least very serious about the matter, and go with her to
+the oracle, assuring him there was no room for doubting the same
+success.
+
+Well, to Mr. Campbell's they accordingly came; and after Mr. Saxon, in
+deference to his wife's desire, had paid our predictor a handsome
+complement of gold, Mr. Duncan Campbell saluted him in as grateful a
+manner, with the assurance that there was in Kent a little country
+house, with some lands appertaining to it, that was his in right of his
+wife; that he had the house, as it were, before his eyes, that though he
+had never substantially seen it, nor been near the place where it stood,
+he had seen it figuratively as if in exact painting and sculpture; that
+particularly it had four green trees before the door, from whence he was
+positive, that if Mr. Saxon went with him in quest of it, he should find
+it out, and know it as well the moment he come near it, as if he had
+been an inhabitant in it all his life.
+
+Mr. Saxon, though somewhat of an unbeliever, yet must naturally wish to
+find it true, you may be sure, and yet partly doubting the event, and
+partly pleased with the visionary promise of a fortune he never
+expected, laughed very heartily at the oddness of the adventure, and
+said he would consider whether it would not savour too much of
+Quixotism, to be at the expense of a journey on such frolics, and on
+such a chimerical foundation of airy hopes, and that then he would call
+again and let Mr. Campbell know his mind upon that point.
+
+In every company he came into, it served for laughter and diversion;
+they all, however, agreed it was worth his while, since the journey
+would not be very expensive, to go it by way of frolic. His wife, one
+morning, saying that she did remember some talk of a house, and such
+things as Mr. Campbell had described, put him forward upon the
+adventure; and upon Mr. Saxon's proposing it to his brother Barnard, Mr.
+Barnard favoured the proposal as a joke, and agreed upon the country
+ramble. They came on horseback to Mr. Campbell's with a third horse, on
+which the dumb predictor was mounted, and so on they jogged into Kent,
+towards Sevenoaks, being the place which he described. The first day
+they set out was on a Saturday morning in June, and about five that
+afternoon they arrived at the Black Bull, at Sevenoaks, in Kent. It
+being a delicate evening, they took an agreeable walk up a fine hill,
+gracefully adorned with woods, to an old seat of the Earl of Dorset.
+Meeting by the way with an old servant of the earl, one Perkin, he
+offered Mr. Barnard, who it seems was his old acquaintance, to give them
+all a sight of the fine ancient seat.
+
+After they had pleased themselves with viewing the antique nobility of
+that stately structure, this Perkin went back with them to their inn,
+the Bull, at Sevenoaks. They that could talk, were very merry in chat;
+and the dumb gentleman, who saw them laugh and wear all the signs of
+alacrity in their countenances, was resolved not to be behind with their
+tongues, and by dint of pen, ink, and paper, that he made signs should
+be brought in, was resolved, if one might be said to crack without
+noise, to crack his jest as well as the best of them; for it may be
+truly said of him, that he seldom comes into any, even diverting
+company, where he is not the most diverting man there, and the head,
+though we cannot call him the mouth, of the cheerful society. After
+having eyed this Perkin a little, and being grown, by his art, as we may
+suppose, as familiar with the man's humour as if he had known him as
+many years as Mr. Barnard, Pray, Mr. Barnard, quoth he, in writing, how
+comes it, you, that are so stanch and so stiff a whig, should be so
+acquainted and so particularly familiar with such an old Papist, and so
+violent a Jacobite, as I know that Mr. Perkin (whom I never saw nor had
+any notice of in my life) to be? And pray, replied Mr. Barnard, what
+reason have you beyond a pun to take him for a Jacobite? Must he be so
+because his name is Perkin? I do assure you, in this you show yourself
+but little of a conjurer; if you can tell no more of houses than you do
+of men, we may give over the search after the house you spoke of. (Here
+the reader must understand they discoursed on their fingers, and wrote
+by turns.) Mr. Campbell replied, seriously, Laying a wager is no
+argument in other things, I own, but in this I know it is, because I am
+sure, after we have laid the wager, he will fairly confess it among
+friends, since it will go no farther; and I, said Mr. Campbell, will lay
+what wager you will apiece with you all round. Hereupon, Mr. Barnard,
+who had known him a great many years, was the first that laid, and many
+more, to the number of five or six, followed his example; the decision
+of the matter was deferred till next day at the return of the old man to
+the inn, they being about to break up that night and go to bed.
+
+The next day being Sunday, the landlord carried his guests to see the
+country, and after a handsome walk, they came through the churchyard.
+They were poring upon the tombs; no delight can be greater to Mr.
+Campbell than that; and really, by the frequent walks he usually takes
+in Westminster abbey, and the churchyards adjacent to this metropolis,
+one would imagine he takes delight to stalk along by himself on that
+dumb silent ground, where the characters of the persons are only to be
+known, as his own meaning is, by writings and inscriptions on the
+marble. When they had sufficiently surveyed the churchyard, it grew near
+dinner-time, and they went homewards; but before they had got many yards
+out of the churchyard, Mr. Campbell makes a full stop, pointing up to a
+house, and stopping his friends a little, he pulls out of his pocket a
+pencil and paper, and notes down the following words: That, that is the
+house my vision presented to me; I could swear it to be the same, I know
+it to be the same, I am certain of it. The gentlemen with him remarked
+it, would not take any farther notice at that time intending to inquire
+into it with secrecy, and so went on to the inn to dinner.
+
+As merry as they had been the night before after supper, they were
+still more innocently cheerful this day after dinner, till the time of
+service begun. When the duty of the day was performed and over, they
+returned to divert and unbend their minds with pleasant but harmless
+conversation. I suppose nobody but a set of very great formalists will
+be offended with scandal or scruples, that to travellers just ready to
+depart the town, Mr. Perkin came on that good day and decided the
+wagers, by owning to all the company, secrecy being first enjoined, that
+he was a Roman Catholic, though nobody of the family knew it in so many
+years as he had lived there, which was before Mr. Campbell was born.
+This and other innocent speeches afforded as much cheerfulness as the
+Lord's-day would allow of.
+
+On the next day, being Monday, they sent for one Mr. Toland Toler, an
+attorney of the place, to find out to whom that house belonged, but by
+all the inquiry that could possibly be made with convenient secrecy,
+nobody could find it out for a long time; but at last it came to light
+and appeared to be justly to a tittle as Mr. Campbell had predicted.
+
+Being now satisfied, the next day our three travellers returned for
+London; and the two vocal men were very jocular upon their adventure,
+and by their outward gesticulations gave the prophetical mute his share
+of diversion. Mr. Barnard, as they passed into a farmhouse-yard,
+remarked that all the hogs fell a grunting and squeaking more and more
+as Mr. Campbell came nearer, (who, poor man! could know nothing of the
+jest, nor the cause of it, till they alighted and told it him by signs
+and writing,) said to Mr. Saxon, laughing, Now we have found out our
+house, we shall have only Mr. Campbell home again by himself--we have no
+farther need of the devil that accompanied him to the country, up to
+town with us, there are other devils enow to be met with there he knows;
+and so this, according to the fashion of his predecessor devils, is
+entered into the herd of swine.
+
+However, the event of this journey, to cut the story short, procured Mr.
+Saxon a great insight, upon inquiry, into several affairs belonging to
+him, of which he would otherwise have had no knowledge; and he is now
+engaged in a chancery suit to do himself justice, and in a fair way of
+recovering great sums of money, which, without the consultation he had
+with this dumb gentleman, he had in all likelihood never dreamt of.
+
+In the year 1711, a gentleman, whose name shall be, in this place,
+Amandus, famed for his exquisite talents in all arts and sciences, but
+particularly for his gentlemanlike and entertaining manner of
+conversation, whose company was affected by all men of wit, who grew his
+friends, and courted by all ladies of an elegant taste, who grew his
+admirers; this accomplished gentleman, I say, came to Mr. Campbell, in
+order to propound a question to him, which was so very intricate, and so
+difficult to answer, that, if he did answer it, it might administer to
+himself and the ladies he brought with him, the pleasure of admiration
+in seeing a thing so wonderful in itself performed; or, on the other
+hand, if he did not make a satisfactory reply to it, then it might
+afford him and the ladies a very great delight, in being the first that
+puzzled a man who had had the reputation for so many years of being
+capable of baffling all the wittiest devices and shrewd stratagems that
+had been from time to time invented to baffle his skill and explode his
+penetration in the second-sight, and the arts which he pretended to. The
+persons whom Amandus brought with him, were the illustrious Lady
+Delphina, distinguished for her great quality, but still more celebrated
+for her beauty, his own lady, the admired Amabella, and a young blooming
+pretty virgin whom we will call by the name of Adeodata, about which
+last lady, the question was to be put to Mr. Campbell. Adeodata, it
+seems, was the natural daughter of this very fine gentleman, who had
+never let her into the knowledge of her own birth, but had bred her up
+from her infancy under a borrowed name, in the notion that she was a
+relation's daughter, and recommended to his care in her infancy. Now the
+man that had the second-sight was to be tried; it was now to be put to
+the proof if he could tell names or no? Amandus was so much an
+unbeliever as to be willing to hazard the discovery. Amabella and
+Delphina were strangers to her real name, and asked Duncan Campbell, not
+doubting but he would set down that which she ordinarily went by.
+Amabella had indeed been told by Amandus, that Adeodata was the natural
+daughter of a near friend of his; but who this near friend was remained
+a secret: that was the point which lay upon our Duncan Campbell to
+discover. When the question was proposed to him, what her name was, he
+looked at her very steadfastly, and shook his head, and after some time
+he wrote down that it would be a very difficult name for him to fix
+upon. And truly so it proved; he toiled for every letter till he
+sweated; and the ladies laughed incontinently, imagining that he was in
+an agony of shame and confusion at finding himself posed. He desired
+Amandus to withdraw a little, for that he could not so well take a full
+and proper survey of ladies' faces when a gentleman was by. This
+disturbance and perplexity of his afforded them still more subject of
+mirth; and that excuse was taken as a pretence, and a put-off to cover
+his shame the better, and hide from one at least, that he was but a
+downright bungler in what he pretended to be so wonderful an artist.
+However, after two hours hard sweat and labour, and viewing the face in
+different shades and lights, (for I must observe to the reader that
+there is a vast deal of difference, some he can tell in a minute or two
+with ease, some not in less than four or five hours, and that with great
+trouble) he undeceived them with regard to his capacity. He wrote down
+that Adeodata's real name was Amanda, as being the natural daughter of
+Amandus. Delphina and Amabella were surprised at the discovery; and
+Amandus, when he was called in, owning it a truth, his wife Amabella
+applauded the curious way of her coming by such a discovery, when
+Adeodata was just marriageable, took a liking to her as if her own
+daughter, and everything ended with profit, mirth, and cheerfulness. I
+could add a thousand more adventures of Mr. Campbell's life, but that
+would prove tedious; and as the town has made a great demand for the
+book, it was thought more proper to conclude it here. The most diverting
+of all, are to be found best to the life in original letters that passed
+between Mr. Campbell and his correspondents, some select ones of which
+will be shortly published in a little pocket volume, for the farther
+entertainment of such readers as shall relish this treatise; in which
+the author hopes he shall be esteemed to have endeavoured at the
+intermingling of some curious disquisitions of learning, with
+entertaining passages, and to have ended all the merriest passages with
+a sober, instructive, and edifying moral, which even to those who are
+not willing to believe the stories, is reckoned sufficient to recommend
+even fables themselves.
+
+
+
+
+  APPENDIX.
+
+
+It is not that Mr. Duncan Campbell stands in need of my arguments, to
+prove that he is in no respect liable to the Acts of Parliament made
+against fortuntellers, &c., that I undertake the writing of this
+Appendix, the true reason thereof being, the more completely to finish
+this undertaking; for having, in the body of the book itself, fully
+proved a second-sight, and that the same frequently happens to persons,
+some of them eminently remarkable for piety and learning, and have from
+thence accounted for the manner of Mr. Campbell's performing those
+things he professes, to the great surprise, and no less satisfaction of
+all the curious who are pleased to consult him; and at the same time
+proved the lawfulness of such his performances from the opinions of some
+of the most learned in holy science; I thought it not improper to add
+the following short Appendix, being a summary of several acts of
+parliament made against fortune-tellers, conjurers, Egyptians,
+sorcerers, pretenders to prophecy, &c., with some proper remarks, suited
+to our present purpose, as well to satisfy them who are fantastically
+wise, and obstinately shut their eyes against the most refulgent reason,
+and are wilfully deaf to the most convincing and persuasive arguments,
+and thereupon cry out, that Mr. Campbell is either an impostor and a
+cheat, or at least a person who acts by the assistance of unlawful
+powers; as also to put to silence the no less waspish curs, who are
+always snarling at such whom providence has distinguished by more
+excellent talents than their neighbours. True merit is always the mark
+against which traducers level their keenest darts; and wit and invention
+oftentimes join hands with ignorance and malice to foil those who excel.
+Art has no greater enemy than ignorance; and were there no such thing as
+vice, virtue would not shine with half its lustre. Did Mr. Campbell
+perform those wonderful things he is so deservedly famous for, as these
+cavillers say, by holding intelligence with infernal powers, or by any
+unjustifiable means, I am of opinion he would find very few, in this
+atheistical age, who would open their mouths against him, since none
+love to act counter to the interest of that master they industriously
+serve. And did he, on the other hand, put the cheat upon the world, as
+they maliciously assert, I fancy he would then be more generally
+admired, especially in a country where the game is so universally,
+artfully, and no less profitably played, and that with applause since
+those pretenders to wisdom merrily divide the whole species of mankind
+into the two classes of knaves and fools, fixing the appellation of
+folly only upon those whom they think not wise, that is, wicked enough
+to have a share with them in the profitable guilt.
+
+Our laws are as well intended by their wise makers to screen the
+innocent, as to punish the guilty; and where their penalties are
+remarkably severe, the guilt they punish is of a proportionable size.
+Art, which is a man's property, when acquired, claims a protection from
+those very laws which false pretenders thereto are to be tried and
+punished by, or else all science would soon have an end; for no man
+would dare make use of any talent providence had lent him, and his own
+industrious application had improved, should he be immediately tried and
+condemned by those statutes, which are made to suppress villains, by
+every conceited and half-learned pedant.
+
+It is true, indeed, those excellent statutes, which are made against a
+sort of people, who pretend to fortune-telling and the like, are such as
+are well warranted, as being built upon the best foundation, viz.,
+religion and policy; and were Mr. Campbell guilty of any such practice
+as those are made to punish, I openly declare, that I should be so far
+from endeavouring to defend his cause, that I would be one of the first
+that should aggravate his crime, thereby to enforce the speedier
+execution of those laws upon him, which are made against such offenders.
+But when he is so far from acting, that he doth not even pretend to any
+such practice, or for countenancing the same in others, as is manifest
+from the many detections he has made of that sort of villany, which the
+book furnishes us with, I think myself sufficiently justified for thus
+pleading in his defence.
+
+I cannot but take notice, in reading the statutes made against such
+offenders, our wise legislature hath not in any part of them seemed so
+much as to imply that there are in reality any such wicked persons as
+they are made against, to wit, conjurors, &c., but that they are only
+pretenders to those infernal arts, as may reasonably be inferred from
+the nature of the penalties they inflict; for our first laws of that
+sort only inflicted a penalty which affected the goods and liberty of
+the guilty, and not their lives, though indeed they were afterwards
+forced to heighten the punishment with a halter; not that they were
+better convinced, as I humbly conceive, but because the criminals were
+most commonly persons who had no goods to forfeit, and to whom their
+liberty was no otherwise valuable but as it gave them the opportunity of
+doing mischief. Indeed our law-books do furnish us with many instances
+of persons who have been tried and executed for witchcraft and sorcery,
+but then the wiser part of mankind have taken the liberty to condemn the
+magistrate, at that time of day, of too much inconsideration, and the
+juries of an equal share of credulity; and those who have suffered for
+such crimes, have been commonly persons of the lowest rank, whose
+poverty might occasion a dislike of them in their fellow-creatures, and
+their too artless defence subject them to their mistaken justice; so
+that, upon the whole, I take the liberty to conclude, and I hope not
+without good grounds, that those laws were made to deter men from an
+idle pretence to mysterious and unjustifiable arts, which, if too
+closely pursued, commonly lead them into the darkest villany, not only
+that of deceiving others, but, as far as in them lie, making themselves
+slaves to the devil; and not to prevent and hinder men from useful
+inquiries, and from the practice of such arts, which though they are in
+themselves mysterious, yet are, and may be lawful.
+
+I would not, however, be thought, in contradiction to my former
+arguments, to assert that there never were, or that there now are no
+persons such as wizards, sorcerers, &c., for by so doing I should be as
+liable to be censured for my incredulity, as those who defame Mr.
+Campbell on that account are for their want of reason and common
+honesty. Holy and profane writ, I confess, furnishes us with many
+instances of such persons; but we must not from thence hastily infer,
+that all those men are such who are spitefully branded with the odious
+guilt; for were it in the devil's power to make every wicked man a
+wizard, and woman a witch, he soon would have agents enough to shake
+this lower world to atoms but the Almighty, who restrains him, likewise
+restrains those.
+
+Having premised thus much, I shall now proceed to consider some of the
+Acts of Parliament themselves; the persons against whom they were made,
+and the necessity of making the same. And some of the first Acts we meet
+with, were those which were made against a sort of people called
+Egyptians; persons who, if in reality such, might, if any, be suspected
+of practising what we call the black art, the same having been for many
+ages encouraged in their country; nay, so much has it been by them
+favoured, that it was introduced into their superstitious religion, if I
+may without an absurdity call it so, and made an essential part thereof;
+and, I believe, Mahometanism has not much mended the matter, since it
+has imperiously reigned there, or in any respect reformed that
+idolatrous nation. Now the mischief these persons might do, being so
+much in the devil's power, among the unwary, was thought too
+considerable not to be provided against; and therefore our wise
+legislature, the more effectually to prevent the same, by striking at
+the very foundation, made an act in 22 Henry VIII. 8: That if any,
+calling themselves Egyptians, do come into this realm, they shall
+forfeit all their goods; and being demanded, shall depart the realm
+within fifteen days, upon pain of imprisonment; and the importers of
+them, by another act, were made liable to a heavy penalty. This act was
+continued by the 1 Philip and Mary. Conjuration, witchcraft,
+enchantment, and sorcery, to get money, or consume any person in his
+body, members, or goods, or to provoke any person to unlawful love, was
+by the 33 Henry VIII. 14. and the 5 Elizabeth 16. and the 1 James I. 12.
+made felony; and by the same 33 Henry VIII. 14. it was made felony to
+declare to another any false prophecies upon arms, &c., but this act was
+repealed by the 1 Edward VI. 12., but by another act of the 3 and 4 of
+Edward VI. 15. it was again enacted, That all such persons who should
+pretend to prophecies, &c., should, upon conviction, for the first
+offence forfeit ten pounds, and one year's imprisonment; and for the
+second offence, all his goods, and imprisonment for life. And by the 7
+Edward VI. 11. the same was made to continue but till the then next
+sessions of parliament. And by the 5 Elizabeth 15. the same act was
+again renewed against fantastical prophesiers, &c., but both those acts
+were repealed by the 1 James I. 12.
+
+Thus far we find, that for reasons of state, and for the punishment of
+particular persons, those acts were made and repealed, as occasion
+required, and not kept on foot, nor indeed were they ever made use of,
+as I can remember in my reading, against any persons whose studies led
+them into a useful inquiry into the nature of things, or a lawful search
+into the workings of nature itself, by which means many things are
+foretold long before they come to pass, as eclipses and the like, which
+astrologers successfully do, whose art has been in all ages held in so
+great esteem that the first monarchs of the East made it their peculiar
+study, by which means they deservedly acquired to themselves the name of
+Magi, or wise men; but, on the contrary, were provided against persons
+profligate and loose, who, under a pretence and mask of science, commit
+vile and roguish cheats; and this will the more plainly appear, if we
+consider the letter and express meaning of the following Acts, wherein
+the persons I am speaking of, are described by such characters, which
+sufficiently prove the assertion; for in the 39 of Elizabeth 4. it was
+enacted, That all persons calling themselves scholars, going about
+begging, seafaring men pretending losses of their ships and goods at
+sea, and going about the country begging, or using any subtle craft,
+feigning themselves to have knowledge in physiognomy, palmistry, or any
+other the like crafty science, or pretending that they can tell
+destinies, fortunes, or such like fantastical imaginations, shall be
+taken and deemed rogues, vagabonds, sturdy beggars, and shall be
+stripped naked from the middle upwards, and whipped till his or her body
+be bloody. And by the 1 James I. 12. for the better restraining of the
+said offences, and for the farther punishing the same, it was farther
+enacted, That any person or persons using witchcraft, sorcery, &c., and
+all their aiders, abettors, and counsellors, being convicted, and
+attainted of the same offences, shall suffer pain of death, as felons,
+without the benefit of clergy; or to tell and declare in what place any
+treasure of gold and silver should or might be found in the earth, or
+other secret places; or where goods or things lost or stolen should be
+found or become; or to provoke any person to unlawful love, such
+offender to suffer imprisonment for one whole year without bail or
+mainprise, and once in every quarter of the said year shall in some
+market-town, or upon the market-day, or at any such time as any fair
+shall be kept there, stand openly in the pillory by the space of six
+hours, and there shall openly confess his or their offence; and for the
+second offence shall suffer death as felons, without the benefit of
+clergy.
+
+That these laws were made against a set of villains, whose natural
+antipathy to honesty and labour furnished them with pretensions to an
+uncommon skill, thereby the more easily to gull and cheat the
+superstitiously credulous, and by that means discover from them some
+such secrets that might farther them in perpetrating the more consummate
+villany, is plain from the very words and expressions of the very Acts
+themselves, and the description of the persons they are made against;
+and not, as I before observed, to prevent and hinder men from the lawful
+inquiry after useful, delightful, and profitable knowledge.
+
+Mr. Campbell, who has been long a settled and reputable inhabitant in
+many eminent parts of the city of London, cannot, I am sure, be looked
+upon as one of those these Acts of Parliament were made against, unless
+we first strip the Acts themselves of their own natural, express, and
+plain meaning, and clothe them with that which is more obscure,
+unnatural, forced, and constrained a practise; which, if allowed, would
+make them wound the innocent and clear the guilty, and render them not
+our defence but our greatest evil; they would, by that means, become a
+perfect enigma, and be so far from being admired for their plainness,
+that they would be even exploded like the oracles of the heathen for
+their double meaning.
+
+If Mr. Campbell has the second-sight, as is unquestionable, from the
+allowed maxim, that what has been may be again, and by that means can
+take a view of contingences and future events; so long as he confines
+these notices of approaching occurrences to a good purpose, and makes
+use of them only innocently and charitably to warn persons from doing
+such things, that according to his conceptions would lead them into
+misfortune, or else in putting them upon such arts that may be of use
+and benefit to themselves and posterity, always having a strict regard
+to morality and religion, to which he truly adheres; certainly, I think,
+he ought so much the more to be admired for the same, by how much the
+more this his excellent knowledge is surpassing that of other men, and
+not be therefore unjustly upbraided with the injurious character of a
+cheat, or an ill man: however, this I will presume to affirm, and I
+doubt not but to have my opinion confirmed by the learned sages of the
+law, that this his innocent practice, and I venture to add, honest one
+too, doth by no means entitle him to the penalties of the
+before-mentioned laws made against fortune-tellers, and such sort of
+profligate wretches; which it is as great an absurdity to decry, as it
+would be to call him, who is a settled and reputable inhabitant, a
+stroller or wandering beggar.
+
+Again; it is true that Mr. Campbell has relieved many that have been
+supposed to have been bewitched, as is related and well attested in the
+book of his life; but will any one from thence argue that he himself is
+a real conjurer, or wizard, because he breaks the chains by which those
+unhappy wretches were bound? No, surely; for if that were the case, we
+might then as well indict the physician who drives away a malignant
+distemper, and roots out its latent cause by his mysterious skill in
+plants and drugs; or conclude that the judge, who condemns a criminal,
+is for the same reason guilty of the self-same crime for which the
+offender is so by him condemned. Persons who delight in such unnatural
+conclusions, must certainly be in love with the greatest absurdities,
+and must entirely abandon their natural reason before they can be
+brought to conclude that the Prince of Darkness would assist men in
+destroying his own power.
+
+The best answer I can afford those men is silence; for if they will not
+argue upon the principles of reason, or be guided by her dictates, I
+think them no more fit to be contended with in a rational and decent
+manner than bedlamites, and such who are bereft of all understanding. A
+rod is the best argument for the back of a fool, and contempt the best
+usage that ought to be shown to every headstrong and ignorant opponent.
+
+In a word, I know of no branch of Mr. Campbell's practice that bears the
+least resemblance to those crimes mentioned in the foregoing Acts. That
+he can and doth tell people's names at first sight, though perfect
+strangers to him, is confessed by all who have made the curious inquiry
+at his hands; but what part of the Acts, I would fain know, is that
+against? Knowledge, and a clear sight into things not common, is not
+only an allowable, but a commendable qualification; and whether this
+knowledge in him be inherent, accidental, or the result of a long study,
+the case is still the same; since we are assured he doth it by no
+unlawful intelligence, or makes use of the same to any ill purpose, and
+therefore is undoubtedly as lawful as to draw natural conclusions from
+right premises. Hard is the fate of any man to be ignorant, but much
+harder would his lot be if he were to be punished for being wise; and,
+like Mr. Campbell, excelling others in this kind of knowledge.
+
+Much more might be said in defence of Mr. Campbell and the art he
+professeth, but as the arguments which are brought against him by his
+enemies on the one hand, are trivial and ill-grounded, I therefore think
+they deserve no farther refutation; so on the other, his innocency is
+too clear to require it.
+
+After having thus taken a survey of Mr. Campbell's acts, with regard to
+their legality according to the statutes and the laws of the nation
+wherein he lives, we will consider next, whether, according to the
+stated rules of casuistry, among the great divines eminent for their
+authority, it may be lawful for Mr. Campbell to predict, or for good
+Christian persons to visit his house, and consult him about his
+predictions. I have upon this head examined all the learned casuists I
+could meet with in ancient times, for I cannot meet, in my reading, with
+any moderns that treat thoroughly upon this case, or I should rather
+have chosen them, because, perhaps, the second-sight was less known in
+those ancient days than it has been since, and so might escape their
+notice.
+
+My design is first to give the reader a distinct summary of all that has
+been said of this matter, and to do it as succinctly and briefly as
+possible, and then to argue myself from what they agree upon as to this
+man's particular case.
+
+That the reader may have recourse to the authors themselves, if they
+have a curiosity, and find that I do not go about to impose upon their
+judgments, I will here tell the reader where he may find the whole
+contents of the following little abstract of divinity and casuistry,
+because it would be a tedious piece of work to set down the words of
+each of them distinctly, and quote them every one round at the end of
+their several different sentences, which tend to the same meaning, but I
+will strictly keep to the sense of them all; and I here give the reader
+their names, and the places, that he may consult them himself, if his
+inclination leads him to be so curious: Thomas Aquinas, iv. _Distin._
+34. _Quæstio._ 1. _Art. 3_; Bona, ii. _Dist. 7. Art. 2. Quæst._ 1;
+Joannes Major, iv. _Dist. 34. Quæst. 2_; Sylvester, _Verbo Malefico.
+Quæst. 8_; Rosella, _Verb Impedimentum_, xv. cap. 18; Tabiena, _Verb.
+Impedimentum_, 12 vers.; Cajetan, tom. ii. _Opusc. 12. de Malefic_;
+Alphonsus, _a Cast._ lib. x. _de Justa Hæreticorum Punitione_, cap. 15;
+Cosmus Philiarchus, _de Offic. Sacerdot_, p. 2. lib. iii. cap. 11;
+Toletus, _in Summa._ lib. iv., cap. 16; Spineus, _in Tract. de
+Strigibus_; Petrus Binsfield, _in Tract. de Confessionibus Maleficorum_.
+
+These divines have generally written upon impious arts of magic, which
+they call by the name of divination; and this divination, as they term
+it, they divide into two kinds; the one, in which the devil is expressly
+invoked, to teach hidden and occult things; the other, in which he is
+tacitly called upon to do the same. An express invocation is made by
+word or deed, by which a real pact is actually made with the devil, and
+that is a sin that affects the death of the soul, according to the laws
+of theology, and ought to affect the death of the body, according to
+civil and political laws. The tacit invocation of demons is then only,
+when a man busies himself so far with such persons, that it is meet and
+just that the devil should be permitted to have to do with him, though
+it was opposite to the intention of the man.
+
+But then this express invocation is again subdivided into several
+species, according to the divers manners by which the devil instructs
+these men.
+
+The first is enchantment, which I need not describe, and of which I will
+speak no more, because it is what everybody knows to be detestable, and
+nobody ought to know the art thereof.
+
+The second is divination by dreams, when any instructions are expected
+from the devil by way of dream, which is a capital crime.
+
+The third is called necromancy, which is, when by the use of blood and
+writing, or speaking certain verses, the dead seem to rise again, and
+speak and teach future things. For though the devil cannot recall a soul
+departed, yet he can, as some have thought, take the shape of the dead
+corpse, himself actuate it by his subtlety, as if it was informed with a
+soul. And some affirm, that by the divine permission the devil can do
+this, and spake so in the case of Samuel and Saul. But divines of a more
+solid genius attribute that power only to the Deity, and say, with
+reason, that it is beyond the devil's capacity. But it is certain this
+was a divination done in dead animals by the use of their blood, and
+therefore the word is derived from the Greek [Greek: nekron], which
+signifies dead, and [Greek: Manthêa], which signifies divination.
+
+The fourth species is called divination by the Pythians, which was taken
+from Apollo, the first diviner, as Thomas Aquinas says in his _Secundâ
+Secundæ, Quæst. 95. Art. 3_.
+
+The fifth is called geomancy, which is when the devil teaches anything
+by certain signs appearing in the earthly bodies, as in wood, iron, or
+polished stones, beryls, or glass.
+
+The sixth is named hydromancy, as when a demon teaches anything by
+appearances in the water.
+
+The seventh is styled æromancy; and it is when he informs people of such
+things by figures in the air.
+
+The eighth is entituled pyromancy; that is, when it instructs people by
+forms appearing in the fire.
+
+The ninth is termed aruspicy; which is when by signs appearing in the
+bowels of sacrificed animals the demon predicts at altars.
+
+Thus far as to express divination, or invocation of the devil, which is
+detestable; and the very consulting of persons that use such unlawful
+means is, according to the judgment of all casuists, the high road to
+eternal damnation.
+
+Now as to tacit divination, or invocation of the devil, that is divided
+into two subaltern kinds. The first kind is, when for the sake of
+knowing hidden things, they make use of a vain and superstitious
+disposition existing in things to judge from; which disposition is not
+of a sufficient virtue to lead them to any real judgment. The second
+kind of tacit divination is, when that knowledge is sought by the
+disposition of those things which men effect on purpose and of their own
+accord, in order to come by and acquire that knowledge.
+
+Both these kinds of tacit divination are again subdivided into several
+species, as are particularly mentioned by St. Thomas, _Secundâ Secundæ,
+Quæst. 95, Art. 3_; Gregory de Valentine, tom. iii. _Disput. 6. Quæst.
+12. Puncto 2_; Toletus, _in Summa._ lib. iv. cap. 15; and Michael
+Medina, lib. ii. _de Recta in Deum fide: post Sanctum Augustinum_. lib.
+ii. _de Doct. Christ._ cap. 19. _et seq_.
+
+The first of these kinds of tacit divination contains under it the
+following several species:--
+
+The first species is called Genethliacal, which is when from the
+movement or situation of the stars, men's nativities are calculated and
+inquired into so far, as that from such a search they pretend to deduce
+the knowledge of human effects, and the contingent events that are to
+attend them. This Thomas Aquinas and Sixtus Quintus condemns; but I
+shall, with humility and submission to greater judgments, inquire
+hereafter into their reasons, and give my opinion why I think this no
+evil art; but I submit my opinion, if, after it is given, it is thought
+erroneous.
+
+The second is augury, when anything is predicted from the chattering of
+birds, or the voice of animals, and this may be either lawful or
+unlawful. If it comes from natural instinct, for brutes having only a
+sensitive soul, have their organs subject to the disposition of the
+greater bodies in which they are contained, and principally of all to
+the celestial bodies, his augury is not amiss. For if when crows are
+remarked to caw, as the vulgar phrase is, more than ordinary, it is,
+judging according to the instinct of their nature, if we expect rain,
+and we may reasonably depend upon it, we shall be right if we foretell
+rain to be at hand. But sometimes the devils actuate those brute animals
+to excite vain ideas in men, contrary to what the instinct of their
+nature compels them to. This is superstitious and unlawful, and forbid
+in holy writ.
+
+The third is aruspicy, when from the flight of birds, or any other
+motion of any animals whatsoever, persons pretend to have an insight and
+a penetrative knowledge into occult and hidden matters.
+
+The fourth consists in omens, when, for example, a man from any words
+which others may have spoken on purpose, or by accident, pretends to
+gather a way of looking into and knowing anything of futurity.
+
+The fifth is chiromancy, which consists in making a pretence to the
+knowledge of future things by the figures and the lines of the hands;
+and if it be by consulting the shoulder-bones of any beast, it goes by
+the name of spatulamancy.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+As the first kind of divination, by a tacit invocation of the devil is
+divided into the five species above mentioned; so also is the second
+kind of tacit divination, or invocation of the devil, divided into two
+species by St. Thomas of Aquin.
+
+_Secundâ Secundæ, questione nonagesima quinta articulo tertio_, and too
+tedious to insert here.
+
+Now all these ways are by these divines counted wicked, and I set them
+down that people may avoid them. For how many gipsies and pretenders to
+chiromancy have we in London and in the country? How many that are for
+hydromancy, that pretend in water to show men mighty mysteries? And how
+many in geomancy, with their beryls and their glasses, that, if they are
+not under the instigation of the devil, propagate the scandal at least
+by being cheats, and who ought to be punished to the utmost severity, as
+our English laws enact? Mr. Campbell, who hates, contemns, and abhores
+these ways, ought, methinks, to be encouraged by their being restrained;
+and people of curious tempers, who always receive from him moral and
+good instructions, which make them happy in the conduct of life, should
+be animated in a public manner to consult him, in order to divert the
+curious itch of their humours from consulting such wicked impostors, or
+diabolical practisers, as too frequently abound in this nation, by
+reason of the inquisitive vulgar, who are more numerous in our climate,
+than any I ever read of.
+
+But now to argue the case of conscience with regard to his particular
+practice by way of the second-sight, whether, _in foro conscientiæ_, it
+is lawful for him to follow it, or others to consult him? The divines
+above mentioned having never had any notice of that faculty in all
+likelihood, or if they had, never mentioned it, makes it a point more
+difficult for me to discuss; but I think they have stated some cases, by
+the making of which my premises, I can deduce from all the learned men I
+have above quoted, a conclusion in favour of our Mr. Duncan Campbell,
+and of those who consult him; but my opinion shall be always corrected
+by those who are wiser than myself, and to whom I owe entire submission.
+I take leave to fix these premises from them first, and to form my
+argument from them afterwards in the following manner:--
+
+First, It is allowed by all these divines, that a knowledge which one
+may have of future things within the order of nature, is and may be
+lawful.
+
+Secondly, They imply, that where justice is not violated, it is lawful
+both to predict and to consult.
+
+Thirdly, Many of them, but particularly Aureolus, puts this question:
+Is it lawful to go to one that deals in the black art, to persuade them
+to cure any innocent body that another necromancer or dealer in the
+black art may have maliciously afflicted and tormented with pains? And
+some of these casuists, particularly Aureolus, say, it is lawful on such
+an occasion to go to such a conjurer, because the end is not
+conjuration, but freeing a person from it.
+
+But I take leave to dissent from these great men, and think they are in
+a double mistake; first, in stating the question, and then in making
+such an answer, provided the question had been stated right.
+
+The question is founded upon this supposition, which is passed by as
+granted, viz., that one necromancer could release a person bewitched by
+another, which is absolutely false; for it is against the nature of the
+devil to be made an instrument to undo his own works of impiety. But
+admitting and not granting this to be possible, and the question to be
+rightly stated, why still these casuists are out in their answer. It is
+lawful, reply they, because the end of going to the conjurers, is not
+conjuration, but freeing a good person from it; but the end is not the
+point here to be considered, it is the medium, which is bad, that is to
+be considered. It is by conjuration, according to their hypothesis, the
+other conjuration is to be dissolved; and does not the common rule, that
+a man must not do evil that good may come of it, forbid this practice?
+And to speak my opinion plainly in that case, the friend that should
+consult a conjurer for that end, would be only so kind to put his own
+soul in danger of being guilty of hell torments, to relieve his
+afflicted friend from some bodily pains, which it would be a virtue in
+him to suffer with patience and resignation.
+
+Others, almost all divines, indeed, agree, that it is and may be lawful
+to go to a conjurer that torments another, and give him money not to
+afflict the patient any longer; because that is only feeing him to
+desist from acting after his conjuring manner.
+
+These premises thus settled, if we allow the second-sight to be inborn
+and inbred, and natural and common to some families, which is proved in
+the book; and if all that Mr. Campbell has predicted in that
+second-sighted way terminates with moral advice, and the profit of the
+consulter, and without the violation of justice to others, as the book
+shows all throughout; if he can relieve from witchcraft, as it seems
+oath is to be had he can, which no one that deals in black art can do,
+why then I need not draw the conclusion, every reader will do it
+naturally; they will avow all the strictest laws of casuistry and
+morality to be in favour of Mr. Campbell and his consulters.
+
+
+
+
+  VERSES
+
+  TO MR. CAMPBELL,
+
+  ON THE
+
+  HISTORY OF HIS LIFE AND ADVENTURES.
+
+
+    I court no muse amidst the tuneful throng,
+    Thy genii, Campbell, shall inspire my song;
+    The gentle summons every thought obeys,
+    Wakens my soul, and tunes it all to lays.
+    Among the thousand wonders thou hast shown,
+    I, in a moment, am a poet grown;
+    The rising images each other meet;
+    Fall into verse, and dance away with feet:
+    Now with thy Cupid and thy lamb I rove[A],
+    Through ev'ry bloomy mead and fragrant grove.
+    A thousand things I can myself divine,
+    Thy little genii whispers them to mine;
+    Beyond the grave I see thy deathless fame,
+    The fair and young all singing Campbell's name;
+    And Love himself--for Love and thou art friends,
+    He joins the chorus, and his dart defends.
+    What noisy talker can thy magic boast?
+    Let those dull wretches try who scorn thee most.
+    O, sacred silence! let me ever dwell,
+    With the sweet muses, in thy lonely cell!
+    Or else bind up, in thy eternal chain,
+    Scandal and noise, and all that talk in vain.
+
+                                         M. FOWKE.
+
+
+
+
+  TO MRS. FOWKE,
+
+  OCCASIONED BY THE FOREGOING VERSES
+
+    Sweet nightingale! whose artful numbers show,
+    Expressive eloquence to silent woe,
+    Sing on, and in thy sex's power presume,
+    By praising Campbell, to strike nations dumb.
+
+      Whene'er you sing, silent, as he, they'll stand,
+    Speak by their eyes, grow eloquent by hand:
+    Tongues are confusion, but as learnt by you,
+    All but Pythagoras's doctrine's true;
+    Campbell and he taught silence--had he heard
+    How much thy lays to silence were preferr'd,
+    He had recanted from thy powerful song,
+    And justly wish'd each organ had a tongue.
+
+      But could he see, what you, in every line,
+    Prophetic tell of Campbell's sight divine,
+    Like Croesus's sons his loosened nerves must break,
+    And ask the cause--or make his Campbell speak.
+
+    G. S.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+  TO MR. CAMPBELL.
+
+    Milton's immortal wish[B] you sure must feel,
+    To point those fates which you to all reveal;
+    If second-sight so much alarms mankind,
+    What transports must it give to know thy mind?
+    Thy book is but the shadow of thy worth,
+    Like distant lights, which set some picture forth.
+    But if the artist's skill we nearer trace,
+    And strictly view each feature of the face,
+    We find the charm that animates the whole,
+    And leave the body to adore the soul.
+    Milton's immortal wish you sure must feel,
+    To point those fates which you to all reveal.
+
+                                       I. PHILIPS.
+
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+  THE PARALLEL
+
+  TO MR. CAMPBELL.
+
+    As Denham sings, mysterious 'twas, the same
+    Should be the prophet's and the poet's name[C];
+    But while the sons of genius join to praise,
+    What thine presaging dictates to their lays,
+    The things they sweetly sing, and you foreshow,
+    Open the Sampson riddle to our view;
+    Strong are thy prophecies, their numbers sweet,
+    And with the lion combs of honey meet.
+
+      Late on fantastic cabalistic schemes,
+    Of waking whimsies, or of feverish dreams,
+    New cobweb threads of poetry were spun,
+    In gaudy snares, like flies, were witlings won,
+    Their brains entangled, and our art undone.
+
+      Pope, first, descended from a monkish race,
+    Cheapens the charms of art, and daubs her face;
+    From Gabalis[D] his mushroom fictions rise,
+    Lop off his sylphs--and his Belinda[E] dies;
+    The attending insects hover in the air,
+    No longer than they're present is she fair;
+    Some dart those eyebeams, which the youths beguile,
+    And some sit conquering in a dimpling smile.
+    Some pinch the tucker, and some smooth the smock.
+    Some guard an upper, some a lower lock;
+    But if these truant body-guards escape,
+    In whip the gnomes and strait commit a rape;
+    The curling honours of her head they seize,
+    Hairs less in sight, or any hairs they please;
+    But if to angry frowns her brow she bends,
+    Upon her front some sullen gnome descends,
+    Whisks through the furrows with its airy form,
+    Bristles her eyebrows and 'directs the storm.'
+
+      As wide from these are Addisonian themes,
+    As angels' thoughts are from distempered dreams;
+    Spenser and he, to image nature, knew,
+    Like living persons, vice and virtue drew:
+    At once instructed and well pleas'd we read,
+    While in sweet morals these two poets lead,
+    No less to wisdom than to wit pretence,
+    They led by music, but they led to sense.
+
+      But Pope scarce ever force to fancy joins,
+    With dancing-master's feet equips his lines,
+    Plumes empty fancy, and in tinsel shines.
+    Or if by chance his judgment seems to lead,
+    Where one poor moral faintly shows its head,
+    'Tis like a judge, that reverently drest,
+    Peeps through the pageants at a lord may'r's feast;
+    By starts he reasons, and seems wise by fits,
+    Such wit's call'd wisdom, that has lost its wits.
+
+      Unnam'd by me this witling bard had been,
+    Had not the writer's caused the reader's sin;
+    But less by comedies and lewd romances,
+    Are ruin'd, less by French lascivious dances,
+    Than by such rhymers' masqueraded fancies.
+
+      From such the root of superstition grew,
+    Whose old charms fertile, daily branch'd in new;
+    From such chimeras first inspired, the fair
+    The conj'rer's ring approach'd, and Jesuit's chair;
+    Throng'd to the doors where magic rogues divin'd,
+    And sold out _ignes fatui_ to the mind.
+
+      Wizards and Jesuits differ but in name,
+    Both demon's envoys, and their trade the same;
+    Weak wills they lead, and vapour'd minds command,
+    And play the game into each others' hand;
+    Like spiritual jugglers at the cup and ball,
+    Rising by foolish maids, that long to fall.
+    Some into love they damn, and some they pray,
+    For greensick minds are caught a different way;
+    To the same end, tho' several paths, they run,
+    Priests to undo and maids to be undone;
+    Some blacker charms, some whiter spells cajole,
+    As some lick wall and some devour a coal.
+    Here ladies, strong in vapours, see men's faces
+    Imprinted in the conjurer's dazzling glasses,
+    There, when, in spring time, the too praying priest,
+    Toasts, and does something better,--to the best
+    A spouse is promised on next Baptist's[F] feast.
+    First some young contrite rake's enjoined to marry,
+    Lest--madam's forc'd to squeak for't--or, miscarry:
+    In June, the lass does to the fields repair,
+    Where good sir Domine just took the air.
+    When, O strange wonder! near a plaintain root,
+    She finds a coal--and so a spouse to boot.
+    She longs to dream and to secure the sport
+    That very day the youth design'd--must court,
+    He does--she struck with rapture and delight.
+    Bespeaks her fancy--strongly--dreams at night.
+    The yielding fair, the ravish'd youth obtains,
+    A maid she passes--so his child's free gains,
+    He has the pleasure, yet is sav'd the pains.
+    Thus when priest's wench--to cure the growing evil
+    Poor St. John Baptist must forerun the devil.
+
+      But if the ladies fall, at fall of leaf,
+    Or in the winter--still there's fresh relief;
+    Let her lace close four months, and if she can,
+    St. Agnes[G] heals the breach and brings the man.
+    Thus a lewd priest to vapour'd virgins cants,
+    And into pimps reverts his vestal saints.
+
+      O! dire effects of mask'd impiety!
+    And shall they, Christian muse! have aids from thee;
+    Wilt thou, like witty heathens, lewdly given,
+    To a Gehenna metamorphose Heaven?
+    Wilt thou?--O no--forbid th' unhallow'd song,
+    Such profanations to Rome's bard belong.
+    Let one, who gods and goddesses adores,
+    Paint them like rakes and bullies, bawds, and whores.
+
+      Our genii, Campbell, shall be all divine,
+    Shall high o'er theirs as much distinguish'd shine,
+    As o'er such priests or chiromancers, thine.
+    Thine, which does future time's events command
+    To leap to sight, and in thy presence stand;
+    Thine, whose eyes glowing with a gifted ray,
+    New roads of life o'er wisdom's Alps survey,
+    And guide benighted travellers to day.
+    Let me, for once, a daring prophet be,
+    Mark from this hour--and poetry thoul't see
+    Date a new era from thy book and thee;
+    Thy book, where, thro' the stories, thou hast laid,
+    All moral wisdom's to the mind convey'd;
+    And thus far prophecies each page, that all
+    Must rise by virtues, or by vices fall.
+
+      Poets shall blush to see their wit outdone,
+    Resume their reason and assert its throne,
+    Shall fables still for virtue's sake commend;
+    And wit the means, shall wisdom make its end.
+
+      Who hopes to please, shall strive to please by pains,
+    Shall gaining fame, earn hard whate'er he gains
+    And Denham's morals join to Denham's strains.
+    Here paint the Thames[H] 'when running to the sea
+    Like mortal life to meet eternity.'
+    There show both kings and subjects 'one excess,
+    Makes both, by striving, to be greater, less.'
+    Shall climb and sweat, and falling, climb up still,
+    Before he gains the height of Cooper's Hill.
+
+      In Windsor Forest, if some trifling grace
+    Gives, at first blush, the whole a pleasing face,
+    'Tis wit, 'tis true; but then 'tis common-place.
+    The landscape-writer branches out a wood,
+    Then digging hard for't finds a silver flood.
+    Here paints the woodcock quiv'ring in the air,
+    And there, the bounding stag and quaking hare.
+    Describes the pheasant's scarlet-circled eye,
+    And next the slaught'ring gun that makes him die.
+    From common epithets that fame derives,
+    By which his most uncommon merit lives.
+    'Tis true! if finest notes alone could show,
+    (Tun'd justly high or regularly low,)
+    That we should fame to these mere vocals give,
+    Pope more, than we can offer, should receive.
+    For, when some gliding river is his theme,
+    His lines run smoother than the smoothest stream;
+    Not so when thro' the trees fierce Boreas blows,
+    The period blust'ring with the tempest grows.
+    But what fools periods read for periods' sake?
+    Such chimes improve not heads, but make 'em ache;
+    Tho' strict in cadence on the numbers rub,
+    Their frothy substance is whip-syllabub;
+    With most seraphic emptiness they roll,
+    Sound without sense, and body without soul.
+
+      Not such the bards that give you just applause,
+    Each, from intrinsic worth, thy praises draws,
+    Morals, in ev'ry page, where'er they look,
+    They find divinely scatter'd thro' thy book:
+    They find thee studious with praiseworthy strife,
+    To smooth the future roads of human life,
+    To help the weak, and to confirm the strong,
+    Make our griefs vanish, and our bliss prolong,
+    With Phineus' equal find thy large desert,
+    And in thy praise would equal Milton's art.
+
+      Some fools, we know, in spite of nature born,
+    Would make thee theirs, as they are mankind's scorn,
+    For still 'tis one of truth's unerring rules,
+    No sage can rise without a host of fools.
+    Coxcombs, by whose eternal din o'ercome,
+    The wise in just revenge, might wish them dumb,
+    Say on the world your dumbness you impose,
+    And give you organs they deserve to lose.
+    Impose, indeed, on all the world you would,
+    If you but held your tongue, because you could;
+    'Tis hard to say, if keeping silence still,
+    In one, who, could he speak, would speak with skill,
+    Is worse, or talk in these, who talk so ill.
+    Why on that tongue should purposed silence dwell,
+    Whence every word would drop an oracle?
+    More fools of thy known foresight make a jest,
+    For all bate greatest gifts who share the least,
+    (As Pope calls Dryden the often to the test[I])
+    Such from thy pen, should Irwin's sentence[J] wait,
+    And at the gallows own the judge of fate.
+    Or, while with feeble impotence they rail,
+    Write wonders on, and with the wise prevail.
+
+      Sooner shall Denham cease to be renown'd,
+    Or Pope for Denham's sense quit empty sound,
+    To Addison's immortal heights shall rise,
+    Or the dwarf reach him in his native skies.
+    Sooner shall real gipsies grow most fair,
+    Or false ones mighty truths like thine declare,
+    Than these poor scandal-mongers hit their aim,
+    And blemish thine or Curll's acknowledg'd fame.
+
+      Great Nostradamus thus, his age advis'd,
+    The mob his counsels jeer'd, some bards[K] despis'd
+    Him still, neglecting these his genius fir'd,
+    A king encourag'd, and the world admir'd;
+    Greater (as times great tide increas'd) he grew,
+    When distant ages proved what truths he knew;
+    Thy nobler book a greater king received,
+    Whence I predict, and claim to be believ'd,
+    That by posterity, less fame shall be
+    To Nostradamus granted, than to thee;
+    Thee! whom the best of Kings does so defend,
+    And (myself barring) the best bards commend.
+
+                                      H. STANHOPE.
+
+    Whitehall,
+    June 6th, 1720.
+
+
+  [A] See Mr. Campbell's Life, p. 43.
+
+
+  [B]                         To see and tell
+    Of things invisible to mortal sight,
+                                    PARADISE LOST.
+
+  [C] (Vates) See the Progress of Learning.
+
+  [D] See the History of the Count de Gabalis, from whence he has taken
+      the machinery of his Rape of the Lock.
+
+  [E] Mrs. F--m--r.
+
+  [F] See the Dedication of Mr. Campbell's Life.
+
+  [G] See Mr. Campbell's Dedication.
+
+  [H] See Cooper's Hill.
+
+  [I] See many places of his notes on Homer.
+
+  [J] See Mr. Campbell's Life, page 80.
+
+  [K] Alluding to this verse, "sed cum falsa Damus, nil nisi Nostra
+  Damus."
+
+
+  THE END OF DUNCAN CAMPBELL.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+  TRANSCRIBER NOTES:
+
+    Punctuation corrected without note.
+
+    Archaic spellings have been retained.
+
+    The following corrections have been made:
+
+    page iv: "two" changed to "too" (too long to dwell upon).
+
+    page 8: "dedelighted" changed to "delighted" (however, delighted
+    extremely in this way).
+
+    page 13: "off" changed to "of" (night not be despaired of.).
+
+    page 14: "a" added for continuity (for she that can dally with a
+    heart).
+
+    page 15: "governer" changed to "governor" (who is the governor of
+    Uma).
+
+    page 25: "Willis" changed to "Wallis" (An Extract from Dr.
+    Wallis).
+
+    page 36: "hiting" changed to "hitting" (that he seldom missed
+    hitting).
+
+    page 44: "vension" changed to "venison" (to bring a side of
+    venison to me).
+
+    page 47: "be" added for continuity (no demonstrative proof is to
+    be had on either side).
+
+    page 143: "their" changed to "there" (and left there alone).
+
+    page 153: "know" changed to "known" (by persons of known credit).
+
+    page 180: "inbord" changed to "inborn" (if we allow the
+    second-sight to be inborn).
+
+    page 180: "onger" changed to "longer" (not to afflict the patient
+    any longer).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The History of the Life and Adventures
+of Mr. Duncan Campell, by Daniel Defoe
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK DUNCAN CAMPELL ***
+
+***** This file should be named 37047-8.txt or 37047-8.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/3/7/0/4/37047/
+
+Produced by Steven Gibbs, Pat McCoy and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.